Engine Control System: GI MA

GI
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

MA
SECTION EC EM
LC
CONTENTS
FE
TB45E Circuit Diagram ..........................................................26
CARBURETOR ..............................................................29
ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL OVERALL CL
Automatic Choke .......................................................29
SYSTEM...........................................................................9
Fuel Cut Control System ...........................................31
Circuit Diagram ............................................................9
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY..........10
ISC-FI Pot ..................................................................32 MT
cardiagn.com
IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM.....................................33
Main Power Supply and Ground Circuit....................10
Wiring Diagram - IGN -..............................................33
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR ″CAMSHAFT POSI AT
COOLING FAN MOTOR ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ........35
SEN″ (DTC 11)...............................................................12
Wiring Diagram - COOL/F -.......................................35
Camshaft Position Sensor (CMPS) ...........................12
ELECTRIC FUEL PUMP ...............................................36
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR ″MASS AIR FLOW
Wiring Diagram - FPCM -..........................................36
TF
SEN″ (DTC 12) ..............................................................13
ELECTRIC FUEL PUMP ...............................................40
Mass Air Flow Sensor (MAFS) ..................................13
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR ″COOLANT TEMP
Wiring Diagram -FPCM- ............................................40 PD
EXHAUST EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM.................41
SEN″ (DTC 13) ..............................................................14
Boost Controlled Deceleration Device (BCDD).........41
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (ECTS) ...........14 FA
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR ″IGN
TB48DE M/T
SIGNAL-PRIMARY″ (DTC 21).......................................15
Ignition Signal ............................................................15 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - INDEX ..................................43 RA
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR ″OVER HEAT″ (DTC Alphabetical & P No. Index for DTC .........................43
28) ..................................................................................16 PRECAUTIONS .............................................................44
Cooling Fan Control (Overheat) ................................16 Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ″AIR BR
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR ″THROTTLE POSI BAG″ and ″SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER″.............44
SEN″ (DTC 43) ..............................................................17 Precautions for On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
Throttle Position Sensor ............................................17
ST
System of Engine ......................................................44
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR NON-DETECTABLE Engine Fuel & Emission Control System ..................45
ITEMS.............................................................................18 Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis...................48 RS
Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) ....................................18 PREPARATION..............................................................49
Idle Air Control Valve (IACV) - Auxiliary Air Special Service Tool ..................................................49
Control (AAC) Valve ..................................................19 Commercial Service Tools .........................................49 BT
Park/Neutral Position Switch .....................................20 ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL OVERALL
Injector .......................................................................21 SYSTEM.........................................................................50
Start Signal ................................................................22
HA
Circuit Diagram ..........................................................50
Fuel Pump .................................................................23 System Diagram ........................................................52
IACV-FICD Solenoid Valve ........................................24 Engine Control Component Parts Location...............53 EL
MIL & Data Link Connectors .....................................25 Vacuum Hose Drawing ..............................................56
System Chart .............................................................58
TB45S ENGINE AND EMISSION BASIC CONTROL SE
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ...............................................59
ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL OVERALL
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System .......................59
SYSTEM.........................................................................26
Electronic Ignition (EI) System ..................................62
IDX
EC-1
CONTENTS (Cont’d)
Air Conditioning Cut Control......................................63 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Fuel Cut Control (at no load & high engine Mode ........................................................................131
speed) ........................................................................63 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................131
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ...........................64 On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................131
Description .................................................................64 Fail-Safe Mode ........................................................131
Inspection...................................................................64 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................132
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION......................67 Wiring Diagram ........................................................133
Description .................................................................67 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................134
Inspection...................................................................67 Component Inspection.............................................135
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ...................................68 DC P0115 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
Fuel Pressure Release ..............................................68 (ECT) SENSOR (CIRCUIT) .........................................136
Fuel Pressure Check .................................................68 Component Description ...........................................136
Injector Removal and Installation ..............................69 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
How to Check Idle Speed and Ignition Timing..........70 Mode ........................................................................136
Idle Air Volume Learning ...........................................71 On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................136
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM Fail-Safe Mode ........................................................137
DESCRIPTION ...............................................................73 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................137
Introduction ................................................................73 Wiring Diagram ........................................................138
cardiagn.com
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ................................73 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................139
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) ..............................75 Component Inspection.............................................140
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)..............................75 DTC P0120 THROTTLE POSITION (TP) SENSOR ...141
CONSULT-II ...............................................................79 Component Description ...........................................141
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - Introduction ........................89 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Introduction ................................................................89 Mode ........................................................................141
Diagnostic Worksheet................................................89 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................142
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - Work Flow...........................91 On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................142
Work Flow..................................................................91 Fail-Safe Mode ........................................................142
Description for Work Flow .........................................92 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................142
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - Basic Inspection ................93 Wiring Diagram ........................................................144
Basic Inspection.........................................................93 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................145
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - General Description.........104 Component Inspection.............................................146
Fail-Safe Chart.........................................................104 DTC P0130 (BANK 1), P0150 (BANK 2) HO2S1
Symptom Matrix Chart.............................................105 (CIRCUIT).....................................................................148
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Component Description ...........................................148
Mode ........................................................................108 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Mode ........................................................................148
Mode ........................................................................110 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................148
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout..............112 On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................149
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................112 Overall Function Check ...........................................149
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE ..121 Wiring Diagram ........................................................150
Description ...............................................................121 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................152
Testing Condition .....................................................121 Component Inspection.............................................153
Inspection Procedure...............................................121 DTC P0325 (BANK 1), P0330 (BANK 2) KNOCK
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................122 SENSOR (KS)..............................................................155
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT Component Description ...........................................155
INCIDENT.....................................................................125 On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................155
Description ...............................................................125 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................155
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................125 Wiring Diagram ........................................................156
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY........126 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................157
Main Power Supply and Ground Circuit..................126 Component Inspection.............................................158
DTC P0100 MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR ........131 DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP)
Component Description ...........................................131 SENSOR ......................................................................159
EC-2
CONTENTS (Cont’d) GI
Component Description ...........................................159 IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (IACV) - AUXILIARY
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................159 AIR CONTROL (AAC) VALVE ....................................200 MA
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................160 Description ...............................................................200
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................160 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Wiring Diagram ........................................................162 Mode ........................................................................201
EM
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................163 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................201
Component Inspection.............................................164 Wiring Diagram ........................................................202 LC
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................203
(OVERHEAT) ...............................................................166 Component Inspection.............................................204
System Description..................................................166 CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH ................205
Operation .................................................................166 Component Description ...........................................205
CONSULT-II Reference Value In Data Monitor ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................205
Mode ........................................................................166 Wiring Diagram ........................................................206 FE
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................167 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................207
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................167 Component Inspection.............................................209
CL
Overall Function Check ...........................................168 INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL ...........................211
Wiring Diagram ........................................................169 System Description..................................................211
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................170 Operation .................................................................212 MT
cardiagn.com
Main 12 Causes of Overheating..............................175 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Component Inspection.............................................176 Mode ........................................................................212
DTC P1320 IGNITION SIGNAL...................................177 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................212 AT
Component Description ...........................................177 Wiring Diagram ........................................................213
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................214
Mode ........................................................................177 Component Inspection.............................................215
TF
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................177 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH........................216
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................178 Component Description ...........................................216 PD
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................178 CONSULT-II Reference Value In Data Monitor
Wiring diagram.........................................................179 Mode ........................................................................216
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................182 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................216 FA
Component Inspection.............................................184 Wiring Diagram ........................................................217
HO2S1 HEATER ..........................................................186 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................218
System Description..................................................186 TRANSFER SWITCH...................................................220 RA
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Component Description ...........................................220
Mode ........................................................................186 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................220 BR
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................186 Wiring Diagram ........................................................221
Wiring Diagram ........................................................187 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................222
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................189 VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR CONTROL SYSTEM ST
Component Inspection.............................................190 (VIAS)...........................................................................224
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL Description ...............................................................224
SOLENOID VALVE ......................................................191 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................225 RS
Description ...............................................................191 Wiring Diagram ........................................................226
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................227
BT
Mode ........................................................................191 INJECTOR ...................................................................228
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................192 Component Description ...........................................228
Wiring diagram.........................................................193 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor HA
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................194 Mode ........................................................................228
Component Inspection.............................................196 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................228
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS) .............................197 Wiring Diagram ........................................................229 EL
Component Description ...........................................197 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................230
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................197 Component Inspection.............................................231
Wiring Diagram ........................................................198 START SIGNAL ...........................................................232
SE
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................199
IDX
EC-3
CONTENTS (Cont’d)
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Special Service Tool ................................................257
Mode ........................................................................232 Commercial Service Tools .......................................257
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................232 ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL OVERALL
Wiring Diagram ........................................................233 SYSTEM.......................................................................258
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................234 Circuit Diagram ........................................................258
FUEL PUMP.................................................................235 System Diagram ......................................................260
System Description..................................................235 Engine Control Component Parts Location.............261
Component Description ...........................................235 Vacuum Hose Drawing ............................................264
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor System Chart ...........................................................266
Mode ........................................................................235 ENGINE AND EMISSION BASIC CONTROL
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................236 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .............................................267
Wiring Diagram ........................................................237 Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System .....................267
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................238 Electronic Ignition (EI) System ................................270
Component Inspection.............................................240 Air Conditioning Cut Control....................................271
POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH.........241 Fuel Cut Control (at no load & high engine
Component Description ...........................................241 speed) ......................................................................272
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor CAN Communication ...............................................273
Mode ........................................................................241 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM .........................274
cardiagn.com
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................241 Description ...............................................................274
Wiring Diagram ........................................................242 Inspection.................................................................274
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................243 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION....................277
Component Inspection.............................................244 Description ...............................................................277
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL.....................................245 Inspection.................................................................277
Wiring Diagram ........................................................245 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE .................................278
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................246 Fuel Pressure Release ............................................278
MIL & DATA LINK CONNECTORS.............................247 Fuel Pressure Check ...............................................278
Wiring Diagram ........................................................247 Injector Removal and Installation ............................279
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ........248 How to Check Idle Speed and Ignition Timing........280
Fuel Pressure Regulator..........................................248 Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning.......280
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing................................248 Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning .................281
Mass Air Flow Sensor..............................................248 Idle Air Volume Learning .........................................281
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ......................248 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM
Fuel Pump ...............................................................248 DESCRIPTION .............................................................283
EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Introduction ..............................................................283
Valve ........................................................................248 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ..............................283
IACV-AAC Valve ......................................................249 NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) ............................285
Injector .....................................................................249 Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)............................285
Ignition Coil with Power Transistor ..........................249 CONSULT-II .............................................................289
Condenser ...............................................................249 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - Introduction ......................300
Throttle Position Sensor ..........................................249 Introduction ..............................................................300
Diagnostic Worksheet..............................................300
TB48DE A/T TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - Work Flow.........................302
Work Flow................................................................302
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - INDEX ................................250 Description for Work Flow .......................................303
Alphabetical & P No. Index for DTC .......................250 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - Basic Inspection ..............304
PRECAUTIONS ...........................................................252 Basic Inspection.......................................................304
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ″AIR TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - General Description.........310
BAG″ and ″SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER″...........252 DTC Inspection Priority Chart..................................310
Precautions for On Board Diagnostic (OBD) Fail-Safe Chart.........................................................310
System of Engine ....................................................252 Symptom Matrix Chart.............................................311
Engine Fuel & Emission Control System ................253 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis.................256 Mode ........................................................................314
PREPARATION............................................................257
EC-4
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Component Inspection.............................................358
Mode ........................................................................316 DTC P0121 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION MA
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout..............318 (APP) SENSOR ...........................................................359
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................318 Component Description ...........................................359
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE ..327 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
EM
Description ...............................................................327 Mode ........................................................................359
Testing Condition .....................................................327 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................359 LC
Inspection Procedure...............................................327 On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................360
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................328 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................361
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT Wiring Diagram ........................................................362
INCIDENT.....................................................................331 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................363
Description ...............................................................331 Component Inspection.............................................365
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................331 DTC P0130 (BANK 1), P0150 (BANK 2) HO2S1 FE
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY........332 (CIRCUIT).....................................................................366
Main Power Supply and Ground Circuit..................332 Component Description ...........................................366
CL
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE................337 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Description ...............................................................337 Mode ........................................................................366
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................337 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................366 MT
cardiagn.com
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................337 On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................367
Wiring Diagram ........................................................338 Overall Function Check ...........................................367
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................339 Wiring Diagram ........................................................368 AT
DTC P0100 MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR ........340 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................370
Component Description ...........................................340 Component Inspection.............................................371
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor DTC P0325 (BANK 1), P0330 (BANK 2) KNOCK
TF
Mode ........................................................................340 SENSOR (KS)..............................................................373
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................340 Component Description ...........................................373 PD
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................340 On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................373
Fail-Safe Mode ........................................................340 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................373
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................341 Wiring Diagram ........................................................374 FA
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................343 Component Inspection.............................................376
Component Inspection.............................................344 DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) RA
DC P0115 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR ......................................................................377
(ECT) SENSOR (CIRCUIT) .........................................345 Component Description ...........................................377 BR
Component Description ...........................................345 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................377
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................378
Mode ........................................................................345 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................378 ST
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................345 Wiring Diagram ........................................................380
Fail-Safe Mode ........................................................346 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................381
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................346 Component Inspection.............................................382 RS
Wiring Diagram ........................................................347 DTC P0605 ECM .........................................................384
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................348 Component Description ...........................................384
BT
Component Inspection.............................................349 On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................384
DTC P0120 THROTTLE POSITION (TP) SENSOR ...350 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................384
Component Description ...........................................350 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................386 HA
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY (BACK UP) .......387
Mode ........................................................................350 Component Description ...........................................387
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................350 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................387 EL
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................351 On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................387
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................351 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................387
Wiring Diagram ........................................................354 Wiring Diagram ........................................................388
SE
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................355 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................389
IDX
EC-5
CONTENTS (Cont’d)
DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
ACTUATOR..................................................................390 Mode ........................................................................424
Description ...............................................................390 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................424
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................390 On Board Diagnostic Logic......................................424
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................390 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................424
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................427
FUNCTION (CIRCUIT).................................................393 Component Inspection.............................................429
Description ...............................................................393 HO2S1 HEATER ..........................................................430
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................393 System Description..................................................430
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................393 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................394 Mode ........................................................................430
Wiring Diagram ........................................................395 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................430
Component Inspection.............................................398 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................433
DTC P1123 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR Component Inspection.............................................434
RELAY (CIRCUIT)........................................................399 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL
Component Description ...........................................399 SOLENOID VALVE ......................................................435
cardiagn.com
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Description ...............................................................435
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................399 Mode ........................................................................435
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................399 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................436
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................399 Wiring Diagram ........................................................437
Component Inspection.............................................403 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS) .............................441
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE Description ...............................................................441
(OVERHEAT) ...............................................................404 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................441
System Description..................................................404 INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL ...........................442
Operation .................................................................404 System Description..................................................442
CONSULT-II Reference Value In Data Monitor Operation .................................................................443
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................405 Mode ........................................................................443
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................405 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................443
Overall Function Check ...........................................406 Wiring Diagram ........................................................444
Main 12 Causes of Overheating..............................413 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH........................447
Component Inspection.............................................414 Component Description ...........................................447
DTC P1320 IGNITION SIGNAL...................................415 CONSULT-II Reference Value In Data Monitor
Component Description ...........................................415 Mode ........................................................................447
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................447
Mode ........................................................................415 Wiring Diagram ........................................................448
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................415 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................450
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................416 SNOW MODE SWITCH ...............................................452
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................416 Component Description ...........................................452
Wiring Diagram ........................................................417 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................452
Component Inspection.............................................422 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................454
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH .....................................424 VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR CONTROL SYSTEM
Description ...............................................................424 (VIAS)...........................................................................456
Description ...............................................................456
EC-6
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................457 TD
Wiring Diagram ........................................................458 MA
QUICK-GLOW SYSTEM..............................................483
Circuit Diagram ........................................................483
INJECTOR ...................................................................460
Component Description ...........................................460
Wiring Diagram ........................................................487 EM
FAST IDLE CONTROL CIRCUIT ................................495
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Wiring Diagram ........................................................495
Mode ........................................................................460 LC
ENGINE ROOM FAN MOTOR ELECTRICAL
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................460
CIRCUIT .......................................................................496
Wiring Diagram ........................................................461
Wiring Diagram ........................................................496
Electrical Components Inspection ...........................497
Component Inspection.............................................463
FUEL CUT SYSTEM....................................................498
START SIGNAL ...........................................................464
Wiring Diagram ........................................................498 FE
Mode ........................................................................464
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................464 ZD30DDTi
CL
Wiring Diagram ........................................................465 ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL OVERALL
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................466 SYSTEM.......................................................................500
FUEL PUMP.................................................................467 Circuit Diagram ........................................................500 MT
cardiagn.com
System Description..................................................467 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY........502
Component Description ...........................................467 Main Power Supply and Ground Circuit..................502
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor DTC 0102 MASS AIR FLOW SEN..............................504 AT
Mode ........................................................................467 Wiring Diagram ........................................................504
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................468 DTC 0103 COOLANT TEMP SEN ..............................505
Wiring Diagram ........................................................469
TF
Wiring Diagram ........................................................505
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................470 DTC 0104 VEHICLE SPEED SEN ..............................506
Component Inspection.............................................472 Wiring Diagram ........................................................506 PD
POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH.........473 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................508
Component Description ...........................................473 DTC 0203 ACCEL POS SW (F/C) ..............................509
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Wiring Diagram ........................................................509 FA
Mode ........................................................................473 DTC 0208 OVER HEAT...............................................510
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................473 Wiring Diagram ........................................................510
RA
Component Inspection.............................................476 Main 12 Causes of Overheating..............................518 BR
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL.....................................477 DTC 0402 P9⋅FUEL TEMP SEN .................................519
Description ...............................................................477 Wiring Diagram ........................................................519
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................478 DTC 0403 ACCEL POS SENSOR ..............................520 ST
MIL & DATA LINK CONNECTORS.............................480 Wiring Diagram ........................................................520
Wiring Diagram ........................................................480 DTC 0504 A/T COMM LINE ........................................522
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ........481 Wiring Diagram ........................................................522
RS
Fuel Pressure Regulator..........................................481 DTC 0701 P1⋅CAM POS SEN.....................................523
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing................................481 Wiring Diagram ........................................................523 BT
Mass Air Flow Sensor..............................................481 DTC 0702 P2⋅TDC PULSE SIG ..................................524
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ......................481 Wiring Diagram ........................................................524
Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 ........................................481 DTC 0703 P3⋅PUMP COMM LINE ..............................525 HA
Fuel Pump ...............................................................481 Wiring Diagram ........................................................525
EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid DTC 0704 P4⋅SPILL/V CIRC, DTC 0706 P6⋅SPILL
Valve ........................................................................481 VALVE ..........................................................................526 EL
Injector .....................................................................482 Wiring Diagram ........................................................526
Ignition Coil with Power Transistor ..........................482 DTC 0707 P7⋅F/INJ TIMG FB .....................................527
Condenser ...............................................................482
SE
Wiring Diagram ........................................................527
Throttle Control Motor..............................................482 DTC 0807 ECM 14.......................................................528
IDX
EC-7
CONTENTS (Cont’d)
Wiring Diagram ........................................................528 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH.............542
DTC 0902 ECM RLY....................................................529 Wiring Diagram ........................................................542
Wiring Diagram ........................................................529 HEAT UP SWITCH ......................................................543
DTC 0905 TURBO PRESSURE ..................................530 Wiring Diagram ........................................................543
Wiring Diagram ........................................................530 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID
DTC 1003 EGR VOLUME CONT/V.............................531 VALVE ..........................................................................544
DTC 1004 FUEL CUT SYSTEM1................................532 INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL
Wiring Diagram ........................................................532 SOLENOID VALVE ......................................................545
GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM .......................................533 Wiring Diagram ........................................................545
Wiring Diagram ........................................................533 AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL ..................................546
START SIGNAL ...........................................................541 MI (MIL) & DATA LINK CONNECTORS .....................547
When you read wiring diagrams:

I Read GI section, “HOW TO READ WIRING DIAGRAMS”.
I See EL section, “POWER SUPPLY ROUTING” for power distribution circuit.
When you perform trouble diagnoses, read GI section, “HOW TO FOLLOW FLOW CHART IN
cardiagn.com
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES” and “HOW TO PERFORM EFFICIENT DIAGNOSIS FOR AN ELECTRICAL
INCIDENT”.
EC-8
ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL OVERALL SYSTEM TB45E
Circuit Diagram GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC299M
EC-9
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY TB45E
Main Power Supply and Ground Circuit
cardiagn.com
TEC300M
EC-10
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY TB45E
(Cont’d) GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC359
EC-11
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR “CAMSHAFT POSI SEN” (DTC 11) TB45E
Camshaft Position Sensor (CMPS)
cardiagn.com
TEC301M
EC-12
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR “MASS AIR FLOW SEN” (DTC 12) TB45E
Mass Air Flow Sensor (MAFS) GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC214M
EC-13
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR “COOLANT TEMP SEN” (DTC 13) TB45E
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (ECTS)
cardiagn.com
TEC302M
EC-14
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR “IGN SIGNAL-PRIMARY” (DTC 21) TB45E
Ignition Signal GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC215M
EC-15
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR “OVER HEAT” (DTC 28) TB45E
Cooling Fan Control (Overheat)
cardiagn.com
TEC303M
EC-16
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR “THROTTLE POSI SEN” (DTC 43) TB45E
Throttle Position Sensor GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC304M
EC-17
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR NON-DETECTABLE ITEMS TB45E
Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS)
cardiagn.com
TEC305M
EC-18
Idle Air Control Valve (IACV) — Auxiliary Air GI

Control (AAC) Valve
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC218M
EC-19
Park/Neutral Position Switch
cardiagn.com
TEC306M
EC-20
Injector GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC220M
EC-21
Start Signal
cardiagn.com
TEC221M
EC-22
Fuel Pump GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC307M
EC-23
IACV-FICD Solenoid Valve
cardiagn.com
TEC308M
EC-24
MIL & Data Link Connectors GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC309M
EC-25
ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL OVERALL SYSTEM TB45S
Circuit Diagram
WAGON AND HARDTOP MODELS WITH NATS
cardiagn.com
TEC169M
EC-26
Circuit Diagram (Cont’d)
WAGON AND HARDTOP MODELS WITHOUT NATS GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC170M
EC-27
PICKUP MODELS
cardiagn.com
TEC001M
EC-28
CARBURETOR TB45S
Automatic Choke GI
WAGON AND HARDTOP MODELS
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC171M
EC-29
CARBURETOR TB45S
Automatic Choke (Cont’d)
PICKUP MODELS
cardiagn.com
TEC267M
EC-30
CARBURETOR TB45S
Fuel Cut Control System GI

PICKUP MODELS
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC173M
EC-31
CARBURETOR TB45S
ISC-FI Pot
cardiagn.com
TEC227M
EC-32
IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM TB45S
Wiring Diagram — IGN — GI

WAGON AND HARDTOP MODELS WITH NATS
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC226M
EC-33
IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM TB45S
Wiring Diagram — IGN — (Cont’d)
cardiagn.com
TEC174M
EC-34
COOLING FAN MOTOR ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT TB45S
Wiring Diagram — COOL/F — GI

MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC228M
EC-35
ELECTRIC FUEL PUMP TB45S
Wiring Diagram — FPCM —

LHD MODELS WITH NATS
cardiagn.com
TEC175M
EC-36
Wiring Diagram — FPCM — (Cont’d)
RHD MODELS WITH NATS GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC269M
EC-37
LHD MODELS WITHOUT NATS
cardiagn.com
TEC176M
EC-38
RHD MODELS WITHOUT NATS GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC268M
EC-39
Wiring Diagram —FPCM—

PICKUP MODELS
cardiagn.com
TEC270M
EC-40
EXHAUST EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM TB45S
Boost Controlled Deceleration Device (BCDD) GI

MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC178M
EC-41
EXHAUST EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM TB45S
Boost Controlled Deceleration Device (BCDD)
(Cont’d)
PICKUP MODELS
cardiagn.com
TEC271M
EC-42
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INDEX TB48DE M/T
Alphabetical & P No. Index for DTC GI

ALPHABETICAL INDEX FOR DTC
X: Applicable —: Not applicable MA
Items DTC
MIL Illumination Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen terms) CONSULT-II ECM*1 EM
CMPS/CIRC P0340 0340 X EC-159
COOLANT T SEN/CIRC P0115 0115 X EC-136
ENG OVER TEMP P1217 1217 X EC-166
LC
HO2S1 (B1)*4 P0130 0130 X EC-148
HO2S1 (B2)*4 P0150 0150 X EC-148
IGN SIGNAL-PRIMARY P1320 1320 X EC-177
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0325 0325 — EC-155
FE
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 P0330 0330 — EC-155
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0100 0100 X EC-131
NATS MALFUNCTION*3 P1610 - P1615 1610 - 1615 X EL section CL
NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER
— 0000 — —
TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED
MT
cardiagn.com
NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER
— Flashing*2 — EC-76
THRTL POS SEN/CIRC P0120 0120 X EC-141 AT
*1: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
*2: While engine is running, front heated oxygen sensor monitoring status is shown by blinks.
*3: Models with NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System) TF
*4: Models with three way catalyst
P NO. INDEX FOR DTC PD

X: Applicable —: Not applicable
DTC Items
MIL Illumination Reference page FA
CONSULT-II ECM*1 (CONSULT-II screen terms)
NOT DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER
— Flashing*2 — EC-76
TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED RA
NOT DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER
— 0000 — —
P0100 0100 X MAF SEN/CIRCUIT EC-131
BR
P0115 0115 X COOLANT T SEN/CIRC EC-136
P0120 0120 X THRTL POS SEN/CIRC EC-141 ST
P0130 0130 X HO2S1 (B1)*4 EC-148
P0150 0150 X HO2S1 (B2)*4 EC-148
RS
P0325 0325 — KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-155
P0330 0330 X KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 EC-155
P0340 0340 X CMPS/CIRC EC-159 BT
P1217 1217 X ENG OVER TEMP EC-166
P1320 1320 X IGN SIGNAL-PRIMARY EC-177
HA
P1610 - P1615*3 1610 - 1615 X NATS MALFUNCTION EL section

*2: While engine is running, front heated oxygen sensor monitoring status is shown by blinks. EL
*3: Models with NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System)
SE
IDX
EC-43
PRECAUTIONS TB48DE M/T
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR

BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” used along with
a seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of
collision. The SRS system composition which is available to NISSAN MODEL Y61 is as follows (The compo-
sition varies according to the destination and optional equipment.):
I For a frontal collision
The Supplemental Restraint System consists of driver air bag module (located in the center of the steer-
ing wheel), front passenger air bag module (located on the instrument panel on passenger side), seat belt
pre-tensioners, a diagnosis sensor unit, warning lamp, wiring harness and spiral cable.
I For a side collision
The Supplemental Restraint System consists of front side air bag module (located in the outer side of front
seat), satellite sensor, diagnosis sensor unit (one of components of air bags for a frontal collision), wiring
harness, warning lamp (one of components of air bags for a frontal collision).
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the RS section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
I To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance should be per-
formed by an authorized NISSAN dealer.
I Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to per-
cardiagn.com
sonal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the RS section.
I Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow harness connector.
Precautions for On Board Diagnostic (OBD)

System of Engine
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
I Be sure to turn the ignition switch “OFF” and disconnect the negative battery terminal before any
repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc.
will cause the MIL to light up.
I Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
I Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-
locking type harness connector.
For description and how to disconnect, refer to EL section, “Description”, “HARNESS CONNEC-
TOR”.
I Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with
a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit.
I Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM before
returning the vehicle to the customer.
EC-44
Engine Fuel & Emission Control System GI

I Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.
I Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine MA
is running.
I Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness
connector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect nega- EM
tive battery terminal. Failure to do so may damage the ECM
because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition
switch is turned off. LC
I Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then
SEF289H disconnect battery ground cable.
I Do not disassemble ECM.
I If a battery terminal is disconnected, the memory will
return to the ECM value.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value. FE
Engine operation can vary slightly when the terminal is
disconnected. However, this is not an indication of a prob-
lem. Do not replace parts because of a slight variation.
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
SEF707Y
AT
I When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten it
securely with a lever as far as it will go as shown at right.
TF
PD
FA
PBIB0088E
RA
BR
ST
RS
PBIB0089E BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-45
Engine Fuel & Emission Control System
(Cont’d)
I When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or
from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM
pin terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
I Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge)
voltage to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in
damage to ICs.
I Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in)
PBIB0090E
away from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control
system malfunctions due to receiving external noise,
degraded operation of ICs, etc.
I Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.
cardiagn.com
I Before replacing ECM, perform “ECM Terminals and Refer-
ence Value” inspection and make sure ECM functions
properly. Refer to EC-112.
I Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
I Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor.
I Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of deter-
gent.
I Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause seri-
ous problems.
I Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor.
MEF040D
I After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform

“DTC Confirmation Procedure” or “Overall Function
Check”.
The DTC should not be displayed in the “DTC Confirmation
Procedure” if the repair is completed. The “Overall Func-
tion Check” should be a good result if the repair is com-
pleted.
SAT652J
EC-46
(Cont’d) GI
I When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never
allow the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and MA
damage the ECM power transistor.
I Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/
output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the EM
ECM’s transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals,
such as the ground.
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
SEF348N
AT
I Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.
I Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.
TF
PD
FA
SEC686C
RA
I Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting.
I Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unneces-
sarily. BR
I Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.
ST
RS
SEF709Y BT
I When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure
to observe the following as it may adversely affect elec- HA
tronic control systems depending on installation location.
— Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic
control units. EL
— Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls. Do not let them
run parallel for a long distance. SE
— Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-
wave radio can be kept smaller.
SEF708Y
— Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body. IDX
EC-47
(Cont’d)
I Regarding TB48DE engine, “B1” and “B2” are located as
in the following illustration.
SEC888C
cardiagn.com
SEC889C
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis

When you read Wiring diagrams, refer to the following:
I “How to Read Wiring Diagrams” in GI section
I “POWER SUPPLY ROUTING” for power distribution circuit in
EL section
When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following:
I “HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAG-
NOSES” in GI section
I “How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident”
in GI section
EC-48
PREPARATION TB48DE M/T
Special Service Tool GI
Tool number
Tool name
Description MA
KV10117100 Loosening or tightening front heated oxygen
Heated oxygen sensor sensor with 22 mm hexagon nut EM
wrench
LC
NT379
Commercial Service Tools FE
Tool name Description

CL
Fuel filler cap adapter Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening
pressure
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
NT653 TF
Oxygen sensor thread Reconditioning the exhaust system threads
cleaner before installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with PD
anti-seize lubricant shown below.
a: 18 mm dia. with pitch 1.5 mm, for Zirconia
Oxygen Sensor FA
b: 12 mm dia. with pitch 1.25 mm, for Titania
Oxygen Sensor
RA
AEM488
Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool

BR
(PermatexTM 133AR or when reconditioning exhaust system threads.
equivalent meeting MIL
specification MIL-A-907) ST
RS
NT779
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-49
SYSTEM TB48DE M/T
Circuit Diagram
cardiagn.com
TEC141M
EC-50
SYSTEM TB48DE M/T
GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC142M
EC-51
SYSTEM TB48DE M/T
System Diagram
cardiagn.com
SEC319D
EC-52
SYSTEM TB48DE M/T
Engine Control Component Parts Location GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
SEC549C
EC-53
SYSTEM TB48DE M/T
Engine Control Component Parts Location
(Cont’d)
SEC536C SEC542C
cardiagn.com
SEC538CA SEC537C
SEC540C SEC539C
EC-54
SYSTEM TB48DE M/T
(Cont’d) GI
MA
EM
LC
SEC541C SEC546CA FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
SEC543C SEC545C
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
SEC544C SEC547CA BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-55
SYSTEM TB48DE M/T
Vacuum Hose Drawing
cardiagn.com
SEC548C
Refer to “System Diagram”, EC-52, for vacuum control system.

Note: Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hoses or purge hoses.
EC-56
SYSTEM TB48DE M/T
Vacuum Hose Drawing (Cont’d)
VACUUM HOSE DRAWING FOR VIAS GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
SEC887C
EC-57
SYSTEM TB48DE M/T
System Chart
Camshaft position sensor E

Fuel injection &
mixture ratio control E Injectors
Mass air flow sensor E
Electronic ignition system E Power transistor

Engine coolant temperature sensor E
Heater oxygen sensor 1* E Idle air control system E IACV-AAC valve
Ignition switch E
Fuel pump control E Fuel pump relay
Throttle position sensor E
MIL (On the instrument

On board diagnostic system E panel)
cardiagn.com
Closed throttle position switch E
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch E

Power valve control E VIAS control solenoid valve
Vehicle speed sensor E ECM
Intake valve timing control

Intake valve timing control E solenoid valve
Air conditioner switch E
Ambient air temperature switch E Heated oxygen sensor 1

Malfunction indicator lamp
monitor* & on board diag- E (On the instrument panel)
nostic system
Battery voltage E
EVAP canister purge flow EVAP canister purge volume

control E control solenoid valve
Transfer switch E
Knock sensor E
Heated oxygen sensor
heater control* E Heated oxygen sensor*1
Electrical load E
Air conditioner cut control E Air conditioner relay

Power steering oil pressure switch E
NATS** E Cooling fan control E Cooling fan relays
*: Model with three way catalyst

**: Model with NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System)
EC-58
ENGINE AND EMISSION BASIC CONTROL SYSTEM
DESCRIPTION TB48DE M/T
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System GI

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL LINE
Engine speed and piston position
MA
Camshaft position sensor
E
Amount of intake air

EM
Mass air flow sensor
E
Engine coolant temperature

LC
Engine coolant temperature sensor
E
Heated oxygen sensor 1* Density of oxygen in exhaust gas

E
Throttle position
FE
Throttle position sensor
E
ECM E Injector
Throttle valve idle position CL
Closed throttle position switch
E
Gear position MT
cardiagn.com
Neutral position switch (M/T models)
E
Vehicle speed sensor Vehicle speed AT

E
Ignition switch Start signal TF

E
Battery voltage Battery voltage PD

E
*: Model with three way catalyst FA
BASIC MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION RA

SYSTEM INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is The amount of fuel injected is compensated for to BR
determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the improve engine performance. This will be made
length of time the valve remains open (injection under various operating conditions as listed below.
pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a <Fuel increase> ST
program value in the ECM memory. The program I During warm-up
value is preset by engine operating conditions. I When starting the engine
These conditions are determined by input signals I During acceleration RS
(for engine speed and intake air) from both the cam- I Hot-engine operation
shaft position sensor and the mass air flow sensor. <Fuel decrease>
I During deceleration BT
I When the vehicle speed is extremely high
I Extremely high-engine coolant temperature
I When select lever is changed from “N” to “D” at HA
high engine speed (A/T models only)
EL
SE
IDX
EC-59
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System (Cont’d)
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL) [MODEL WITH THREE
WAY CATALYST]
PBIB0121E
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission con-
trol. The three way catalyst (manifold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses
heated oxygen sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor if the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM
adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about heated
oxygen sensor 1. This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric (ideal air-fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
cardiagn.com
Open loop control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
I Deceleration and acceleration
I High-load, high-speed operation
I Malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1 or its circuit
I Insufficient activation of heated oxygen sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
I High engine coolant temperature
I During warm-up
I After shifting from “N” to “D” (For A/T models)
I When starting the engine
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL [MODEL WITH THREE WAY CATALYST]

The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from heated oxygen
sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to
the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as
originally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot film) and characteristic
changes during operation (i.e., injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This
is then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes short term fuel trim and long term fuel trim.
“Short term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from heated oxygen sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared
to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an
increase in fuel volume if it is lean.
“Long term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation
of the short term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differences,
wear over time and changes in the usage environment.
EC-60
FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM GI
Two types of systems are used.
Simultaneous multiport fuel injection system MA

Fuel is injected simultaneously into all six cylinders twice each
engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of the same width are EM
simultaneously transmitted from the ECM.
The six injectors will then receive the signals two times for each
engine cycle. LC
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the
fail-safe mode (CPU) is operating.
Sequential multiport fuel injection system

Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle accord-
ing to the firing order. This system is used when the engine is run- FE
ning.
FUEL SHUT-OFF CL
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration or operation of
the engine at excessively high speeds. MT
cardiagn.com
SEF630V
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-61
Electronic Ignition (EI) System

Camshaft position sensor Engine speed and piston position
E
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air

E
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature

E
Throttle position sensor Throttle position

E
Closed throttle position switch Throttle valve idle position

E Power
ECM E
transistor
Vehicle speed sensor Vehicle speed
E
Ignition switch Start signal

E
Park/neutral position switch Neutral position
cardiagn.com
E
Battery Battery voltage

E
Knock sensor Knock signal

E
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best
air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the engine.
The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM. This data forms the
map shown left.
The ECM detects information such as the injection pulse width and
camshaft position sensor signal. Responding to this information,
ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
e.g. N: 1,800 rpm, Tp: 1.50 msec
A °BTDC
SEF742M During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the
ECM according to the other data stored in the ECM.
I At starting
I During warm-up
I At idle
I Hot-engine operation
I At acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies.
The basic ignition timing is programmed within the anti-knocking
zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard
system does not operate under normal driving conditions.
If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition
timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
EC-62
Air Conditioning Cut Control GI

MA
Camshaft position sensor Engine speed
E
EM
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner “ON” signal
E
Throttle valve opening angle LC

E Air condi-
ECM E tioner
Start signal relay
Ignition switch
E

Engine coolant temperature sensor
E
FE
Ambient air temperature switch Ambient air temperature

E CL
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION I When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed MT

I
cardiagn.com
This system improves engine operation when the air When cranking the engine
conditioner is used. I During the engine coolant temperature is exces-
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is sively high AT
turned off. I During high-engine speed operation
TF
Fuel Cut Control (at no load & high engine
speed)
PD
Vehicle speed FA
Vehicle speed sensor E
Neutral position RA
Neutral position switch (M/T models) E
Engine coolant temperature BR

Engine coolant temperature sensor E ECM E Injectors
Engine speed
ST
RS
Throttle valve closed position
Closed throttle position switch E
BT
If the engine speed is above 2,800 rpm with no load (for example,
in neutral and engine speed over 2,800 rpm) fuel will be cut off after HA
some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies based on
engine speed.
Fuel cut will operate until the engine speed reaches 1,000 rpm, EL
then fuel cut is cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different than deceleration control listed under SE
multiport fuel injection on EC-59.
IDX
EC-63
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM TB48DE M/T
Description
cardiagn.com
SEF749T
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons

emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel system. This reduction of
hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP
canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister
which contains activated carbon and the vapor is stored there when
the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The EVAP canister retains the fuel vapor until the EVAP canister is
purged by air.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the
purge line to the intake manifold when the engine is operating.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by
ECM. When the engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled
by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is propor-
tionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off
the vapor purge line when decelerating or idling.
Inspection
EVAP CANISTER
Blow air into each of three ports to check that air flows freely.
SEF083Y
EC-64
Inspection (Cont’d)
FUEL CHECK VALVE GI
1. Blow air through connector on fuel tank side.
A considerable resistance should be felt and a portion of air flow
should be directed toward the EVAP canister side. MA
2. Blow air through connector on EVAP canister side.
Air flow should be smoothly directed toward fuel tank side.
3. If fuel check valve is suspected of not properly functioning in EM
steps 1 and 2 above, replace it.
LC
SEF631V
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
SEC886CA
AT
FUEL CUT VALVE
Cut valve operation TF
Ensure that continuity of air passage does not exist when the
installed cut valve is tilted to 90° or 180°.
PD
FA
SEF632VA
RA
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
1. Wipe clean valve housing. BR
2. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.
Pressure:
16.0 - 20.0 kPa (0.16 - 0.20 bar, 0.163 - 0.204 ST
kg/cm2, 2.32 - 2.90 psi)
Vacuum:
−6.0 to −3.5 kPa (−0.060 to −0.035 bar, −0.061 to RS
−0.036 kg/cm2, −0.87 to −0.51 psi)
3. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly.
SEF084Y CAUTION: BT
Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement.
HA
EL
SE
SEF943S
IDX
EC-65
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) CANISTER PURGE
VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-191.
EVAP VAPOR LINE

Visually inspect EVAP vapor lines for improper attachment and for
cracks, damage, loose connections, chafing and deterioration.
Refer to Vacuum Hose Drawing, EC-56.
cardiagn.com
EC-66
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION TB48DE M/T
Description GI
This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold collector.
The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake MA
manifold.
During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV
valve. EM
Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air.
The ventilating air is then drawn from the air duct into the crankcase. In this process the air passes through
the hose connecting air inlet tubes to the rocker cover. LC
Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve.
The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction.
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not meet the requirement. This is because some
of the flow will go through the hose connection to the intake collector under all conditions.
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
SEF921W
RA
Inspection
PCV (Positive Crankcase Ventilation) VALVE BR
With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from breather sepa-
rator. A properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes
through it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a fin- ST
ger is placed over the valve inlet.
RS
SEC137A BT
PCV HOSE
1. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks. HA
2. Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any
hose cannot be freed of obstructions, replace.
EL
SE
ET277 IDX
EC-67
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE TB48DE M/T
Fuel Pressure Release

Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel
line to eliminate danger.
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT”
mode with CONSULT-II.
(Touch “START” and after engine stalls, crank it two or three
times to release all fuel pressure.)
SEF214Y 3. Turn ignition switch off.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Remove fuse for fuel pump.
2. Start engine.
3. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
4. Turn ignition switch off and reconnect fuel pump fuse.
cardiagn.com
SEC550C
Fuel Pressure Check

I When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps.
I Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent
parts.
I Use a torque driver to tighten clamps.
I Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero, refer to above.
2. Disconnect fuel hose between fuel filter and fuel tube (engine
side).
3. Install pressure gauge between fuel filter and fuel tube.
SEC551C 4. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
5. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
At idling:
Approximately 245 kPa (2.45 bar, 2.5 kg/cm2, 36
psi)
A few seconds after ignition switch is turned OFF to
ON:
psi)
6. Stop engine and disconnect fuel pressure regulator vacuum
hose from intake manifold.
7. Plug intake manifold with a rubber cap.
SEF718BA
8. Connect variable vacuum source to fuel pressure regulator.
9. Start engine and read indication of fuel pressure gauge as
vacuum is changed.
Fuel pressure should decrease as vacuum increases. If results
are unsatisfactory, replace fuel pressure regulator.
EC-68
Injector Removal and Installation GI

1. Release fuel pressure to zero.
2. Disconnect harness connector clip. MA
3. Disconnect injector harness connectors.
4. Disconnect fuel hoses from fuel tube assembly.
5. Remove fuel tube assemblies in reverse numerical sequence of EM
that shown in the figure at left.
LC
SEC552C
6. Expand and remove clips securing fuel injectors.

7. Extract fuel injectors straight from fuel tubes.
I Do not extract injector by pinching connector.
I Be careful not to damage injector nozzles during removal. FE
I Do not bump or drop fuel injectors.
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
SEC553C
AT
8. Install injector to fuel tube assembly.
I Lubricate O-rings with a smear of silicone oil.
I Be careful not to damage O-rings with service tools, finger TF
nails or clips. Do not expand or twist O-rings.
I Discard old clips, replace with new ones.
9. Position clips in grooves on fuel injectors. PD
I Make sure that protrusions of fuel injectors are aligned
with cutouts of clips after installation.
10. Align protrusions of fuel tubes with those of fuel injectors. Insert FA
fuel injectors straight into fuel tubes.
11. After properly inserting fuel injectors, check to make sure that
SEC559C
fuel tube protrusions are engaged with those of fuel injectors, RA
and that flanges of fuel tube are engaged with clips.
BR
ST
RS
SEC554C BT
12. Tighten fuel tube assembly mounting nuts in numerical
sequence (indicated in the figure at left) and in two stages. HA
: Tightening torque N⋅m (kg-m, ft-lb)
1st stage:
9 - 20 (0.9 - 2.1, 7 - 15) EL
2nd stage:
21 - 26 (2.1 - 2.7, 16 - 19)
13. Insert fuel hoses into fuel tubes so that ends of fuel hoses butt SE
up against fuel tubes; fasten with clamps, avoiding bulges.
CAUTION:
SEC552C
After properly connecting fuel tube assembly to injector and IDX
fuel hose, check connection for fuel leakage.
EC-69
How to Check Idle Speed and Ignition Timing

IDLE SPEED
I Using CONSULT-II
Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
SEF058Y
IGNITION TIMING
Any of following two methods may be used.
I Method A
1) Attach timing light to loop wire as shown.
2) Check ignition timing.
cardiagn.com
SEC560C
I Method B
a) Remove No. 1 ignition coil.
b) Connect No. 1 ignition coil and No. 1 spark plug with suitable
high-tension wire as shown, and attach timing light clamp to this
wire.
c) Check ignition timing.
SEC561C
SEC562C
SEF166Y
EC-70
Idle Air Volume Learning GI

DESCRIPTION
“Idle Air Volume Learning” is an operation to learn the idle air vol- MA
ume that keeps each engine within the specific range. It must be
performed under any of the following conditions:
I Each time IACV-AAC valve, throttle body or ECM is replaced. EM
I Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.
PRE-CONDITIONING LC
SEF217Z Before performing “Idle Air Volume Learning”, make sure that all of
the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are
missed for even a moment.
I Battery voltage: More than 12.9V (At idle) FE
I Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 99°C (158 - 210°F)
I PNP switch: ON
I Electric load switch: OFF CL
(Air conditioner, heater fan, headlamp, rear window defogger)
I Cooling fan motor: Not operating
I Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position) MT
cardiagn.com
I Vehicle speed: Stopped
SEF454Y
I Transmission: Warmed-up
Drive vehicle for 10 minutes. AT
OPERATION PROCEDURE
TF
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. Wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. Wait at least 10 seconds. PD
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check that all items listed under the topic “PRE-CONDITION-
ING” (previously mentioned) are in good order. FA
5. Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start the engine and let it idle for at least 30 seconds.
SEF455Y
7. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode. RA
8. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds.
9. Make sure that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT-II screen.
If “INCMP” is displayed, “Idle Air Volume Learning” will not be BR
carried out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the
problem by referring to the NOTE below.
10. Rev up the engine two or three times. Make sure that idle speed ST
and ignition timing are within specifications.
Engine and transmis- Idle speed Ignition timing RS
sion type (in “P” or “N” position) (in “P” or “N” position)
TB48DE M/T 675±50 rpm 5±5° BTDC
BT
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. Wait at least 1 second. HA
2. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. Wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Check that all items listed under the topic “PRE-CONDITION- EL
ING” (previously mentioned) are in good order.
5. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start the engine and let it idle for at least 30 seconds. SE
7. Disconnect throttle position sensor harness connector (brown),
then reconnect it within 5 seconds.
SEC562C 8. Wait 20 seconds. IDX
EC-71
Idle Air Volume Learning (Cont’d)
9. Make sure that idle speed is within specifications. If not, the
result will be incomplete. In this case, find the cause of the
problem by referring to the NOTE below.
10. Rev up the engine two or three times. Make sure that idle speed
and ignition timing are within specifications.
Engine and transmis- Idle speed Ignition timing
sion type (in “P” or “N” position) (in “P” or “N” position)
TB48DE M/T 675±50 rpm 5±5° BTDC
NOTE:
If idle air volume learning cannot be performed successfully,
proceed as follows:
1) Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
2) Check PCV valve operation.
3) Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air
leakage.
4) Adjust closed throttle position switch and reset memory.
(Refer to Basic Inspection, EC-93.)
5) When the above four items check out OK, engine compo-
nent parts and their installation condition are question-
able. Check and eliminate the cause of the problem.
cardiagn.com
It is useful to perform EC-121, “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS —
SPECIFICATION VALUE”.
6) If any of the following conditions occur after the engine
has started, eliminate the cause of the problem and per-
form “Idle air volume learning” all over again:
I Engine stalls.
I Erroneous idle.
I Blown fuses related to the IACV-AAC valve system.
EC-72
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION TB48DE M/T
Introduction GI
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua-
tors. Self-diagnosis items are listed in “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE INDEX”, EC-43. MA
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when a specific malfunction is detected,
or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode (Refer to EC-104.). For diagnostic items causing the MIL to light up,
refer to “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE INDEX”, EC-43. EM
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

LC
HOW TO READ DTC
Malfunction items can be confirmed by the following methods.
With CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II displays the DTC in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode.
Examples: P0100, P0120, P0340, etc. (CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.) FE
Without CONSULT-II
The number of blinks of the malfunction indicator lamp in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) CL
indicates the DTC. Examples: 0100, 1320, etc.
I Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, Mode II does not indicate whether the malfunc-
tion is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal.
MT
cardiagn.com
CONSULT-II can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if avail-
able) is recommended.
AT
A sample of CONSULT-II display is shown at left. The malfunction
is displayed in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CON-
SULT-II. Time data indicates how many times the vehicle was TF
driven after the last detection of a malfunction.
If the malfunction is being detected currently, the time data will be
“0”. PD
FA
SEC890C
RA
FREEZE FRAME DATA
The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant BR
temperature, short term fuel trim*, long term fuel trim*, engine speed, vehicle speed, absolute throttle position
and base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the DTC, are called freeze frame data. The data, stored ST
together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-II. The freeze frame
data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. For details, see EC-82.
Only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. RS
When more than one DTC is detected, the freeze frame data detected first is stored in the memory.
The freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. Procedures for
clearing the ECM memory are described in “HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFOR- BT
MATION”. Refer to EC-73.
HA
HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION
How to erase DTC (With CONSULT-II) EL
1. If the ignition switch stays “ON” after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch “OFF” once. Wait at least
9 seconds and then turn it “ON” (engine stopped) again.
2. Turn CONSULT-II “ON” and touch “ENGINE”. SE
3. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
4. Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)
IDX
EC-73
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) (Cont’d)
SEC555C
cardiagn.com
The emission-related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting “ERASE” in the “SELF-
DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
How to erase DTC (No tools)

1. If the ignition switch stays “ON” after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch “OFF” once.
2. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it “ON” (engine stopped) again.
3. Change the diagnostic test mode from Mode II to Mode I by depressing the accelerator pedal. Refer to
EC-76, “How to Switch Diagnostic Test Mode”.
NOTE:
I If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost after approx.
24 hours.
I The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
1) Diagnostic trouble codes
2) Freeze frame data
3) Others
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but
all of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.
EC-74
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) GI

I If the security indicator lights up with the ignition switch in
the “ON” position or “NATS MALFUNCTION” is displayed MA
on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” screen, perform self-diagnostic
results mode with CONSULT-II using NATS program card.
Refer to NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System) in EL section. EM
I Confirm no self-diagnostic results of NATS is displayed
before touching “ERASE” in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode
with CONSULT-II. LC
I When replacing ECM, initialization of NATS system and
SEF543X registration of all NATS ignition key IDs must be carried out
with CONSULT-II using NATS program card.
Therefore, be sure to receive all keys from vehicle owner.
Regarding the procedure of NATS initialization and NATS
ignition key ID registration, refer to CONSULT-II operation FE
manual, NATS.
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
The MIL is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON TF
without the engine running. This is a bulb check.
I If the MIL does not light up, refer to EL section, “WARNING
LAMPS” or see EC-247. PD
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off.
If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an engine system malfunction.
FA
SAT652J
RA
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION
The on board diagnostic system has the following four functions. BR
Diagnostic test mode I
1. BULB CHECK: ST
This function checks the MIL bulb for damage (blown, open circuit, etc.).
If the MIL does not come on, check MIL circuit and ECM test mode selector. (See EC-76.)
2. MALFUNCTION WARNING: RS
This is a usual driving condition. When a malfunction is detected, the MIL will light up to inform the driver
that a malfunction has been detected.
Diagnostic test mode II BT
3. SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS:
This function allows DTCs to be read.
4. HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 MONITOR*: HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-75
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) (Cont’d)
MIL flashing without DTC
If the ECM is in Diagnostic Test Mode II, MIL may flash when engine is running. In this case, check ECM test
mode following “HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODES”.
How to switch the diagnostic test (function) modes, and details of the above functions are described later. (See
EC-76.)
Condition Diagnostic Test Mode I Diagnostic Test Mode II
Engine stopped
BULB CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Ignition switch in “ON” position
Engine running
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
MALFUNCTION WARNING
MONITOR*
The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
2) Free frame data
3) Others
cardiagn.com
HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
NOTE:
I It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
I It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
has a malfunction.
I Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned “OFF”.
How to set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)
1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch “ON” and wait 3 seconds.
2. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds until the MIL starts
blinking.
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
PBIB0092E
How to set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Monitor) [Model with three
way catalyst]
1. Set the ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-76, “How to Set Diagnostic
Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)”.
2. Start Engine.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor).
ECM will start heated oxygen sensor 1 monitoring from the bank 1 sensor.
EC-76
How to switch monitored sensor from Bank 1 to Bank 2 or vice versa (Model with three GI
way catalyst)
1. Fully depress the accelerator pedal quickly and then release it immediately.
2. Make sure that monitoring sensor has changed by MIL blinking as follows.
MA
EM
LC
PBIB0093E FE
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results) CL

1. Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-76 “How to Set Diagnostic Test
Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)”.
2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for more than 10 seconds. MT
cardiagn.com
The emission-related diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
3. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.
AT
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — BULB CHECK
In this mode, the MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check the bulb. Refer to
“WARNING LAMPS” in EL section or see EC-247. TF
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — MALFUNCTION WARNING

PD
MIL Condition
ON When the malfunction is detected or the ECM’s CPU is malfunctioning.
FA
OFF No malfunction.
I These DTC numbers are clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS).
RA
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II — SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
SEC687C
IDX
EC-77
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The “zero” is indicated
by the number of ten flashes. The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds
consisting of an ON (0.6-second) - OFF (0.6-second) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC “0000” refers to no
malfunction. (See EC-43, “INDEX FOR DTC”.)
How to erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)

The DTC can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal. Refer to EC-76
“How to Switch Diagnostic Test Mode”.
I If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory after approx. 24 hours.
I Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses.
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II — HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 MONITOR (MODEL WITH

THREE WAY CATALYST)
In this mode, the MIL displays the condition of the fuel mixture (lean or rich) which is monitored by the heated
oxygen sensor 1.
cardiagn.com
MIL Fuel mixture condition in the exhaust gas Air fuel ratio feedback control condition
ON Lean
Closed loop system
OFF Rich
*Remains ON or OFF Any condition Open loop system
*: Maintains conditions just before switching to open loop.
To check the heated oxygen sensor 1 function, start engine in the Diagnostic Test Mode II and warm it up until
engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of the gauge.
Next run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load conditions. Then make sure that the
MIL comes ON more than 5 times within 10 seconds with engine running at 2,000 rpm under no-load.
EC-78
CONSULT-II GI
CONSULT-II INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. MA
2. Connect “CONSULT-II” to data link connector.
(Data link connector is located under the instrument lower
cover on the driver’s side.) EM
LC
SEC556C
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

4. Touch “ENGINE”.
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
SEC557C
AT
5. Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each service
procedure.
For further information, see the CONSULT-II Operation Manual. TF
PD
FA
SEC558C
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-79
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode Function
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by follow-
Work support
ing the indications on the CONSULT-II unit.
Self-diagnostic results Self-diagnostic results such as DTCs and freeze frame data can be read and erased quickly.*1
Data monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
Input/Output of the specification for Basic fuel schedule, AFM, A/F feedback control value and
Data monitor (SPEC)
the other data monitor items can be read.
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-II drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and
Active test
also shifts some parameters in a specified range.
Conducted by CONSULT-II instead of a technician to determine whether each system is “OK”
Function test
or “NG”.
ECM part number ECM part number can be read.
*1 The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
1. Diagnostic trouble codes
2. Freeze frame data
3. Others
WORK SUPPORT MODE
cardiagn.com
WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE
TP SW/TP SEN IDLE POSI ADJ I FOLLOW THE BASIC INSPECTION INSTRUCTION IN When adjusting the idle throttle
THE SERVICE MANUAL. position
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE I FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING “START” When releasing fuel pressure
DURING IDLING. from fuel line
CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS.
IDLE AIR VOL LEARN I THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINE When learning the idle air volume
WITHIN THE SPECIFIED RANGE IS MEMORIZED IN
ECM.
TARGET IGNITION TIMING ADJ* I IDLE CONDITION When adjusting target ignition tim-
ing
After adjustment, confirm target
ignition timing with a timing light.
I If once the “TARGET IDLE
RPM ADJ” has been done, the
Idle Air Volume Learning proce-
dure will not be completed.
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* I IDLE CONDITION When setting target idle speed
CD ADJUSTMENT I IDLE CONDITION When setting “CO” adjustment
value
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.
EC-80
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION GI
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MA
RESULTS DATA
Item WORK DATA ACTIVE
FREEZE MONITOR
SUPPORT
DTC FRAME
MONITOR
(SPEC)
TEST EM
DATA
Camshaft position sensor x x x x LC
Mass air flow sensor x x x
Engine coolant temperature sen-
x x x x x
sor
Heated oxygen sensor 1*1 x x x
Vehicle speed sensor x x x
FE
Throttle position sensor x x x
Knock sensor x CL
Ignition switch (start signal) x x
INPUT
Closed throttle position switch MT
cardiagn.com
(accelerator pedal position sen- x x
sor signal)
Air conditioner switch x x
AT
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS
Park/neutral position (PNP)

x x
switch TF
Power steering pressure switch x x
Ambient air temperature switch x x PD
Battery voltage x x
Load signal x x
FA
Injectors x x x
x
Power transistor (Ignition timing) (Ignition sig- x x x RA
nal)
IACV-AAC valve x x x BR
EVAP canister purge volume
x x x
control solenoid valve
ST
Air conditioner relay x x
OUTPUT
Fuel pump relay x x x x

Cooling fan x x x x RS
Heated oxygen sensor 1
x x
heater*1 BT
Intake valve timing control sole-
x x x
noid valve
HA
VIAS control solenoid valve x x x
Calculated load value x x
CO adjustment value*2 x
EL
X: Applicable
*1: Model with three way catalyst SE
*2: Model without three way catalyst
IDX
EC-81
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
Regarding items detected in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode, refer to “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE
INDEX”, EC-43.
Freeze frame data
Freeze frame data item Description
DIAG TROUBLE CODE I Engine Control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as “PXXXX”. (Refer
[PXXXX] to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INDEX”, EC-43.)
FUEL SYS-B1* I “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
I One mode in the following is displayed.
“MODE 2”: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
“MODE 3”: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enrichment)
“MODE 4”: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
“MODE 5”: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
COOLANT TEMP [°C] or I The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[°F]
S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%]* I “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
I The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel
schedule.
cardiagn.com
L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%]* I “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
I The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel sched-
ule than short-term fuel trim.
ENGINE SPEED [rpm] I The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
VEHICL SPEED [km/h] I The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
or [mph]
ABSOL TH⋅P/S [degree] I The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
or [%]
B/FUEL SCHDL [msec] I The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
EC-82
DATA MONITOR MODE GI
Monitored item ECM
Main
[Unit] input Description Remarks
signals
signals MA
ENG SPEED [rpm] I Indicates the engine speed computed I Accuracy becomes poor if engine speed
from the signal of the camshaft position drops below the idle rpm.
q q sensor. I If the signal is interrupted while the
engine is running, an abnormal value
EM
may be indicated.
LC
MAS A/F SE-B1 [V]
q q I The signal voltage of the mass air flow
sensor is displayed.
I When the engine is stopped, a certain
value is indicated.
B/FUEL SCHDL I “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel
[msec]
q injection pulse width programmed into
ECM, prior to any learned on board cor-
rection.
FE
COOLAN TEMP/S I The engine coolant temperature (deter- I When the engine coolant temperature
[°C] or [°F] mined by the signal voltage of the engine sensor is open or short-circuited, ECM
q q coolant temperature sensor) is displayed. enters fail-safe mode. The engine coolant
temperature determined by the ECM is CL
displayed.
HO2S1*1 (B1)*2 [V]
q q I The signal voltage of the heated oxygen
sensor 1 is displayed. MT
cardiagn.com
HO2S1*1 (B2)*2 [V]
q q AT
HO2S1 MNTR*1 I Display of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal I After turning ON the ignition switch,
(B1)*2 [RICH/LEAN]
q during air-fuel ratio feedback control:
RICH ... means the mixture became
“RICH” is displayed until air-fuel mixture
ratio feedback control begins.
“rich”, and control is being affected I When the air-fuel ratio feedback is TF
HO2S1 MNTR*1 toward a leaner mixture. clamped, the value just before the clamp-
q
(B2)*2 [RICH/LEAN] LEAN ... means the mixture became ing is displayed continuously.
“lean”, and control is being affected PD
toward a rich mixture.
VHCL SPEED SE
[km/h] or [mph] q q I The vehicle speed computed from the
vehicle speed sensor signal is displayed. FA
BATTERY VOLT [V]
q q I The power supply voltage of ECM is dis-
played.
RA
THRTL POS SEN [V]
q q I The throttle position sensor signal volt-
age is displayed.
START SIGNAL
[ON/OFF] q q I Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
starter signal.
I After starting the engine, [OFF] is dis-
played regardless of the starter signal.
BR
I Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
q q
CLSD TH POS
[ON/OFF] throttle position sensor signal. ST
AIR COND SIG I Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air
[ON/OFF] q q conditioner switch as determined by the
air conditioner signal. RS
q q
P/N POSI SW
[ON/OFF] park/neutral position switch signal.
BT
PW/ST SIGNAL I [ON/OFF] condition of the power steering
[ON/OFF]
q q oil pressure switch determined by the
power steering oil pressure signal is indi- HA
cated.
EL
SE
IDX
EC-83
Monitored item ECM
Main
signals
signals
LOAD SIGNAL I Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
[ON/OFF] electrical load signal.
ON ... Rear window defogger switch is
q q ON and/or lighting switch is in 2nd posi-
tion.
OFF ... Both rear window defogger
switch and lighting switch are OFF.
AMB TEMP SW
[ON/OFF] q I Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
ambient air temperature switch signal.
IGNITION SW
[ON/OFF] q I Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from igni-
tion switch.
INJ PULSE-B1 [msec] I Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse I When the engine is stopped, a certain
q width compensated by ECM according to
the input signals.
computed value is indicated.
I Indicates the ignition timing computed by I When the engine is stopped, a certain
q
IGN TIMING [BTDC]
ECM according to the input signals. value is indicated.
A/F ALPHA-B1*1 [%]
q I The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feed- I When the engine is stopped, a certain
back correction factor per cycle is indi- value is indicated.
cardiagn.com
A/F ALPHA-B2*1 [%]
q cated. I This data also includes the data for the
air-fuel ratio learning control.
CAL/LD VALUE [%] I “Calculated load value” indicates the
value of the current airflow divided by
peak airflow.
ABSOL TH-P/S [%] I The throttle valve opening angle at the
moment a malfunction is detected is dis-
played.
IACV-AAC/V [step] I Indicates IACV-AAC/V control value com-
q puted by ECM according to the input sig-
nals.
PURG VOL C/V [%] I Indicates the EVAP canister purge vol-
ume control solenoid valve control value
computed by the ECM according to the
input signals.
I The opening becomes larger as the
value increases.
VIAS S/V [ON/OFF] I The control condition of the VIAS control
solenoid valve (determined by ECM
according to the input signals) is indi-
cated.
I OFF ... VIAS control solenoid valve is not
operating.
ON ... VIAS control solenoid valve is
operating.
INT/V SOL-B1 I The control condition of the intake valve
[ON/OFF] timing control solenoid valve (determined
by ECM according to the input signals) is
indicated.
ON ... intake valve timing control is oper-
ating.
OFF ... Intake valve timing control is not
operating.
AIR COND RLY I The air conditioner relay control condition
[ON/OFF] q (determined by ECM according to the
input signal) is indicated.
EC-84
Monitored item ECM
GI
Main
signals
signals
MA
FUEL PUMP RLY I Indicates the fuel pump relay control con-
[ON/OFF] q dition determined by ECM according to
the input signals. EM
HO2S1 HTR*1 (B1)*2 I Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated
[ON/OFF] oxygen sensor 1 heater determined by
HO2S1 HTR*1 (B2)*2 ECM according to the input signals. LC
[ON/OFF]
COOLING FAN I The control condition of the cooling fan
[HI/LOW/OFF] (determined by ECM according to the
q input signal) is indicated.

HI ... High speed operation
LOW ... Low speed operation FE
OFF ... Stop
IDL A/V LEARN [YET/ I Display the condition of idle air volume
CMPLT/INCMP] learning CL
YET ... Idle air volume learning has not
been performed yet.
CMPLT ... Idle air volume learning has MT
cardiagn.com
already been performed successfully.
INCMP ... Idle air volume learning has
not been performed successfully. AT
Voltage [V] I Voltage, frequency, duty cycle or pulse I Only “#” is displayed if item is unable to
width measured by the probe. be measured.
Frequency [msec], I Figures with “#”s are temporary ones. TF
[Hz] or [%] They are the same figures as an actual
DUTY-HI piece of data which was just previously
DUTY-LOW measured. PD
PLS WIDTH-HI
PLS WIDTH-LOW
NOTE:
FA
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
*2: The display of (B1) and (B2) of the monitor item is explained on EC-48. RA
DATA MONITOR (SPEC) MODE
Monitored Item
BR
Monitored item [Unit] ECM
Main
input Description Remarks ST
signals
signals
ENG SPEED [rpm] I Indicates the engine speed computed
q q from the signal of the camshaft position
sensor.
RS
MAS A/F SE-B1 [V]

sensor specification is displayed.
I When engine is running specification
range is indicated.
BT
B/FUEL SCHDL I “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel I When engine is running specification
[msec]
range is indicated. HA
rection.
A/F ALPHA-B1** [%]* I The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feed- I When engine is running specification EL
A/F ALPHA-B2** [%]*
q back correction factor per cycle is indi-
cated.
range is indicated.
I This data also includes the data for the
air-fuel ratio learning control. SE
NOTE:
*: Models with three way catalyst IDX
**: The display of (B1) and (B2) of the monitor item is explained on EC-48.
EC-85
ACTIVE TEST MODE
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGEMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
I Engine: Return to the original
trouble condition
If trouble symptom disappears, see I Adjust ignition timing (by moving
IGNITION TIMING I Timing light: Set
CHECK ITEM. camshaft position sensor)
I Retard the ignition timing using
CONSULT-II.
I Engine: After warming up, idle
IACV-AAC/V the engine. Engine speed changes according to I Harness and connector
OPENING I Change the IACV-AAC valve the opening step. I IACV-AAC valve
opening step using CONSULT-II.
I Engine: After warming up, idle I Harness and connector
the engine. I Compression
POWER BAL- I A/C switch “OFF” I Injectors
Engine runs rough or dies.
ANCE I Shift lever “N” I Power transistor
I Cut off each injector signal one I Spark plugs
at a time using CONSULT-II. I Ignition coil
I Ignition switch: ON I Harness and connector
COOLING FAN I Turn the cooling fan “HI”, “LOW” Cooling fan moves and stops. I Cooling fan motor
and “OFF” using CONSULT-II. I Cooling fan relay
I Engine: Return to the original I Harness and connector
ENG COOLANT trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see I Engine coolant temperature sen-
TEMP I Change the engine coolant tem- CHECK ITEM. sor
cardiagn.com
perature using CONSULT-II. I Fuel injectors
I Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped)
FUEL PUMP Fuel pump relay makes the operat- I Harness and connector
I Turn the fuel pump relay “ON”
RELAY ing sound. I Fuel pump relay
and “OFF” using CONSULT-II
and listen to operating sound.
I Ignition switch: ON
I Turn solenoid valve “ON” and Solenoid valve makes an operating I Harness and connectors
VIAS SOL VALVE
“OFF” with CONSULT-II and lis- sound. I Solenoid valve
ten for operating sound.
I Harness and connector
VALVE TIMING I Turn solenoid valve “ON” and Solenoid valve makes an operating
I Intake valve timing control sole-
SOL “OFF” with CONSULT-II and lis- sound.
noid valve
ten to operating sound.
I Engine: After warming up, run
engine at 1,500 rpm.
PURG VOL I Change the EVAP canister purge Engine speed changes according to I Harness and connectors
CONT/V volume control solenoid valve the opening percent. I Solenoid valve
opening percent using CON-
SULT-II.
EC-86
REAL TIME DIAGNOSIS IN DATA MONITOR MODE GI
(RECORDING VEHICLE DATA)
CONSULT-II has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by
touching “SETTING” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
MA
1) “AUTO TRIG” (Automatic trigger):
I The malfunction will be identified on the CONSULT-II screen in
real time.
EM
In other words, DTC and malfunction item will be displayed if
the malfunction is detected by ECM. LC
At the moment a malfunction is detected by ECM, “MONITOR”
SEC564C in “DATA MONITOR” screen is changed to “Recording Data ...
xx%” as shown at left, and the data after the malfunction detec-
tion is recorded. Then when the percentage reached 100%,
“REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is displayed. If “STOP” is touched
on the screen during “ Recording Data ... xx%”, “REAL-TIME FE
DIAG” screen is also displayed.
The recording time after the malfunction detection and the
recording speed can be changed by “TRIGGER POINT” and CL
“Recording Speed”. Refer to CONSULT-II OPERATION
MANUAL.
2) “MANU TRIG” (Manual trigger): MT
cardiagn.com
I DTC and malfunction item will not be displayed automatically
SEF707X
on CONSULT-II screen even though a malfunction is detected
by ECM. AT
DATA MONITOR can be performed continuously even though
a malfunction is detected.
Use these triggers as follows: TF
1) “AUTO TRIG”
I While trying to detect the DTC by performing the “DTC Confir-
mation Procedure”, be sure to select to “DATA MONITOR PD
(AUTO TRIG)” mode. You can confirm the malfunction at the
moment it is detected.
I While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT-II FA
should be set in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode, espe-
cially in case the incident is intermittent.
When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twist- RA
ing) the suspicious connectors, components and harness in the
“DTC Confirmation Procedure”, the moment a malfunction is
found the DTC will be displayed. (Refer to GI section, “Incident BR
Simulation Tests”.)
2) “MANU TRIG”
I If the malfunction is displayed as soon as “DATA MONITOR” is ST
selected, reset CONSULT-II to “MANU TRIG”. By selecting
“MANU TRIG” you can monitor and store the data. The data
can be utilized for further diagnosis, such as a comparison with RS
the value for the normal operating condition.
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-87
cardiagn.com
SEF720X
EC-88
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — Introduction TB48DE M/T
Introduction GI
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel
control, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM MA
accepts input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators.
It is essential that both input and output signals are proper and
stable. At the same time, it is important that there are no problems EM
such as vacuum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other problems with
the engine.
It is much more difficult to diagnose a problem that occurs intermit- LC
tently rather than continuously. Most intermittent problems are
MEF036D caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this
case, careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the
replacement of good parts.
A visual check only may not find the cause of the problems. A road
test with CONSULT-II or a circuit tester connected should be per- FE
formed. Follow the “Work Flow” on EC-91.
Before undertaking actual checks, take just a few minutes to talk
with a customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The CL
customer can supply good information about such problems, espe-
cially intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and
under what conditions they occur. A “Diagnostic Worksheet” like the MT
cardiagn.com
example on next page should be used.
SEF233G Start your diagnosis by looking for “conventional” problems first.
This will help troubleshoot driveability problems on an electronically AT
controlled engine vehicle.
TF
PD
FA
SEF234G
RA
Diagnostic Worksheet
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunctions BR
of engine components. A good knowledge of such conditions can
make troubleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer may feel differently about a given prob- ST
lem. It is important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions
for a customer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on next page in order to RS
organize all the information for troubleshooting.
SEF907L BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-89
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — Introduction TB48DE M/T
Diagnostic Worksheet (Cont’d)
WORKSHEET SAMPLE
Customer name MR/MS Model & Year VIN
Engine # Trans. Mileage
Incident Date Manuf. Date In Service Date
l Vehicle ran out of fuel causing misfire.
Fuel and fuel filler cap
l Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on.
l Impossible to start l No combustion l Partial combustion
l Partial combustion affected by throttle position
l Storability
l Partial combustion NOT affected by throttle position
l Possible but hard to start l Others [ ]
l No fast idle l Unstable l High idle l Low idle
l Idling
l Others [ ]
Symptoms
l Stumble l Surge l Knock l Lack of power
l Driveability l Intake backfire l Exhaust backfire
l Others [ ]
l At the time of start l While idling
l Engine stall l While accelerating l While decelerating
l Just after stopping l While loading
cardiagn.com
l Just after delivery l Recently
Incident occurrence
l In the morning l At night l In the daytime
Frequency l All the time l Under certain conditions l Sometimes
Weather conditions l Not affected
Weather l Fine l Raining l Snowing l Others [ ]
Temperature l Hot l Warm l Cool l Cold l Humid °F
l Cold l During warm-up l After warm-up
Engine conditions Engine speed
Road conditions l In town l In suburbs l Highway l Off road (up/down)

l Not affected
l At starting l While idling l At racing
l While accelerating l While cruising
Driving conditions l While decelerating l While turning (RH/LH)
Vehicle speed
Malfunction indicator lamp l Turned on l Not turned on
EC-90
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — Work Flow TB48DE M/T
Work Flow GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
SEF510ZC
BT
*1: If time data of “SELF-DIAG TENT INCIDENT”, EC-125. *4: If the malfunctioning part cannot
RESULTS” is other than “0” refer *3: If the on board diagnostic system be found, refer to “TROUBLE
to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR cannot be performed, check main DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMIT- HA
INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, power supply and ground circuit. TENT INCIDENT”, EC-125.
EC-125. Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS *5: EC-121
*2: If the incident cannot be FOR POWER SUPPLY”, EC-126.
duplicated, refer to “TROUBLE
EL
DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMIT-
SE
IDX
EC-91
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — Work Flow TB48DE M/T
Description for Work Flow

STEP DESCRIPTION
Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the
STEP I
“DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET”. (Refer to EC-90.)
Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-II) the Diagnostic Trouble Code
(DTC) and the freeze frame data, then erase the code and the data. (Refer to EC-73.) The DTC and the freeze
frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at STEP III & IV.
STEP II
Study the relationship between the cause, specified by DTC, and the symptom described by the customer. (The
“Symptom Matrix Chart” will be useful. See EC-105.)
Also check related service bulletins for information.
Try to confirm the symptom and under what conditions the incident occurs.
The “DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET” and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CON-
SULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results.
STEP III
If the incident cannot be verified, perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”. (Refer to
EC-125.)
If the malfunction code is detected, skip STEP IV and perform STEP V.
Try to detect the Diagnostic Trouble Code by driving in (or performing) the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Check
and read the DTC and freeze frame data by using CONSULT-II.
During the DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode
cardiagn.com
and check real time diagnosis results.
STEP IV If the incident cannot be verified, perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”. (Refer to
EC-125.)
In case the “DTC Confirmation Procedure” is not available, perform the “Overall Function Check” instead. The DTC
cannot be displayed by this check, however, this simplified “check” is an effective alternative.
The “NG” result of the “Overall Function Check” is the same as the DTC detection.
Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV.
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC PXXXX.
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the BASIC INSPECTION. (Refer to EC-93.) If CONSULT-II is available,
STEP V
perform “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode with CONSULT-II and proceed to the “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS-SPECIFI-
CATION VALUE”, EC-121. (If a malfunction is detected, proceed to “REPAIR/REPLACE”.) Then perform inspec-
tions according to the Symptom Matrix Chart. (Refer to EC-105.)
Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect
the system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) “Harness Layouts”.
Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-II set in “DATA MONITOR
(AUTO TRIG)” mode.
Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CON-
STEP VI
SULT-II. Refer to EC-112, 108.
The “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE” in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short
circuit inspection is also required for the circuit check in the DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE. For details, refer to GI
section, “HOW TO PERFORM EFFICIENT DIAGNOSIS FOR AN ELECTRICAL INCIDENT”, “Circuit Inspection”.
Repair or replace the malfunction parts.
Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions
and circumstances which resulted in the customer’s initial complaint.
Perform the “DTC Confirmation Procedure” and confirm the normal code [Diagnostic trouble code No. P0000 or
STEP VII 0000] is detected. If the incident is still detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a different method
from the previous one.
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) DTC in ECM. (Refer
to EC-73.)
EC-92
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — Basic Inspection TB48DE M/T
Basic Inspection GI
Preparation
I Make sure that the following parts are in (9) Engine compression MA
good order. (10) Throttle valve
(1) Battery I On air conditioner equipped models, checks
(2) Ignition system should be carried out while the air condi- EM
(3) Engine oil and coolant levels tioner is “OFF”.
(4) Fuses I When measuring “CO” percentage, insert
(5) ECM harness connector probe more than 40 cm (15.7 in) into tail pipe. LC
(6) Vacuum hoses I Turn off headlamps, heater blower, rear win-
(7) Air intake system dow defogger.
(Oil filler cap, oil level gauge, etc.) I Keep front wheels pointed straight ahead.
(8) Fuel pressure
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
Precaution:
Perform Basic Inspection without electrical or mechanical
loads applied; TF
I Headlamp switch is OFF,
I Air conditioner switch is OFF,
I Rear window defogger switch is OFF, PD
I Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
FA
BEFORE STARTING CHECK THROTTLE
1. Check service records for any recent VALVE OPERATION.
repairs that may indicate a related 1. Remove intake air
SEF142I
problem, or the current need for sched- ducts. RA
uled maintenance. 2. Check throttle valve
2. Open engine hood and check the fol- operation when moving
lowing: throttle drum by hand.
I Harness connectors for improper con- 3. Retighten the throttle BR
nections drum fixing nuts.
I Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, or If NG, clean the throttle
improper connections body and throttle valve.
I Wiring for improper connections, Then, go to “CHECK ST
pinches, or cuts THROTTLE DRUM
I Air cleaner clogging OPERATION”.
I Hoses and ducts for leaks
I Gasket G RS
F
SEF146U H OK BT
CHECK THROTTLE DRUM OPERATION. E CHECK ACCELERATOR
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal NG WIRE INSTALLATION.
operating temperature. Check accelerator wire for HA
2. Confirm that throttle drum is in contact slack.
with the stopper. If NG, adjust accelerator
wire. Refer to FE section,
OK OK “Adjusting Accelerator EL
With Without wire”. Then “CHECK
CONSULT-II THROTTLE DRUM
CONSULT-II OPERATION” again.
H H SE
q
A q
C
SEC565C
IDX
EC-93
Basic Inspection (Cont’d)
q
A
H
NG
CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH E ADJUSTMENT
CLOSED POSITION. THROTTLE POSITION
SWITCH CLOSED POSI-
With CONSULT-II TION-I
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. With CONSULT-II
2. Select “CLSD THL POS” in “DATA
MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. 1. Loosen throttle position
3. Read “CLSD THL POS” signal under sensor fixing bolts.
the following conditions. 2. Insert 0.05 mm (0.0020
SEC566C I Insert a 0.05 mm (0.0020 in) and 0.15 in) feeler gauge
E
mm (0.0059 in) feeler gauge alter- between stopper and
nately between stopper and throttle throttle drum as shown
drum as shown in the figure and in the figure.
check the signal. 3. Turn throttle position
“CLSD THL POS” signal should remain sensor body counter-
“ON” while inserting 0.05 mm (0.0020 clockwise until “CLSD
in) feeler gauge. THL POS” signal
“CLSD THL POS” signal should remain switches to “OFF”.
“OFF” while inserting 0.15 mm (0.0059
in) feeler gauge.
OK
H
cardiagn.com
ADJUSTMENT
SEF061Y THROTTLE POSITION
SWITCH CLOSED POSI-
TION-II
With CONSULT-II
1. Temporarily tighten sen-
sor body fixing bolts as
follows.
I Gradually move the
sensor body clockwise
and stop it when
“CLSD THL POS” sig-
NG nal switches from
“OFF” to “ON”, then
temporarily tighten
sensor body fixing
F bolts.
SEC566C OK 2. Make sure two or three
times that the signal is
“ON” when the throttle
valve is closed and
“OFF” when it is
opened.
3. Remove 0.05 mm
(0.0020 in) feeler gauge
then insert 0.15 mm
(0.0059 in) feeler
gauge.
4. Make sure two or three
times that the signal
remains “OFF” when
the throttle valve is
closed.
SEC567C 5. Tighten throttle position
sensor.
6. Check the “CLSD THL
POS” signal again.
I The signal remains
“OFF” while closing
throttle valve.
H
q
B
SEC568C
EC-94
q
B GI
H MA
RESET THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
IDLE POSITION MEMORY.
With CONSULT-II
EM
NOTE: Always warm up engine to nor-
mal operating temperature. If engine is LC
cool, the throttle position sensor idle
SEC567C position memory will not be reset cor-
rectly.
1. Remove feeler gauge.
2. Start engine.
3. Warm up engine to normal operating
temperature.
FE
4. Select “CLSD THL POS” in “DATA
MONITOR” mode.
5. Stop engine. (Turn ignition switch CL
“OFF”.)
6. Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at
least 5 seconds. MT
cardiagn.com
7. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
SEF864V least 10 seconds.
8. Replace steps 6 and 7 until “CLSD AT
THL POS” signal changes to “ON”.
H TF
q
E
PD
FA
SEF061Y
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-95
q
C
H
NG
CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH E
ADJUSTMENT
CLOSED POSITION. THROTTLE POSITION
SWITCH CLOSED POSI-
Without CONSULT-II
TION-I
1. Disconnect closed throttle position Without CON-
switch harness connector. SULT-II
2. Check continuity between closed 1. Loosen throttle position
throttle position switch terminals 4 and sensor fixing bolts.
SEF711X 5 under the following conditions. 2. Insert 0.05 mm (0.0020
I Insert the 0.05 mm (0.0020 in) and 0.15 in) feeler gauge
mm (0.0059 in) feeler gauge alter- E
between stopper and
nately between the stopper and throttle drum as shown
throttle drum as shown in the figure. in the figure.
“Continuity should exist” while insert- 3. Turn the throttle position
ing 0.05 mm (0.0020 in) feeler gauge. sensor body counter-
“Continuity should not exist” while clockwise until continu-
inserting 0.15 mm (0.0059 in) feeler ity does not exist.
gauge.
OK
H
cardiagn.com
ADJUST THROTTLE
SEC566C POSITION SWITCH
CLOSED POSITION-II
Without CON-
SULT-II
1. Temporarily tighten sen-
sor body fixing bolts as
follows.
I Gradually move the
sensor body clockwise
and stop it when the
continuity comes to
NG exist, then temporarily
tighten sensor body
SEC566C fixing bolts.
F 2. Make sure two or three
OK times that the continuity
exists when the throttle
valve is closed and con-
tinuity does not exist
when it is opened.
3. Remove 0.05 mm
(0.0020 in) feeler gauge
then insert 0.15 mm
(0.0059 in) feeler
gauge.
4. Make sure two or three
times that the continuity
SEF711X does not exist when the
throttle valve is closed.
5. Tighten throttle position
sensor.
6. Check the continuity
again.
Continuity does not
exist while closing the
throttle valve.
H
q
D
SEC567C
EC-96
q
D GI
H
RESET THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
MA
IDLE POSITION MEMORY.
Without CONSULT-II
EM
NOTE: Always warm up engine to nor-
mal operating temperature. If engine is
cool, the throttle position sensor idle
position memory will not be reset cor-
LC
rectly.
SEF864V
1. Remove feeler gauge.
2. Reconnect throttle position switch har-
ness connector.
3. Start engine.
4. Warm up engine to normal operating FE
temperature.
5. Stop engine. (Turn ignition switch
“OFF”.)
6. Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at CL
least 5 seconds.
7. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds.
8. Repeat steps 6 and 7, 3 to 10 times.
MT
cardiagn.com
q
E
AT
H H
NG
CHECK DTC. E REPAIR MALFUNCTION.
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal Repair or replace compo- TF
operating temperature. nents as necessary
2. Rev (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three according to corresponding
times. “Diagnostic procedure”. PD
3. Make sure to DTC is displayed with
CONSULT-II or ECM diagnostic test
mode-II. F
FA
OK
H
CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED.
OK
Eq
L
RA
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal BR

operating temperature.
2. Select “ENG SPEED” in “DATA MONI-
TOR” mode with CONSULT-II. ST
3. Check idle speed.
M/T: 675±50 rpm
Without CONSULT-II RS
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal
2. Check idle speed. BT
M/T: 675±50 rpm
H NG
HA
q
F
EL
SE
IDX
EC-97
q
F
q
H
H G
H
IMCMP
PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING. Follow the construction of “Idle
E
Refer to “Idle Air Volume Learning”, EC-71. Air Volume Learning”.
CMPLT
H
NG
CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN. REPLACE IACV-AAC VALVE
E
Replace IACV-AAC valve.
With CONSULT-II
q
J
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal oper- H H
ating temperature. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOL-
2. Select “ENG SPEED” in “DATA MONITOR” UME LEARNING.
mode with CONSULT-II. Refer to “Idle Air Volume
3. Check idle speed. Learning”, EC-71
M/T: 675±50 rpm Which is the result CMPLT
or INCMP?
OK
If “INCMP ”, follow the con-
CMPLT
struction of “Idle Air Volume
Learning”.
INCMP
H
H
cardiagn.com
q
G
Follow the construction of “Idle
Air Volume Learning”.
H
q
H
G
H
NG
CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN CHECKING ECM FUNCTION
E
1. Substitute another known-
With CONSULT-II
good ECM to check ECM
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal oper- function. (ECM may be the
ating temperature. cause of a problem, but
2. Select “ENG SPEED” in “DATA MONITOR” this is rarely the case.)
mode with CONSULT-II. 2. Perform initialization of
3. Check idle speed. NATS system and registra-
M/T: 675±50 rpm tion of NATS ignition key
IDS. Refer to “NATS
Without CONSULT-II
(Nissan Anti-theft System)”,
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal oper- EC-75.
ating temperature.
M/T: 675±50 rpm
OK
H
q
I
EC-98
q
G q
I GI
H H
NG
MA
CHECK IGNITION TIMING ADJUST CAMSHAFT POSI-
E
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal oper- TION SENSOR
ating temperature. 1. Start engine and warm it up
2. Check ignition timing at idle using a timing to normal operating tem-
EM
light. perature.
M/T: 5°±5° BTDC
With CONSULT-II
LC
OK 2. Select “TARGET IGN TIM
SEC563C ADJ” in “WORK SUP-
PORT”.
3. Touch start.
4. Adjust camshaft position
sensor using timing light.
M/T: 5°±5° BTDC FE
Without CONSULT-II
2. Disconnect throttle position
sensor harness connector. CL
sensor using timing light.
M/T: 5°±5° BTDC
MT
cardiagn.com
4. If OK, reconnect throttle
position sensor harness
SEC190D connector.
AT
OK NG
H
H q
J
H
Model with three way catalyst: q
M CHECK TIMING CHAIN
TF
Model without three way catalyst: q
N INSTALLATION
Check timing chain installation.
Refer to “TIMING CHAIN” in PD
EM section.
NG
H FA
Repair the timing chain instal-
lation.
RA
H
q
H
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-99
q
L
H
OK
CHECK IGNITION TIMING. E
Model with three way catalyst:
1. Start engine and let it idle. qM
2. Check ignition timing at idle Model without three way cata-
using a timing light. lyst: q
N
M/T: 5°±5° BTDC
NG
F
SEC563C q
M
H H
INCMP
PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME 1. Follow the construction of E
E
LEARNING. “Idle Air Volume Learning”.
Refer to “Idle Air Volume
Learning”, EC-71.
Which is the result CMPLT or
INCMP? q
N
CMPLT
H H
NG
CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED E
CHECK ECM FUNCTION.
cardiagn.com
AGAIN 1. Substitute another known-
good ECM to check ECM
With CONSULT-II
function. (ECM may be the
1. Start engine and warm it up to cause of a problem, but this
normal operating temperature. is rarely the case.)
2. Select “ENG SPEED” in “DATA 2. Perform initialization of
MONITOR” mode with CON- NATS system and registra-
SULT-II. tion of NATS ignition key
3. Check idle speed. IDs. Refer to “NATS (Nissan
M/T: 675±50 rpm Anti-theft System)”, EC-75.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to
normal operating temperature.
M/T: 675±50 rpm
OK
H
q
O
EC-100
q
O GI
H
NG
MA
CHECK IGNITION TIMING. E
ADJUST CAMSHAFT POSI-
1. Start engine and let it idle. TION SENSOR
2. Check ignition timing at idle using 1. Start engine and warm it up EM
a timing light. to normal operating tempera-
M/T: 5°±5° BTDC ture.
OK With CONSULT-II LC
2. Select “TARGET IGN TIM
SEC563C
ADJ” in “WORK SUPPORT”.
3. Touch start.
4. Adjust camshaft position sen-
sor using timing light.
M/T: 5°±5° BTDC FE
H Without CONSULT-II
P 2. Disconnect throttle position
Q sensor harness connector.
CL
3. Adjust camshaft position sen-
sor using timing light.
M/T: 5°±5° BTDC MT
cardiagn.com
4. If OK, reconnect throttle posi-
SEC190D tion sensor harness connec-
tor. AT
OK NG
H
q
M TF
H
CHECK CHAIN INSTALLATION
Check timing chain installation. PD
Refer to “TIMING CHAIN” in EM
section.
If NG, replace the timing chain FA
installation.
OK NG
RA
H H
q
N q
M
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-101
q
P
With three way

catalyst
H
Set the diagnostic test mode II (Heated oxygen
sensor 1 monitor). Refer to EC-76.
H
Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 min-
utes under no-load.
SAT652J
H
NG
CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 SIG- Check oxygen sensor and the
E
NAL. circuit.
With CONSULT-II
OK
1. See “HO2S1 MNTR” in “DATA MONITOR”
mode.
2. Maintaining engine at 2,000 rpm under no-
load (engine is warmed up to normal operat-
ing temperature), check that the monitor fluc-
tuates between “LEAN” and “RICH” more
cardiagn.com
than 5 times during 10 seconds.
1 cycle: RICH → LEAN → RICH
2 cycles: RICH → LEAN → RICH → LEAN
→ RICH
-------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------
Without CONSULT-II
Make sure that malfunction indicator lamp goes
on and off more than 5 times during 10 seconds
at 2,000 rpm.
OK
F
q
R
H H
ERASE UNNECESSARY DTC.
After this inspection, unnecessary DTC No.
might be displayed.
Erase the stored memory in ECM and TCM
(Transmission control module).
Refer to “HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RE-
LATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION, EC-73.
OK
H
INSPECTION END
EC-102
GI
q
Q
MA
H
NG
CHECK IDLE CO% E ADJUST IDLE CO%
Check the CO% by inserting a CO meter
With CONSULT-II EM
sampling probe into the tail pipe.
CO%: 2±1% 1. Start engine and warm it
up to normal operating
OK temperature. LC
2. Select “CO ADJUST-
SEC884C MENT” in “WORK SUP-
PORT” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
3. Select “START”.
4. When “CO ADJUST-
MENT” is displayed, FE
confirm idle speed is
within the standard and
adjust until the CO value CL
meets the standard.
I When CO value is too
high: Press “Qd” or
“DOWN” button MT
cardiagn.com
low: Press “Qu” or “UP”
SEC885C
button AT
NOTE:
Once CO adjustment but-
ton is pressed, wait until
the CO meter measure- TF
ment result comes up. It
may take some time
because of the time lag
existing between pressing
PD
CO adjustment button and
actual CO alteration. If
necessary, press adjust- FA
ment button again and
repeat the procedure until
it reaches the standard.
5. After confirming CO RA
adjustment value is
within the standard,
press “UP DATE” button. BR
NOTE:
By pressing “UP DATE”
button, CO adjustment
value is written into hard ST
memory inside the ECM.
Please note that if the
CONSULT-II display is RS
returned to initial menu
without pressing the “UP
DATE” button, the adjusted
CO value is ignored. BT
HA
F
H
Go to q
R. EL
SE
IDX
EC-103
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — General Description TB48DE M/T
Fail-Safe Chart
The ECM enters fail-safe mode, if any of the following malfunctions are detected due to the open or short cir-
cuit.
When the ECM enters the ECM fail-safe mode listed in the last column below, the MIL illuminates.
DTC No. ECM* Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
P0100 0100 Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0115 0115 Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning ignition switch
“ON” or “START”.
CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided

Condition
(CONSULT-II display)
Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F)
More than 6 minutes after ignition START 80°C (176°F)
20 - 80°C (68 - 176°F)

Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
P0120 0120 Throttle position will be determined based on the amount of mass air flow and the engine speed.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
cardiagn.com
Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration
*: In Diagnostic Test Model II (Self-diagnostic results)
EC-104
Symptom Matrix Chart GI

SYMPTOM
MA
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
EM
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

SYSTEM LC
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
— Basic engine control system Reference page
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
OVERCHARGING
ENGINE STALL
OVERCOOLS
FE
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM 1P 1X HA

Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 3 3 3 2 EC-235
CL
Fuel pressure regulator system 2 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-68
Injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 EC-228
Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-64
MT
cardiagn.com
Air Positive crankcase ventilation system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 EC-67
Incorrect idle speed adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 EC-70
IACV-AAC valve circuit 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-200 AT
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-70
Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-177
Main power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 EC-126 TF
Cooling Cooling fan circuit 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 1 3 EC-159
Air conditioner circuit 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 HA section
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-105
Symptom Matrix Chart (Cont’d)
SYMPTOM




SYSTEM
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
— Engine control system Reference page
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
OVERCHARGING
ENGINE STALL
OVERCOOLS
Engine con- Camshaft position sensor circuit 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 EC-159
trol Mass air flow sensor circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-131
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 1 1 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 EC-136
Throttle position sensor circuit 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-141
Incorrect throttle position sensor adjust-
2 3 3 1 3 1 1 3 EC-93
ment
cardiagn.com
Intake valve timing control system 3 3 2 3 3 3 EC-211
Vehicle speed sensor circuit 2 3 3 3 EC-197
Knock sensor circuit 2 2 2 3 EC-155
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 EC-104
Start signal circuit 2 EC-232
Park/Neutral position switch circuit 3 3 3 3 3 EC-216
Variable Induction Air Control (VIAS) sys-
2 EC-224
tem
Electrical load signal circuit 2 3 3 EC-245
Power steering oil pressure switch circuit 2 3 3 EC-241
EC-106
SYMPTOM
GI

MA


EM

SYSTEM
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
— Engine mechanical & other Reference page
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

LC
IDLING VIBRATION
OVERCHARGING
ENGINE STALL
OVERCOOLS
FE
Fuel Fuel tank 5 FE section
Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Vapor lock
CL
5
Valve deposit
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, Low 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
octane) — MT
cardiagn.com
Air Air duct 5
Air cleaner
Air leakage from air duct AT
(Mass air flow sensor — throttle body) 5 5 5 5 5 5
Throttle body, Throttle wire 5 5 5 5 5 FE section
Air leakage from intake manifold/
—
TF
Collector/Gasket
Cranking Battery
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Alternator circuit EL section PD
Starter circuit 3
PNP switch 4 AT section
Flywheel 6 EM section FA
Engine Cylinder head
Cylinder head gasket 4
Cylinder block
6 RA
Piston
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Piston ring
Connecting rod
EM section BR
Bearing
Crankshaft 6
Valve Timing chain 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
mechanism Camshaft 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
ST
Intake valve
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Exhaust valve
Exhaust EM section &
RS
Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/Gasket 5 5 5 5 5
FE section
Three way catalyst* 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 FE section
Lubrication Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil filter/Oil BT
gallery 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil
Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap LC section HA
Thermostat 2
Water pump
5 5 5 5 4 5
Water gallery EL
Cooling fan 2 EC section
Coolant level (low)/Contaminated coolant MA section
NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System)
1 1
EC-75 or EL SE
section
IDX
EC-107

Mode
Remarks:
I Specification data are reference values.
I Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data
in spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the
ECM according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.
I If the real-time diagnosis results are NG and the on board diagnostic system results are OK when diagnosing the mass air flow
sensor, first check to see if the fuel pump control circuit is normal.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
I Tachometer: Connect Almost the same speed as the CON-
ENG SPEED
I Run engine and compare tachometer indication with the CONSULT-II value. SULT-II value.
I Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 1.1 - 1.5V
I Air conditioner switch: OFF
MAS A/F SE-B1
I Shift lever: N
I No-load 2,500 rpm Approx. 1.7 - 2.4V
COOLAN TEMP/S I Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)

HO2S1 (B1)*
I Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm 0 - 0.3V +, Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S1 (B2)*
cardiagn.com
LEAN +, RICH
HO2S1 MNTR (B1)*
I Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Changes more than 5 times during 10
HO2S1 MNTR (B2)*
seconds.
I Turn drive wheels and compare speedometer indication with the CONSULT-II Almost the same speed as the CON-
VHCL SPEED SE
value. SULT-II value
BATTERY VOLT I Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14V
Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.15 - 0.85V (a)
THRTL POS SEN (Engine stopped) Throttle valve: partially open Between (a) and (b)
I Shift lever: N
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.5 - 4.7V (b)
START SIGNAL I Ignition switch: ON , START , ON OFF , ON , OFF
I Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON

CLSD THL POS
I Shift lever: N Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
I Engine: After warming up, idle the
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
engine ON
(Compressor operates.)
Shift lever: Neutral ON
P/N POSI SW I Ignition switch: ON
Shift lever: Except above OFF
Steering wheel is in neutral position.
I Engine: After warming up, idle the OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL (Forward direction)
engine
Steering wheel is turned. ON
Rear window defogger switch is ON
ON
and/or lighting switch is in 2nd.
LOAD SIGNAL I Ignition switch: ON
Rear window defogger switch is OFF
OFF
and lighting switch is OFF.
I Ignition switch: ON Below 19°C (66°F) OFF
AMB TEMP SW I Compare ambient air temperature with
the following: Above 25°C (77°F) ON
IGNITION SW I Ignition switch: ON , OFF , ON ON , OFF , ON

A/C pressure is more than 1,422 - 1,618
ON
kPa (14.5 - 16.5 kg/cm2, 206 - 235 psi).
A/C PRESS SW I Engine: Running
A/C pressure is less than 1,128 - 1,422
OFF
kPa (11.5 - 14.5 kg/cm2, 164 - 206 psi).
I Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec
I Shift lever: N
INJ PULSE-B1
I No-load 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec
EC-108
Mode (Cont’d) GI
I Engine: After warming up Idle 3° - 7° BTDC MA
I Shift lever: N
IGN TIMING
I No-load 2,000 rpm 25° - 45° BTDC
EM
A/F ALPHA-B1*
I Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm 54% - 155%
A/F ALPHA-B2*
I Engine: After warming up Idle 10% - 35% LC
I Shift lever: N
CAL/LD VALUE
I No-load 2,500 rpm 10% - 35%

Throttle valve: fully closed 0.0%
engine
ABSOL TH⋅P/S I Engine: After warming up
I Ignition switch: ON Throttle valve: fully opened 80.0%
FE
(Engine stopped)
I Engine: After warming up
Idle 5 - 20 steps CL
IACV-AAC/V
I Shift lever: “N”
I No-load 2,000 rpm —

MT
cardiagn.com
Idle 0.0%
I Shift lever: N
PURG VOL C/V
2,000 rpm —
I No-load AT
Idle OFF
VIAS S/V I Engine: After warming up
More than 5,000 rpm ON
TF
AIR COND RLY Air conditioner switch: ON
engine ON
(Compressor operates) PD
I For 5 seconds after turning ignition switch ON
ON
FUEL PUMP RLY I Engine running or cranking
I Except above conditions OFF FA
Engine coolant temperature is 94°C
OFF
(201°F) or less.
I After warming up engine, idle the
Engine coolant temperature is between
RA
COOLING FAN engine. LOW
95°C (203°F) and 104°C (219°F).
(221°F) or more.
HIGH BR
HO2S1 HTR (B1)* I Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm ON
HO2S1 HTR (B2)* I Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF ST
*: Models with three way catalyst
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-109
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor

Mode
The following are the major sensor reference graphs in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
THRTL POS SEN, ABSOL TH-P/S, CLSD THL POS

Below is the data for “THRTL POS SEN”, “ABSOL TH-P/S” and “CLSD THL POS” when depressing the
accelerator pedal with the ignition switch “ON”.
The signal of “THRTL POS SEN” and “ABSOL TH-P/S” should rise gradually without any intermittent drop or
rise after “CLSD THL POS” is changed from “ON” to “OFF”.
cardiagn.com
SEF171ZA
ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL POS SEN, INJ PULSE-B1
Below is the data for “ENG SPEED”, “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “THRTL POS SEN” and “INJ PULSE” when revving
engine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine to normal operating temperature.
Each value is for reference, the exact value may vary.
SEF241Y
EC-110
Mode (Cont’d) GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
SEF259QB
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-111
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout
PBIB0075E
ECM Terminals and Reference Value

PREPARATION
1. ECM is located behind the center console. For this inspection,
remove fuse box cover.
2. Remove ECM harness protector.
cardiagn.com
SEC669CA
3. Perform all voltage measurements with the connector con-

nected. Extend tester probe as shown to perform tests easily.
I Open harness securing clip to make testing easier.
I Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time.
I Data is for comparison and may not be exact.
MEC486B
EC-112
ECM Terminals and Reference Value (Cont’d)
ECM INSPECTION TABLE GI
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION: MA
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM’s transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL WIRE EM
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC voltage)
NO. COLOR
BATTERY VOLTAGE LC
(11 - 14V)*1
Engine is running.
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
FE
5 BR/W Injector No. 1
6 GY/L Injector No. 2
7 BR/Y Injector No. 3
SEC670C CL
13 GY/R Injector No. 4 BATTERY VOLTAGE
14 BR Injector No. 5 (11 - 14V)*1
15 GY Injector No. 6 MT
cardiagn.com
Engine is running.
Warm-up condition
AT
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
TF
SEC671C
Engine is running. PD
0 - 1.0V
Heated oxygen Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm.
8 G/Y sensor 1 heater FA
(bank 1)*2 Engine is running. BATTERY VOLTAGE
Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm. (11 - 14V)
Engine is running.
RA
0 - 1.0V
9 L/R sensor 1 heater BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-113
TERMINAL WIRE
NO. COLOR
0 - 0.1V*1
Engine is running.
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
18 Y/R Ignition signal No. 1
19 G Ignition signal No. 2
20 Y Ignition signal No. 3 SEC672C
21 R/B Ignition signal No. 4 0 - 0.2V*1

29 R/G Ignition signal No. 5
30 R Ignition signal No. 6
Engine is running.
Warm-up condition
SEC673C
cardiagn.com
Engine is running.
Both A/C switch and blower switch are 0 - 1.0V

Rear air conditioner
22 L relay (Rear cooler “ON” (Compressor operates).
cut relay) Engine is running. BATTERY VOLTAGE
A/C switch is “OFF”. (11 - 14V)
Engine is running
24 Y/L Air conditioner relay “ON” (Compressor operates).

Engine is running. BATTERY VOLTAGE

Idle speed (11 - 14V)
VIAS control sole-
27 LG/R
noid valve Engine is running.
0 - 1.0V
Engine speed is above 5,000 rpm.
Ignition switch “ON” 0 - 1.0V
35 Y/G MIL Engine is running. BATTERY VOLTAGE

EC-114
TERMINAL WIRE
GI
NO. COLOR
3 - 6V*1 MA
Engine is running. EM
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
LC
SEC674C
38 Y/B Tachometer signal
3 - 6V*1
FE
Engine is running.
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm. CL
SEC675C MT
cardiagn.com
Ignition switch “ON”
For 5 seconds after turning ignition switch 0 - 1.0V

AT
“ON”
40*4 Engine is running.
R/Y Fuel pump relay
41*3 TF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
More than 5 seconds after turning ignition (11 - 14V)
switch “ON” PD
Engine is running.
Ignition switch “OFF” FA
0 - 1.0V
For 5 seconds after turning ignition switch
ECM relay
42 B/Y
(Self shut-off)
“OFF” RA
Ignition switch “OFF”
BATTERY VOLTAGE
5 seconds passed after turning ignition (11 - 14V) BR
switch “OFF”
48 L/W
49 L/R Engine is running. ST
IACV-AAC valve 0.1 - 14V
50 L/Y Idle speed
51 G/Y
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-115
TERMINAL WIRE
NO. COLOR
Approx. 2.5V
Engine is running.
Jack up all wheels

In 1st gear position
4 km/h (2 MPH)
SEC680C
Vehicle speed sen-
52 P/L
sor Approx. 2.0V
Engine is running.
Jack up all wheels

In 2nd gear position
SEC681C
cardiagn.com
Ignition switch “OFF” 0V
53 W/G Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)*1
Engine is running.
Idle speed
EVAP canister SEC676C

54 W/B purge volume con-
trol solenoid valve BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)*1
Engine is running.
Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm (More

than 100 seconds after starting engine).
SEC677C
Engine is running.
0 - 1.0V
Cooling fan relay Cooling fan is operating at high speed.
55 L/B
(High) Engine is running. BATTERY VOLTAGE
Cooling fan is not operating. (11 - 14V)
Engine is running.
0 - 1.0V
Cooling fan relay Cooling fan is operating.
56 L
(Low) Engine is running. BATTERY VOLTAGE
EC-116
TERMINAL WIRE
GI
NO. COLOR
Ignition switch “ON” Approximately 0V MA
59 R/W Start signal
Ignition switch “START” 9 - 14V
Ignition switch “ON” EM
Approx. 0.05V
Transfer gear position is “2H”
Transfer switch Ignition switch “ON” BATTERY VOLTAGE LC

60 W/PU
(2WD/4WD) Transfer gear position is “4H” (11 - 14V)

Approx. 0.05V
Transfer gear position is “4L”
Approx. 0.3 - 0.6V*1 FE
Engine is running. CL
Warm-up condition
Idle speed MT
cardiagn.com
SEC682C
62*4
L
Camshaft position AT
63*4 sensor (REF signal) Approx. 0.4 - 0.5V*1
TF
Engine is running.
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm PD
SEC683C FA
2.6 - 2.7V*1
RA
Engine is running.
Warm-up condition
BR
Idle speed
ST
Camshaft position SEC678C
63*3 B/W sensor (POS sig-
nal) 2.5 - 2.6V*1 RS
Engine is running. BT
HA
SEC679C

EL
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Throttle position Accelerator pedal fully released (11 - 14V)
71 LG switch (Closed
SE
position)
Approx. 0V
Accelerator pedal fully depressed.
IDX
EC-117
TERMINAL WIRE
NO. COLOR
Engine is running.
Approx. 0V
Power steering oil Steering wheel is being turned.
79 OR/L
pressure switch Engine is running.
Approx. 5V
Steering wheel is not being turned.
Approximately 0V
Gear position is Neutral.
80 R/PU PNP switch
Approximately 5V
Except the above gear position
Approx. 0.3 - 0.6V*1
Engine is running. (Warm-up condition)
Idle speed
cardiagn.com
SEC682C
83*3 Camshaft position
L
Engine is running.
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
SEC683C
Approx. 2.6 - 2.7V*1
Engine is running.
Warm-up condition
Idle speed

nal) Approx. 2.5 - 2.6V*1
Engine is running.
SEC679C
Engine is running.
Both air conditioner switch and blower Approx. 0V

Air conditioner switch are “ON”. (Compressor operates.)
86 LG/B
switch
Air conditioner switch is “OFF”. (11 - 14V)
EC-118
TERMINAL WIRE
GI
NO. COLOR
Engine is running. MA
89 B Sensors’ ground Approximately 0V
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
EM
Engine is running.
0.75 - 1.2V
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
LC
Mass air flow sen-
91 W/G
sor Engine is running.
1.7 - 2.4V
Warm-up condition
95 W
Power supply for
BATTERY VOLTAGE FE
ECM (Buck-up) (11 - 14V)
Engine is running.
0V CL
Rear window defog- Rear defogger switch is “OFF”
96 W/R
ger switch Engine is running. BATTERY VOLTAGE MT
cardiagn.com
Rear defogger switch is “ON” (11 - 14V)
Engine is running. BATTERY VOLTAGE AT

Headlamp switch is “ON” (11 - 14V)
97 L/B Headlamp switch
Engine is running.
0V TF
Headlamp switch is “OFF”
Sensors’ power PD
103 Y Ignition switch “ON” Approximately 5V
supply
Completely closed (a) 0.15 - 0.85V
Throttle position FA
108 G Partially open Between (a) and (b)
sensor
Completely open (b) 3.5 - 4.7V
RA
Engine is running.
Mass air flow sen-
109 B/W Warm-up condition
Approximately 0V
sor ground
Idle speed BR
Engine is running.
Heated oxygen 0 - Approximately 1.0V (Peri-
114 R/L
sensor 1 (bank 1)*2 Warm-up condition odically change) ST
Engine is running.
Heated oxygen 0 - Approximately 1.0V (Peri- RS
115 L/W
sensor 1 (bank 2)*2 Warm-up condition odically change)
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
BT
Engine coolant tem-
121 LG/B Engine is running. Output voltage varies with
perature sensor
engine coolant temperature.
HA
Knock sensor
125 W (Bank 1) Engine is running.
Approximately 2.5V
126 W Knock sensor Idle speed EL
(Bank 2)
SE
IDX
EC-119
TERMINAL WIRE
NO. COLOR
Engine is running.
BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 -
Warm-up condition 14V)
Idle speed
Intake valve timing
152 R control solenoid Engine is running.
valve Warm-up condition
Transmission in any gear position except Approx. 0.3V
“N”
Accelerator pedal depressed.
156 B
159 B Engine is running.
ECM ground Engine ground
165 B Idle speed
168 B
163 R Power supply for BATTERY VOLTAGE
166 R ECM (11 - 14V)
Ignition switch “ON” BATTERY VOLTAGE
164 PU Data link connector
(11 - 14V)
cardiagn.com
CONSULT-II or GST is disconnected.
*1: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
*2: Model with three way catalyst
*3: Model with NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System)
*4: Model without NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System)
EC-120
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — SPECIFICATION VALUE TB48DE M/T
Description GI
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)”
mode of CONSULT-II during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “DATA MONI- MA
TOR (SPEC)” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value in
“DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one or
more malfunctions. EM
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items: LC
I B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board cor-
rection)
I A/F ALPHA-B1/B2 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
I MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
Testing Condition FE
I Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,100 miles)
I Barometric pressure: 101.3 kPa (1,013 mbar, 760.0 mmHg, 29.92 inHg)±3 kPa (30 mbar, 22.5 mmHg, 0.89 CL
inHg)
I Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
I Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F) MT
cardiagn.com
I Transmission: Warmed-up*1
I Electrical load: Not applied*2
I Engine speed: Idle AT
*1: For A/T or CVT models, after the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until
“FLUID TEMP SE” (A/T or CVT fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates less than 0.9V. For M/T models, drive
vehicle for 5 minutes after the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature. TF
*2: Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are “OFF”. Cooling fans are not oper-
ating. Steering wheel is straight ahead.
PD
FA
RA
Inspection Procedure
NOTE: BR
Perform “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode in maximum scale dis-
play.
1. Perform “Basic Inspection”, EC-93. ST
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met.
3. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1”*, “A/F ALPHA-B2”*
and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode with RS
CONSULT-II.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
SEF601Z 5. If NG, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-122. BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-121
Diagnostic Procedure
cardiagn.com
SEF613ZA
EC-122
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
SEF768Z
EC-123
cardiagn.com
SEF615Z
EC-124
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT
INCIDENT TB48DE M/T
Description GI
Intermittent incidents (I/I) may occur. In many cases, the problem resolves itself (the part or circuit function
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the custom- MA
er’s complaint often do not recur on DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of I/I occurrences
is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident occurred may not be
clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may not indicate the spe- EM
cific problem area.
COMMON I/I REPORT SITUATIONS LC

STEP in Work Flow Situation
II The CONSULT-II is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than “0” or “1t”.
III The symptom described by the customer does not recur.
IV DTC data does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure. FE
VI The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the problem area.
Diagnostic Procedure CL
1 INSPECTION START
MT
cardiagn.com
Erase DTCs. Refer to “HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION” (EC-73).
E GO TO 2.
AT
2 CHECK GROUND TERMINALS
Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection. Refer to GI section, “GROUND INSPECTION”.
TF
OK or NG
OK E GO TO 3. PD
NG E Repair or replace.
FA
3 SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
Perform GI section, “Incident Simulation Tests”. RA
OK or NG
OK E INSPECTION END
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-125
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY TB48DE M/T

ECM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE DATA
MINAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC voltage)
NO.
Engine is running.
0 - 1.0V
42 B/Y ECM relay (Self-shutoff) “OFF”

BATTERY VOLTAGE
A few seconds passed after turning ignition (11 - 14V)
switch “OFF”
cardiagn.com
53 W/G Ignition switch
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
95 W Power supply (Back-up) Ignition switch “OFF”
(11 - 14V)
156
159 Engine is running.
B ECM ground Engine ground
165 Idle speed
168
163 BATTERY VOLTAGE

B/R Power supply for ECM Ignition switch “ON”
166 (11 - 14V)
EC-126
(Cont’d) GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC143M
EC-127
(Cont’d)
cardiagn.com
TEC144M
EC-128
(Cont’d) GI
INSPECTION START
MA
H
No
Start engine. E CHECK POWER SUP-
Is engine running? PLY-I. EM
1. Turn ignition switch
Yes “ON”.
2. Check voltage between LC
ECM terminal q53 and
ground with CONSULT-II
SEC817C or tester.
Voltage: Battery volt-
age
If NG, check the following.
I 10A fuse
I Harness connectors FE
M52 , F7
I Harness for open or
short between ECM and
fuse CL
If NG, repair harness or
connectors.
OK MT
cardiagn.com
H
Go to “CHECK GROUND
SEC818C
CIRCUIT” on next page.
AT
H
NG
CHECK POWER SUPPLY-II. Check the following.
1. Stop engine.
E
I Harness connectors TF
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal E127 , M21
q95 and ground with CONSULT-II or I Harness connectors
tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
M52 , F7
I 10A fuse
PD
OK short between ECM and
battery FA
connectors.
SEC819C
H
RA
OK
CHECK POWER SUPPLY-III. E Go to “CHECK GROUND
1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and then turn CIRCUIT” on next page.
“OFF”. BR
2. Check voltage between ECM terminals
163 , 166 , and ground with CON-
SULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Case-1: Battery voltage does ST
After turning ignition switch “OFF”, not exist.
battery voltage will exist for a few Case-2: Battery voltage exists
seconds, then drop to approximately for more than a few
0V. seconds. RS
NG
SEC684CA
Case-2
BT
Case-1 E Go to “CHECK ECM
RELAY” on next page.
H
HA
q
A
EL
SE
IDX
EC-129
(Cont’d)
q
A
H
NG
CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY E Check the following.
BETWEEN ECM RELAY AND ECM. I Harness connectors
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. M52 , F7
2. Disconnect ECM relay. I Harness for open or
3. Check harness continuity between ECM short between ECM and
terminals 163 , 166 and terminal q6 . ECM relay
Refer to Wiring Diagram. If NG, repair open circuit,
Continuity should exist. short to ground or short to
SEC685C If OK, check harness for short to power in harness or con-
ground and short to power. nectors.
OK
H
NG
CHECK VOLTAGE BETWEEN ECM E Check the following.
RELAY AND GROUND. I Harness connectors
Check voltage between terminals q
2 ,q 7 E127 , M21
and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. I 10A and 15A fuse
Voltage: Battery voltage I Harness for open or
short between ECM relay
OK and battery
connectors.
cardiagn.com
H
PBIB0077E NG
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT. E Check the following.
Check harness continuity between ECM I Harness connectors
terminal q
42 and relay terminal q1 . M52 , F7
Refer to wiring diagram. I Harness for open or
Continuity should exist. short between ECM and
If OK, check harness for short to ground ECM relay
and short to power. If NG, repair open circuit,
short to ground or short to
OK power in harness or con-
nectors.
H
NG
CHECK ECM RELAY. E Replace ECM relay.
1. Apply 12V direct current between relay
terminals q
1 and q 2 .
SEC821C 2. Check continuity between relay termi-
nals q
6 and q 7 ,q3 and q 5 .
12V (q1 -q 2 ) applied:
Continuity exists.
No voltage applied:
No continuity
OK
H
NG
CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT. E Check the following.
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. I Joint connector-7
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground I Harness for open or
screws. short between ECM and
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. ground
4. Check harness continuity between ECM Repair open circuit, short
terminals 156 , 159 , 165 , 168 and to power in harness or
engine ground. connectors.
Continuity should exist.
If OK, check harness for short to power.
OK
H
CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT.
Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR
INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-125.
H
INSPECTION END
EC-130
DTC P0100 MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR TB48DE M/T
Component Description GI
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire
intake flow. It consists of a hot film that is supplied with electric MA
current from the ECM. The temperature of the hot wire is controlled
by the ECM a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire
is reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the EM
greater the heat loss.
Therefore, the ECM must supply more electric current to the hot
wire as air flow increases. This maintains the temperature of the hot LC
SEC688C
wire. The ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.

Mode
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
FE
I Engine: After warming up Idle 1.1 - 1.5V CL
I Air conditioner switch: “OFF”
MAS A/F SE-B1
I Shift lever: Neutral position
I No-load 2,500 rpm 1.7 - 2.4V
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam- TF
TER-
WIRE DATA
PD
COLOR (DC voltage)
NO.
Engine is running. (Warm-up condition) FA
1.1 - 1.5V
Idle speed
91 W/G Mass air flow sensor
Engine is running. (Warm-up condition) RA
1.7 - 2.4V
109 B/W
Mass air flow sensor Engine is running. (Warm-up condition)
Approximately 0V
BR
ground Idle speed
ST
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No. Malfunction is detected when ... Check Items (Possible Cause) RS
P0100 A) An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent I Harness or connectors
0100 to ECM when engine is not running. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
C) A voltage from the sensor is constantly approx. 1.0V I Mass air flow sensor BT
when engine is running.
B) An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent I Harness or connectors
to ECM* when engine is running. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
HA
I Intake air leaks
I Mass air flow sensor
EL
*: When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Fail-Safe Mode SE
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel IDX
cut.
EC-131
DTC Confirmation Procedure

NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously
conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least
10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A

With CONSULT-II
1) Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3) Wait at least 2 seconds.
4) If DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-134.
Without CONSULT-II
1) Turn ignition switch “ON”, and wait at least 2 seconds.
cardiagn.com
2) Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then
SEF058Y turn “ON”.
3) Perform “Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)” with
ECM.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AND C

With CONSULT-II
3) Start engine and wait 2 seconds at most.
4 If DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-134.
Without CONSULT-II
SEF058Y 3) Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then
turn “ON”.
ECM.
EC-132
Wiring Diagram GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC146M
EC-133
INSPECTION START
H
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground
screws.
OK
SEC690C
H
CHECK POWER SUPPLY. NG Check the following.
E
1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor har- I Harness connectors
ness connector. M52 , F7
2. Turn ignition switch “ON”. I Harness for open or
3. Check voltage between terminals q2 , short between mass air
q4 and ground with CONSULT-II or flow sensor and ECM
tester. relay
short between mass air
Terminal Voltage flow sensor and ECM
cardiagn.com
2 Approximately 5V If NG, repair harness or
SEC688C connectors.
4 BATTERY VOLTAGE
OK
H
CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT. NG Repair open circuit, short
E
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. to ground or short to power
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. in harness or connectors.
3. Check harness continuity between ter-
minal q3 and ECM terminal 109 .
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
PBIB0076E If OK, check harness for short to
ground and short to power.
OK
H
NG
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT. E
Repair open circuit, short
Check harness continuity between MAF to ground or short to power
sensor terminal q1 and ECM terminal q 91 . in harness or connectors.
If OK, check harness for short to ground
and short to power.
OK
H
NG
CHECK COMPONENT E
Replace mass air flow sen-
(Mass air flow sensor). sor.
Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION”,
EC-135.
OK
H
q
A
EC-134
q
A
GI
H MA
CHECK SHIELD CIRCUIT. NG Check the following.
E
1. Remove joint connector-7 F40 . I Joint connector-7 F40
2. Check the following. I Harness for open or EM
I Continuity between joint connector short between joint con-
terminal q3 and ground nector-7 and engine
I Joint connector ground LC
(Refer to “HARNESS LAYOUT” in EL If NG, repair harness or
section.) connectors.
Then reconnect joint connector.
OK FE
H
Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR CL
MT
cardiagn.com
H
INSPECTION END
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
Component Inspection
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR BR
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal q 91 and ground.
ST
Conditions Voltage V
Ignition switch “ON” (Engine stopped.) Approx. 1.0
RS
Idle (Engine is warmed-up sufficiently.) 1.1 - 1.5
PBIB0078E 2,500 rpm 1.7 - 2.4 BT
Idle to about 4,000 rpm* 1.1 - 1.5 to Approx. 4.0
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to increase to about 4,000 rpm in engine HA
speed.
4. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.

I Turn ignition switch “OFF”. EL
I Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and recon-
nect it again.
I Perform steps 2 and 3 again.
SE
5. If NG, remove mass air flow sensor from air duct. Check hot film
for damage or dust. IDX
SEC691C 6. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
EC-135
DC P0115 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT)
SENSOR (CIRCUIT) TB48DE M/T
Component Description
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine
coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine cool-
ant temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sen-
sitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the
thermistor decreases as temperature increases.
SEF594K
<Reference data>
Engine coolant tempera-
Voltage* Resistance
ture
(V) (kΩ)
°C (°F)
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 1.0 0.236 - 0.260
cardiagn.com
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal
121 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
SEF012P
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/
output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM’s
transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the
ground.

Mode

Diagnostic
Check Items
Trouble Code Malfunction is detected when ...
(Possible Cause)
No.
P0115 I An excessively high or low voltage from the sensor is I Harness or connectors
0115 sent to ECM.* (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
I Engine coolant temperature sensor
*: When this malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and MIL lights up.
EC-136
Fail-Safe Mode GI

MA
Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning ignition switch
CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM. EM
Engine coolant temperature decided (CONSULT-II
Condition
display)
LC
Engine coolant tempera- Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F)
ture sensor circuit More than approx. 4 minutes after turning ignition
80°C (176°F)
switch ON or START
20 - 80°C (68 - 176°F)
FE
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates
while the engine is running.
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
DTC Confirmation Procedure AT
NOTE:
TF
With CONSULT-II PD
2) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. FA
SEF013Y 4) If DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-139.
RA
Without CONSULT-II
1) Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 5 seconds.
2) Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then BR
turn “ON”.
ECM. ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-137
Wiring Diagram
cardiagn.com
TEC147M
EC-138
Diagnostic Procedure GI
INSPECTION START
MA
H
CHECK POWER SUPPLY. NG Repair harness or connec- EM
E
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. tors.
2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature
sensor harness connector. LC
SEC689C 4. Check voltage between terminal q2 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage:
Approximately 5V
OK FE
H
NG
CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT. E
Check the following. CL
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. I Harness for open or
2. Check harness continuity between ter- short between ECM and
minal q1 and engine ground. engine coolant tempera- MT
cardiagn.com
Refer to Wiring Diagram. ture sensor
Continuity should exist. If NG, repair open circuit,
SEF645R If OK, check harness for short to short to ground or short to
ground and short to power. power in harness or con- AT
nectors.
OK
H
TF
NG
CHECK COMPONENT E
Replace engine coolant
(Engine coolant temperature sensor). temperature sensor.
PD
EC-140.
OK FA
H
RA
BR
H
INSPECTION END
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-139
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check resistance as shown in the figure.
SEF152P
<Reference data>
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
cardiagn.com
SEF012P
EC-140
DTC P0120 THROTTLE POSITION (TP) SENSOR TB48DE M/T
The throttle position sensor responds to the accelerator pedal movement. This sensor is a kind of potentiom-
eter which transforms the throttle position into output voltage, and emits the voltage signal to the ECM. In MA
addition, the sensor detects the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feeds the voltage signal
to the ECM.
Idle position of the throttle valve is determined by the ECM receiving the signal from the throttle position sen- EM
sor. This sensor controls engine operation such as fuel cut. On the other hand, the “Wide open and closed
throttle position switch”, which is built into the throttle position sensor unit, is not used for engine control.
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
SEC692C
PD
Mode FA
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION RA
Throttle valve: fully closed 0.15 - 0.85V (a)
THRTL POS SEN
(Engine stopped)
Throttle valve: partially opened Between (a) and (b) BR
Throttle valve: fully opened 3.5 - 4.7V (b)
I Engine: After warming up, idle ST
Throttle valve: fully closed 0.0%
the engine
ABSOL TH⋅P/S I Engine: After warming up
I Ignition switch: ON Throttle valve: fully opened Approx. 80% RS
(Engine stopped)
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-141

CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Engine is running.
89 B Sensors’ ground Warm up condition Approximately 0V
Idle speed
103 Y Sensors’ power supply Ignition switch “ON” Approximately 5V
Engine is running.
Warm-up condition 0.15 - 0.85V

108 G Throttle position sensor Accelerator pedal fully released
3.5 - 4.7V
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
cardiagn.com
DTC No. Malfunction is detected when ... Check Items (Possible Cause)
P0120 An excessively low or high voltage from the sensor is I Harness or connectors
0120 sent to ECM* while driving. (The throttle position sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
I Throttle position sensor
*: When this malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Fail-Safe Mode
Throttle position will be determined based on the injected fuel amount and the engine speed.
Throttle position sensor Condition Driving condition
circuit

NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted,
always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds
before conducting the next test.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
TESTING CONDITION:
I This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in
the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected
to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
EC-142
DTC Confirmation Procedure (Cont’d)
With CONSULT-II GI
1) Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-II.
2) Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least MA
2 consecutive seconds.
VHCL SPEED SE More than 4 km/h (2 MPH) EM
Selector lever Suitable position except “N” or “P”
position
LC
SEF175Y
Without CONSULT-II
1) Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least
2 consecutive seconds.
FE
Vehicle speed More than 4 km/h (2 MPH)
Selector lever Suitable position except “N” or “P”
position
CL

turn “ON”. MT
cardiagn.com
ECM.
4) If DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-145. AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-143
Wiring Diagram
cardiagn.com
TEC154M
EC-144
INSPECTION START
MA
H
EM
screws.
OK LC
SEC690C H
NG
CHECK POWER SUPPLY. E
Check the following.
2. Disconnect throttle position sensor har- short between throttle
ness connector. position sensor and ECM FE
3. Turn ignition switch “ON”. If NG, repair harness or
4. Check voltage between terminal q 3 and connectors.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
CL
OK
MT
cardiagn.com
H
CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT. NG If NG, repair open circuit,
SEC562C E
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. short to ground or short to AT
2. Check harness continuity between power in harness or con-
throttle position sensor harness connec- nectors.
tor terminal q 1 and ECM terminal q89 . TF
If OK, check harness for short to
PD
OK
FA
H
NG
SEF582V 1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. I Harness for open or RA
2. Check harness continuity between ECM short between throttle
terminal 108 and terminal q 2 . position sensor and ECM
Refer to Wiring Diagram. If NG, repair open circuit, BR
If OK, check harness for short to power in harness or con-
ST
OK
H
q
A RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-145
q
A
H
NG
CHECK COMPONENT E Replace throttle position
(Throttle position sensor). sensor. To adjust it, per-
Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION”, form BASIC INSPECTION,
EC-146. EC-93.
OK
H
NG
CHECK SHIELD CIRCUIT. E Check the following.
2. Check the following. I Harness for open or
I Joint connector ground
OK
H
cardiagn.com
H
INSPECTION END
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
With CONSULT-II
1) Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2) Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
3) Turn ignition switch ON.
5) Check voltage of “THRTL POS SEN” under the following con-
ditions.
SEF179Y NOTE:
Voltage measurement must be made with throttle position sen-
sor installed in vehicle.
Throttle valve conditions Voltage (V)
Completely closed 0.15 - 0.85 (a)
Partially open Between (a) and (b)
Completely open 3.5 - 4.7 (b)
If NG, adjust closed throttle position switch. Refer to “Basic

Inspection”, EC-93.
6) If it is impossible to adjust closed throttle position switch in
“Basic Inspection”, replace throttle position sensor.
EC-146
Component Inspection (Cont’d)
Without CONSULT-II GI
1) Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2) Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
3) Turn ignition switch ON. MA
4) Check voltage between ECM terminal 108 (Throttle position
sensor signal) and ground under the following conditions.
NOTE: EM
LC
SEC826C
Completely closed 0.15 - 0.85 (a)
Completely open 3.5 - 4.7 (b)
FE
5) If it is impossible to adjust closed throttle position switch in CL
“Basic Inspection”, replace throttle position sensor.
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-147
DTC P0130 (BANK 1), P0150 (BANK 2) HO2S1
(CIRCUIT) TB48DE M/T
The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It
detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the
outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube
made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from
approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions.
The heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM
adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel
ratio. The ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V
to 0V.
SEF463R
cardiagn.com
SEF288D

Mode
HO2S1 (B1)
0 - 0.3V ) 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S1 (B2)
I Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm
LEAN ) RICH
HO2S1 MNTR (B1)
Changes more than 5 times
HO2S1 MNTR (B2)
during 10 seconds.

Specification data are reference values, and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the
ECM’s transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals such as the body ground.
TER-
WIRE DATA
COLOR (DC voltage)
NO.
114
W Engine is running.
(B1) 0 - Approximately 1.0V
Heated oxygen sensors 1 After warming up to normal operating tempera-
115 (periodically change)
W ture and engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
(B2)
EC-148
On Board Diagnosis Logic GI

Under the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 (front)
signal is not input, the ECM circuits will read a continuous approxi- MA
mately 0.3V. Therefore, for this diagnosis, the time that output volt-
age is within 200 to 400 mV range is monitored, and the diagnosis
checks that this time is not inordinately long. EM
LC
SEF237U
Diagnostic Trouble Check Items

Malfunction is detected when ... FE
Code No. (Possible Cause)
P0130, 0130 I The voltage from the sensor is constantly approx. 0.3V. I Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) CL
P0150, 0150 I Heated oxygen sensor 1
(Bank 2)
MT
cardiagn.com
Overall Function Check AT
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 circuit. TF
1) Start engine and warm it up to normal operating tem-
perature.
2) Select “MANU TRIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with PD
CONSULT-II, and select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1
(B2)”.
3) Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load. FA
4) Make sure that the indications do not remain in the
SEF646Y range between 0.2 to 0.4V.
5) If NG, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-152. RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
perature. HA
2) Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 114 (B1),
115 (B2) (sensor signal) and ground.
3) Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 EL
rpm constant under no load.
I The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 - 0.4V.
4) If NG, go to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”, EC-152. SE
SEC184D
IDX
EC-149
Wiring Diagram
BANK 1
cardiagn.com
TEC245M
EC-150
Wiring Diagram (Cont’d)
BANK 2 GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC247M
EC-151
INSPECTION START
H
screws.
H
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT. NG Repair harness or connec-
SEC888C E
2. Disconnect corresponding heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 harness connector and
ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM
and sensor terminals.
Terminals
DTC
ECM Sensor
P0130 114 2
cardiagn.com
P0150 115 2
SEC690C Refer to wiring diagram.

and sensor or ground.
Terminals
DTC
ECM or sensor Ground
P0130 114 or 2 Ground
Refer to wiring diagram.

Continuity should not exist.
OK
H
NG
CHECK SHIELD CIRCUIT. E
1. Disconnect joint connector-7. I Joint connector-7
2. Check harness continuity between ter- I Harness for open or
minal q3 and ground. short between joint con-
Refer to wiring diagram. nector and ground
Continuity should exist. Repair open circuit, short
If OK, check harness for short to power. to power in harness or
connectors.
OK
H
NG
CHECK COMPONENT E
REPLACE HO2S1.
(Heated oxygen sensor 1).
Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION” on
next page.
OK
H
Perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR
H
INSPECTION END
EC-152
Component Inspection GI
1) Start engine and warm it up to normal operating tem- MA
perature.
2) Select “MANU TRIG” and “HI SPEED” in “DATA MONI-
TOR” mode with CONSULT-II, and select “HO2S1 (B1)/ EM
(B2)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)”.
3) Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during
the following steps. LC
4) Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-II screen.
SEF977Z
5) Check the following.
I “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode
changes from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” 5 times in 10
seconds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown below: FE
cycle | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 |
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) R-L-R-L-R-L-R-L-R-L-R CL
R = “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)”, “RICH”

L = “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)”, “LEAN”
MT
cardiagn.com
I “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least
once. AT
I “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage goes below 0.30V at least
once.
I “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V. TF
CAUTION:
I Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been
dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. PD
I Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust sys-
tem threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool
J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubri- FA
cant.
RA
BR
ST
RS
SEF978Z
BT
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
perature. HA
I Malfunction indicator lamp goes on more than 5 times
within 10 seconds in Diagnostic Test Mode II (HEATED SE
OXYGEN SENSOR 1 MONITOR, EC-76).
I The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time.
SEC184D
I The minimum voltage is below 0.30V at least one time. IDX
I The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
EC-153
CAUTION:
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubri-
cant.
cardiagn.com
EC-154
DTC P0325 (BANK 1), P0330 (BANK 2) KNOCK
SENSOR (KS) TB48DE M/T
The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block under the intake
manifold. It senses engine knocking using a piezoelectric element. MA
A knocking vibration from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational
pressure. This pressure is converted into a voltage signal and sent
to the ECM. EM
Freeze frame data will not be stored in the ECM for the knock
sensor. The MIL will not light for knock sensor malfunction.
LC
SEF598K

Diagnostic Trouble
Malfunction is detected when ....
Check Items FE
P0325 (Bank 1) I An excessively low or high voltage from the knock I Harness or connectors
0325 sensor is sent to ECM. (The knock sensor circuit is open or shorted.) CL
P0330 (Bank 2) I Knock sensor
0330
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously TF
TESTING CONDITION: PD
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that bat-
tery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
FA
With CONSULT-II
SEF058Y 1) Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-II. RA
2) Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
3) If DTC is detected, go to EC-157, “Diagnostic Procedure”.
BR
Without CONSULT-II
1) Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. ST
turn “ON”.
3) Perform “Diagnostic Test Mode II” (Self-diagnostic results) with RS
ECM.
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-155
Wiring Diagram
cardiagn.com
TEC153M
EC-156
INSPECTION START
MA
H
OK
CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL EGo to q
A.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I.
EM
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check resistance between ECM termi-
nals 125 , 126 and engine ground. LC
SEC693C NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter
which can measure more than 10 MΩ.
Resistance:
Approximately 530-590 kΩ [at 20°C
(68°F)]
4. Also check harness for short to ground FE
and short to power.
NG
H
CL
NG
CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL E
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II. I Harness connect F13 ,
1. Disconnect knock sensor harness con- F108 MT
cardiagn.com
nector. I Harness for open or
SEC690C terminal 125 and knock sensor (bank knock sensor
1) terminal q
1 , ECM terminal 126 and Repair open circuit or short AT
knock sensor (bank) terminal q1 . Refer to ground or short to power
to Wiring Diagram. in harness or connectors.
3. Also check harness for short to ground TF
and short to power.
H
OK PD
NG
CHECK COMPONENT (Knock sensor). E
Replace knock sensor.
Refer to EC-158, “Component Inspection”.
FA
OK
H
Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR RA
q
A
BR
H
RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS.
ST
Loose and retighten engine ground screws.
H RS
NG
CHECK KNOCK SENSOR SHIELD CIR- E
Repair open circuit or short
CUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT. to power in harness or con-
1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connectors. BT
nector F109 , F110 .
2. Check harness continuity between
knock sensor harness connector F109 ,
F110 terminals q2 and engine ground. HA
3. Also check harness for short to power
EL
H
Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SE
IDX
EC-157
KNOCK SENSOR
NOTE:
Use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.
1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
2. Check resistance between terminal q
1 and ground.
Resistance: Approximately 530 - 590 kΩ [at 20°C
(68°F)]
CAUTION:
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or
SEF478Y
physically damaged. Use only new ones.
cardiagn.com
EC-158
DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR TB48DE M/T
The camshaft position sensor (CMPS) is a basic component of the
ECM. It monitors engine speed and piston position. It sends signals MA
to the ECM to control fuel injection, ignition timing and other func-
tions.
The camshaft position sensor has a rotor plate and a wave-form- EM
ing circuit. The rotor plate has 360 slits for 1° signal and 6 slits for
120° signal. Light Emitting Diodes (LED) and photo diodes are built
into the wave-forming circuit. LC
When the rotor plate passes between the LED and the photo diode,
SEC695C the following happens:
Slits in the rotor plate continually cut the transmitted light to the
photo diode from the LED. This generates rough-shaped pulses
converted into on-off pulses by the wave forming circuit sent to the
ECM. FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
SEF614B
AT
TF
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the PD
TER-
MINAL
WIRE
ITEM CONDITION
DATA FA
COLOR (DC voltage)
NO.
Approximately 0.3 - RA
0.6V*1
BR
Engine is running. (Warmed-up condition)
Idle speed ST
62*3
RS
SEC682C
83*2 Camshaft position sensor
L
63*3 (REF signal)
84*2
Approximately 0.3 - BT
0.6V*1
HA
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm. EL
SE
SEC683C
IDX
EC-159
TER-
WIRE DATA
COLOR (DC voltage)
NO.
1.0 - 4.0V*1
Idle speed
SEC678C
B/W
63*2 (POS signal) 1.0 - 4.0V*1
cardiagn.com
SEC679C

Diagnostic
Check Items
Trouble Code Malfunction is detected when ....
(Possible Cause)
No.
P0340 A) Either 1° or 120° signal is not sent to ECM for the I Harness or connectors
0340 first few seconds during engine cranking. (The camshaft position sensor circuit is open or
........................................................................................... shorted.)
I Camshaft position sensor
B) Either 1° or 120° signal is not sent to ECM during I Starter motor (Refer to EL section.)
engine running. I Starting system circuit (Refer to EL section.)
........................................................................................... I Dead (Weak) battery
C) Either 1° or 120° signal is not in the normal pattern
during engine running.

Perform “Procedure for malfunction A” first. If DTC cannot be
confirmed, perform “Procedure for malfunction B and C”.
NOTE:
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously
TESTING CONDITION:
tery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.
EC-160
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A GI
With CONSULT-II
1) Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode MA
with CONSULT-II.
2) Crank engine at least 2 seconds.
(If engine does not run, turn ignition switch to “START” for at EM
least 2 seconds.)
LC
Without CONSULT-II
SEF013Y
1) Crank engine for at least 2 seconds.
(If engine does not run, turn ignition switch to “START” for at
least 2 seconds.)
2) Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then FE
turn “ON”.
ECM. CL
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AND C MT
cardiagn.com
With CONSULT-II
1) Turn ignition switch “ON”. AT
4) If DTC is detected, go to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”, TF
EC-163.
Without CONSULT-II PD
turn “ON”. FA
ECM.
4) If DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-163. RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-161
Wiring Diagram
cardiagn.com
TEC145M
EC-162
INSPECTION START
MA
H
CHECK STARTING SYSTEM. No Check starting system.
E EM
Does the engine turn over? (Refer to EL section.)
(Does the starter motor operate?)
Yes
H LC
SEC690C
screws.
OK
H FE
E
1. Disconnect camshaft position sensor I Harness connectors
harness connector. M52 , F7 CL
2. Turn ignition switch “ON”. I Harness for open or short
3. Check voltage between terminal q3 and between camshaft posi-
ground with CONSULT-II or tester. tion sensor and ECM
Voltage: Battery voltage I Harness for open or short MT
cardiagn.com
between camshaft posi-
OK tion sensor and ECM
SEC696C
relay AT
connectors.
H TF
CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT. NG Repair open circuit, short to
E
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. power in harness or con-
2. Check harness continuity between termi- nectors. PD
nal q
4 and engine ground.
If OK, check harness for short to power. FA
OK
SEC697C
H RA
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT. NG Repair open circuit, short to
E
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. ground or short to power in
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. harness or connectors. BR
CMPS terminals q 1 ,q2 and ECM termi-
nals.
ST
CMPS ECM ter-
Continuity
terminal minal
120° sig- RS
nal 83 , q
q 84 *1
q
1 Yes
(REF sig- 62 , q
(q 63 )*2
nal) BT
1° signal
q
63 *1
(POS sig- q
2 Yes
q
84 *2
nal) HA
*1: Model with NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft
System)
*2: Model without NATS (Nissan Anti- EL
Theft System)
If OK, check harness for short to ground SE
and short to power.
OK
H
q
A
IDX
EC-163
q
A
H
CHECK COMPONENT. NG Replace camshaft position
E
(Camshaft position sensor). sensor.
EC-164.
OK
H
E
2. Check the following. I Harness for open or short
I Continuity between joint connector ter- between joint connector-7
minal q3 and ground and engine ground
I Joint connector If NG, repair harness or
(Refer to “HARNESS LAYOUT” in EL connectors.
section.)
OK
H
cardiagn.com
H
INSPECTION END
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera-
ture.
2. Check voltage between the following ECM terminals and
ground with DC range.
ECM terminal Reference illustration
1° signal q
63 *1 q
A
(POS signal) q
84 *2
SEC827C
120° signal (q
83 , q
84 )*1 q
B
(REF signal) (q
62 , q
63 )*2

CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring voltage.
Doing so may result in damage to the ECM’s transistor. Use a
ground other than ECM terminals such as the body ground.
EC-164
TER-
GI
WIRE DATA
COLOR (DC voltage)
NO.
MA
Approximately 0.3 -
0.6V*1
EM

LC
Idle speed
62*3
SEC682C
63*3
L
(REF signal)
FE
Approximately 0.3 -
84*2 0.6V*1
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
SEC683C
1.0 - 4.0V*1
TF
PD
Idle speed FA
SEC678C
RA
B/W
63*2 (POS signal) 1.0 - 4.0V*1
BR
Engine is running. (Warmed-up condition) ST

RS
SEC679C
BT
HA
If NG, replace camshaft position sensor.
EL
SE
IDX
EC-165
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
(OVERHEAT) TB48DE M/T
System Description
Vehicle speed

Engine coolant temperature sensor E ECM E Cooling fan relays
Air conditioner “ON” signal

The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, and air
conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].
Operation
cardiagn.com
SEC694C
CONSULT-II Reference Value In Data Monitor

Mode
OFF
(201°F) or less.
engine. Engine coolant temperature is 95°C
LOW
I Air conditioner switch “OFF” (203°F) to 104°C (219°F).
I Vehicle stopped
COOLING FAN HIGH
(221°F) or more.
I After warming up engine, idle the Engine coolant temperature is 94°C

LOW
engine. (201°F) or less.
I Air conditioner switch “ON” Engine coolant temperature is 95°C
I Vehicle stopped (203°F) or more.
HIGH
Air conditioner switch: “OFF” OFF

AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: “ON”
engine ON
EC-166
ECM Terminals and Reference Value GI

CAUTION: MA
EM
TER-
WIRE DATA
COLOR (DC voltage)
NO. LC
Cooling fan relay (Low
56 L
speed) Engine is running.
Approximately 0V
Cooling fan is operating. FE
Engine is running.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Cooling fan is not operating. (11 - 14V) CL
Cooling fan relay Cooling fan is operating at low speed.
55 L/B
(High speed)
Engine is running.
Approximately 0V MT
cardiagn.com
Cooling fan is operating at high speed.
On Board Diagnosis Logic AT

This diagnosis continuously monitors the engine coolant temperature.
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, the engine coolant temperature TF
will rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
detected by the ECM and the MIL lights on. PD
Diagnostic trouble Check Items
Malfunction is detected when ...
code No. (Possible Cause)
FA
P1217 I Cooling fan does not operate properly (Overheat). I Harness or connectors
1217 I Cooling fan system does not operate properly (Over- (The cooling fan circuit is open or shorted)
heat). I Cooling fan RA
I Engine coolant was not added to the system using I Thermostat
the proper filling method. I Improper ignition timing
I Engine coolant temperature sensor BR
I Blocked radiator
I Blocked front end (Improper fitting of nose
mask) ST
I Crushed vehicle frontal area (Vehicle frontal
is collided but not repaired)
I Blocked air passage by improper installation RS
of front fog lamp or fog lamps.
I Improper mixture ratio of coolant
I Damaged bumper BT
For more information, refer to “MAIN 12
CAUSES OF OVERHEATING”, EC-175.
HA
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant following the procedure in the MA EL
section (“Changing Engine Coolant”, “ENGINE MAINTENANCE”). Also, replace the engine oil.
a. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute like pour-
ing coolant by kettle. Be sure to use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA section SE
(“Anti-freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio”, “RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND FLUIDS”).
b. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
IDX
EC-167
Overall Function Check

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan.
During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious
burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from
the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by
turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up pressure to escape.
Then turn the cap all the way off.
AEC640
With CONSULT-II
1) Check the coolant level and mixture ratio (using coolant tester)
in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level and
mixture ratio.
I If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to “Diagnos-
tic Procedure”, EC-170.
I If the coolant mixture ratio is out of the range of 45 to 55%
(varies depending on destinations), replace the coolant in the
cardiagn.com
following procedure LC section, “Changing Engine Coolant”.
SEF646X 2) Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to “Diagnos-
4) Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
5) If the results are NG, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-170.
Without CONSULT-II
SEC163BA mixture ratio.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
2) Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
3) Start engine.
Be careful not to overheat engine.
4) Set temperature control lever to full cold position.
5) Turn air conditioner switch “ON”.
6) Turn blower fan switch “ON”.
7) Run engine at idle for a few minutes with air conditioner oper-
ating.
8) Make sure that cooling fan operates. Refer to “OPERATION”
table of Cooling fan, EC-166.
If NG, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-170.
EC-168
Wiring Diagram GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC151M
EC-169
INSPECTION START
H
Do you have CONSULT-II? No GO TO q A Without CON-
E
SULT-II.
Yes
H
CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED NG GO TO q C . Check cooling
E
OPERATION. fan low speed control cir-
SEC698C cuit.
With CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect cooling fan relay-2 and -3.
3. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE
TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2
operate at low speed.
OK
H
CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED NG GO TO q D . Check cooling
cardiagn.com
E
OPERATION. fan high speed control cir-
SEF646X cuit.
With CONSULT-II
2. Reconnect cooling fan relay-2 and -3.
operate at high speed.
OK
H
GO TO q
B.
SEF111X
EC-170
GI
q
A
MA
H
E EM
cuit.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3. LC
2. Start engine and let it idle.
SEC698C 3. Set temperature lever at full cold posi-
tion.
4. Turn air conditioner switch “ON”.
5. Turn blower fan switch “ON”.
6. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 FE
OK
CL
H
E
OPERATION. fan high speed control cir- MT
cardiagn.com
cuit.
Without CONSULT-II
SEC163BA 1. Turn ignitions witch “OFF”.
2. Reconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3. AT
3. Turn air conditioner switch and blower
fan switch “OFF”.
TF
sensor harness connector.
5. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant
temperature sensor harness connector.
PD
6. Restart engine and make sure that cool-
ing fans-1 and -2 operate at high speed.
FA
OK
H
SEC322D GO TO q
B.
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-171
q
B
H
CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK. NG Check the following for
E
Apply pressure to the cooling system with leak.
a tester, and check if the pressure drops. I Hose
Testing pressure: I Radiator
157 kPa (1.6 kg/cm2, 23 psi) I Water pump (Refer to LC
CAUTION: section, “Water Pump”.)
Higher than the specified pressure may If NG, repair or replace.
SLC754A cause radiator damage.
Pressure should not drop.
OK
H
CHECK RADIATOR CAP. NG Replace radiator cap.
E
Apply pressure to cap with a tester and
check radiator cap relief pressure.
Radiator cap relief pressure:
For the Middle East:
78 - 98 kPa (0.78 - 0.98 bar,
cardiagn.com
0.8 - 1.0 kg/cm2, 11 - 14 psi)
SLC755A Except above:
108 - 127 kPa (1.08 - 1.27 bar,
1.1 - 1.3 kg/cm2, 16 - 18 psi)
OK
H
CHECK THERMOSTAT. NG Replace thermostat.
E
1. Remove thermostat.
2. Check valve seating condition at normal
room temperatures.
It should seat tightly.
3. Check valve opening temperature and
SLC343 valve lift.
Valve opening temperature:
76.5°C (170°F) [standard]
Valve lift:
More than 10 mm/90°C (0.39 in/194°F)
4. Check if valve is closed at 5°C (9°F)
below valve opening temperature. For
details, refer to LC section, “Thermo-
stat”.
OK
H
CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERA- NG Replace engine coolant
E
TURE SENSOR. temperature sensor.
EC-140.
OK
H
CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES.
If the cause cannot be isolated, go to
“MAIN 12 CAUSES OF OVERHEATING”,
EC-175.
H
CHECK INSPECTION END
EC-172
q
C GI
H
NG
CHECK COOLING FAN POWER SUPPLY E
Check the following. MA
CIRCUIT. I 10A fuse
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. I 40A fusible links
2. Disconnect cooling fan relay-1. I Harness for open or
3. Turn ignition switch “ON”. short between cooling EM
4. Check voltage between cooling fan fan relay-1 and fuse
relay-1 terminals q1 ,q3 ,q6 and ground I Harness for open or
with CONSULT-II or tester. short between cooling
Battery voltage fan relay-1 and battery LC
If NG, repair open circuit or
SEC699C OK short to ground to short to
power in harness or con-
nectors.
H
NG FE
CHECK COOLING FAN GROUND CIR- E
CUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT to ground or short to power
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. in harness or connectors.
2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness
connector and cooling fan motor-2 har- CL
ness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between cool-
ing fan relay-1 terminal q
5 and cooling
MT
fan motor-1 terminal q1 , cooling fan
cardiagn.com
motor-1 terminal q 4 and body ground.
SEC700C Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist. AT
4. Also check harness for short to ground
and short to power.
7 and cooling TF
Continuity should exist. PD
and short to power.
OK FA
H
NG
CHECK COOLING FAN OUTPUT SIGNAL E
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT. I Harness connectors
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. E127 , M21
RA
2. Check harness continuity between ECM I Harness connectors
terminal q
56 and cooling fan relay-1 ter- M52 , F7
minal q
2 . Refer to Wiring Diagram. I Harness for open or BR
Continuity should exist. short between cooling
3. Also check harness for short to ground fan relay-1 and ECM
and short to power. If NG, repair open circuit or
OK
short to ground or short to ST
nectors.
H
NG RS
CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY-1. E
Replace cooling fan relay.
Refer to “Component Inspection”, EC-176
H
OK BT
NG
CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND E
Replace cooling fan motors.
-2.
Refer to “Component Inspection”, EC-176. HA
H
OK
EL
H
OK SE
INSPECTION END
IDX
EC-173
q
D
H
NG
CHECK COOLING FAN POWER SUPPLY CIR- Check the following.
E
CUIT. I Harness for open or short
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. between cooling fan relays-2
2. Disconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3. and -3 and 10A fuse
4. Check voltage between cooling fan relays-2 between cooling fan relays-2
and -3 terminals q 1 ,q6 and ground with and fusible link
CONSULT-II or tester. If NG, repair harness or con-
Battery voltage nectors.
SEC780C OK
H
NG
CHECK COOLING FAN GROUND CIRCUIT Repair open circuit or short to
E
FOR OPEN AND SHORT ground or short to power in
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. harness or connectors.
2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness con-
nector and cooling fan motor-2 harness con-
nector.
3. Check harness continuity between cooling fan
relay-2 terminal q7 and cooling fan motor-1
terminal q2 , cooling fan relay-2 terminal q3
and cooling fan motor-1 terminal q 3 , cooling
fan relay-2 terminal q5 and body ground.
cardiagn.com
SEC698C 4. Also check harness for short to ground and
short to power.
terminal q2 , cooling fan relay-3 terminal q3 ,
cooling fan relay-2 terminal q5 .
6. Also check harness for short to ground and
short to power.
OK
H
NG
CHECK COOLING FAN OUTPUT SIGNAL CIR- Check the following.
E
CUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT. I Harness connectors E127 ,
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. M21
2. Check harness continuity between ECM termi- I Harness connectors M52 ,
SEC700C nal q55 and cooling fan relay-2 terminal q
2 , F7
cooling fan relay-3 terminal q2 . I Harness for open or short
Refer to Wiring Diagram. between cooling fan relay-2
Continuity should exist. and -3 and ECM
3. Also check harness for short to ground and If NG, repair open circuit or
short power. short to ground or short to
power in harness or connec-
OK tors.
H
NG
CHECK COOLING FAN RELAYS-2 AND -3. Replace cooling fan relays.
E
Refer to “Component Inspection”, EC-176.
OK
H
NG
CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS. Replace cooling fan motors.
E
OK
H
Perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTER-
MITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-125.
OK
H
INSPECTION END
EC-174
Main 12 Causes of Overheating GI
Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page

MA
OFF 1 I Blocked radiator I Visual No blocking —
I Blocked condenser
I Blocked radiator grille EM
I Blocked bumper
2 I Coolant mixture I Coolant tester 30 - 50% coolant mixture See “RECOMMENDED
FLUIDS AND LUBRI- LC
CANTS” in MA section.
3 I Coolant level I Visual Coolant up to MAX level See “Changing Engine
in reservoir tank and Coolant”, “ENGINE MAIN-
radiator filler neck TENANCE” in MA section.
4 I Radiator cap I Pressure tester 108 - 127 kPa See “System Check”, FE
(1.08 - 1.27 bar, 1.1 - 1.3 “ENGINE COOLING SYS-
kg/cm2, 16 - 18 psi) TEM” in LC section.
59 - 98 kPa (0.59 - 0.98 CL
bar, 0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2,
9 - 14 psi) (Limit)
MT
I Coolant leaks I Visual
cardiagn.com
ON*2 5 No leaks See “System Check”,
“ENGINE COOLING SYS-
TEM” in LC section. AT
ON*2 6 I Thermostat I Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot. See “Thermostat” and
lower radiator hoses “Radiator”, “ENGINE
COOLING SYSTEM” in TF
LC section.
ON*1 7 I Cooling fan I Visual (Coupling) Operating See “TROUBLE DIAGNO-
I CONSULT-II SIS FOR DTC P1217”,
PD
EC-166.
OFF 8 I Combustion gas leak I Color checker chemical Negative — FA
tester 4 gas analyzer
ON*3 9 I Coolant temperature I Visual Gauge less than 3/4 —
gauge when driving
RA
I Coolant overflow to res- I Visual No overflow during driving See “Changing Engine
ervoir tank and idling Coolant”, “ENGINE MAIN- BR
TENANCE” in MA section.
OFF*4 10 I Coolant return from res- I Visual Should be initial level in See “ENGINE MAINTE-
ervoir tank to radiator reservoir tank NANCE” in MA section. ST
OFF 11 I Cylinder head I Straight gauge feeler 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi- See “Inspection”, “CYLIN-
gauge mum distortion (warping) DER HEAD” in EM sec- RS
tion.
12 I Cylinder block and pis- I Visual No scuffing on cylinder See “Inspection”, “CYLIN-
tons walls or piston DER BLOCK” in EM sec- BT
tion.
*1: Engine running at idle for coupling type. Turn ignition switch ON for electrical cooling fan.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
HA
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.
For more information, refer to “OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS” in LC section. EL
SE
IDX
EC-175
COOLING FAN RELAYS-1, -2 AND -3
Check continuity between terminals q
3 and q
5 ,q
6 and q
7 .
Conditions Continuity
12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and Yes
2
No current supply No
SEF745U
If NG, replace relay.
COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2

1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors.
2. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and
check operation.
Terminals
Speed (+) (−)
Cooling fan motor Low 1 4
cardiagn.com
High 1, 2 3, 4
SEF734W Cooling fan motor should operate.

If NG, replace cooling fan motor.
EC-176
DTC P1320 IGNITION SIGNAL TB48DE M/T
IGNITION COIL & POWER TRANSISTOR
The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the MA
power transistor. The power transistor turns on and off the ignition
coil primary circuit. This on-off operation induces the proper high
voltage in the coil secondary circuit. EM
LC
SEC781C

Mode
FE

CL
Idle 3° - 7° BTDC
IGN TIMING
2,000 rpm 25° - 45° BTDC
I No-load MT
cardiagn.com
ECM Terminals and Reference Value AT
CAUTION: TF
TER-
PD
WIRE DATA
COLOR (DC voltage)
NO.
FA
0 - 0.1V*
RA
Idle speed
BR
18 Y/R Ignition signal (No. 1)

19 G Ignition signal (No. 2)
ST
SEC672C
20 Y Ignition signal (No. 3)
21 R/B Ignition signal (No. 4) 0 - 0.2V*
29 R/G Ignition signal (No. 5)
RS
30 R Ignition signal (No. 6)

BT
HA
SEC673C EL
*: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
SE
IDX
EC-177

P1320 I The ignition signal in the primary circuit is not sent I Harness or connectors
1320 during engine cranking or running. (The ignition primary circuit is open or shorted.)
I Power transistor unit built into ignition coil
I Camshaft position sensor circuit

NOTE:
I If “DTC” has been previously conducted, always turn igni-
tion switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds before con-
ducting the next test.
I If DTC P1320 is displayed with DTC P0340, perform trouble
diagnosis for DTC P0340 first. Refer to EC-159.
With CONSULT-II
cardiagn.com
SEF058Y
3) Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. (If engine does not
run, turn ignition switch to “START” for at least 5 seconds.)
Without CONSULT-II
2) Start engine. (If engine does not run, turn ignition switch to
“START” for at least 5 seconds.)
turn “ON”.
ECM.
EC-178
Wiring diagram GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC325M
EC-179
Wiring diagram (Cont’d)
cardiagn.com
TEC149M
EC-180
GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC150M
EC-181
INSPECTION START
H
Start engine. Yes Go to “SEARCH FOR
E
Is engine running? MALFUNCTIONING CIR-
CUIT” on next page.
No
SEC684CA H
CHECK POWER SUPPLY-1. NG Check the following.
E
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. I Harness connectors
2. Disconnect ECM relay. E127 , M21
3. Check voltage between terminals q
2 , I 10A fuse
q5 and ground with CONSULT-II or I 15A fuse
tester. I Harness for open or
Voltage: Battery voltage short between battery
and ECM relay
OK
connectors.
cardiagn.com
SEC782C
H
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-1. NG Check the following.
E
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. I Harness connectors
2. Check harness continuity between ECM M52 , F7
42 and ECM relay terminal q
terminal q 1 . I Harness for open or
Refer to Wiring Diagram. short between ECM relay
Continuity should exist. and ECM
If OK, check harness for short to If NG, repair open circuit or
ground and short to power. short to ground or short to
OK
nectors.
SEC202B
H
CHECK ECM RELAY. NG Replace ECM relay.
E
1 and q
terminals q 2 .
2. Check continuity between relay termi-
nals q
3 and q 5 ,q7 and q 6 .
Continuity exists.
No voltage applied:
No continuity
OK
H
1. Reconnect ECM relay and ECM har-
ness connector.
2. Go to “CHECK POWER SUP-
PLY-2” on next page.
EC-182
GI
SEARCH FOR MALFUNCTIONING CIR-
CUIT.
MA
With CONSULT-II
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in EM
“ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Search for circuit which does not pro-
duce a momentary engine speed drop. LC
------------------------------------------------------------------- OR -------------------------------------------------------------------
SEF793X Without CONSULT-II
2. Check output signal voltage between
ECM terminals q 18 , q
19 , q
20 , q
21 , q
29 , q
30
and ground with oscilloscope.
3. Search for circuit that signal voltage FE
does not match to “DATA” in “ECM Ter-
minal and Reference Value”.
CL
H
E MT
I Harness connectors
cardiagn.com
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness con- M50 , F5
SEC828C nector(s). I Harness connectors
3. Turn ignition switch “ON”. F25 , F121
AT
4. Check voltage between each ignition I Harness for open or
coil harness connector terminal q1 and short between ignition
ground with CONSULT-II or tester. coil and ECM relay TF
Voltage: Battery voltage If NG, repair harness or
connectors.
OK PD
H
NG
CHECK CONDENSER CIRCUIT FOR E
OPEN AND SHORT. I Harness connectors FA
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M50 , F5
2. Disconnect condenser harness connec- I Check for open or short
SEC783C tor. between ECM relay and RA
3. Check harness continuity between ECM condenser.
relay terminal q
3 and condenser termi- If NG, repair open circuit or
nal q1 , condenser terminal q
2 and short to ground or short to BR
engine ground. power in harness or con-
Refer to Wiring Diagram. nectors.
ST
and short to power.
OK RS
H
NG Check the following.
SEC784C
F121 , F25
BT
screws. I Check for open or short
3. Check harness continuity between igni- between ignition coil and
tion coil harness connector terminal q
2 engine ground HA
and engine ground. If NG, repair open circuit or
Refer to Wiring Diagram. short to power in harness
Continuity should exist. or connectors. EL
H
OK SE
q
A
(Go to next page.)
SEF305T
IDX
EC-183
q
A
H
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-2. NG Repair open circuit or short
E
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. to ground or short to power
2. Check harness continuity between each in harness or connectors.
ignition coil harness connector terminal
q3 and each ECM harness connector
terminal.
OK
H
CHECK COMPONENT NG Replace ignition coil
E
(Ignition coil with power transistor). assembly.
EC-184.
cardiagn.com
OK
H
CHECK COMPONENT NG Replace condenser.
E
(Condenser).
EC-185.
OK
H
H
INSPECTION END
IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows.
Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
3 (+) - 2 (-) Except 0 or
1 (+) - 3 (-)
Except 0
SEF371Q 1 (+) - 2 (-)
EC-184
CONDENSER GI
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Check resistance between condenser terminals as q
1 and q
2 . MA
Resistance Above 1 MΩ at 25°C (77°F)
EM
LC
SEF124Y
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-185
HO2S1 HEATER TB48DE M/T
System Description
Heated
Engine speed E
oxygen
Camshaft position sensor E ECM
sensor 1
heater
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated OPERATION

oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine
speed. Engine speed rpm
heater
Above 3,600 OFF
Below 3,600 ON

Mode
cardiagn.com
HO2S1 HTR (B1) I Engine speed: Idle ON

HO2S1 HTR (B2) I Engine speed: Above 3,600 OFF

CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE DATA
COLOR (DC voltage)
NO.
G/Y 0 - 0.5V
(B1) Engine speed is below 2,800 rpm.
heater Engine is running.
9 BATTERY VOLTAGE
L/R
(B2) Engine speed is above 2,800 rpm. (11 - 14V)
EC-186
Wiring Diagram GI
BANK 1
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC246M
EC-187
BANK 2
cardiagn.com
TEC248M
EC-188
INSPECTION START
MA
H
OK
OVERALL FUNCTION CHECK INSPECTION END
E
1. Start engine. EM
With CONSULT-II
2. Select “HO2S1 HTR (B1)/(B2)” in “DATA
MONITOR” mode.
LC
3. Check the following.
SEC888C
Engine speed rpm
1 heater
Above 3,600 OFF
Below 3,600 ON
FE
Without CONSULT-II
2. Check voltage between ECM terminals CL

q9 (B1)/q8 (B2) and ground with CONSULT-II
or tester under the following conditions.
Engine speed rpm

Heated oxygen sensor MT
cardiagn.com
1 heater
Engine speed is below
SEC320D Approximately 0V
3,600 rpm.
Engine speed is
AT
Battery voltage
above 3,600 rpm.
NG TF
H
NG
CHECK POWER SUPPLY. Check the following.
E
2. Disconnect corresponding heated oxygen sen- F7 , M52
PD
sor 1 harness connector. I 10A fuse
4. Check voltage between terminal q
3 and between heated oxygen sen-
ground. sor 1 and fuse
FA
Voltage: Battery voltage If NG, repair harness or con-
nectors.
OK
SEC321D H
NG
RA
CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT. Repair harness or connectors.
E
3. Check harness continuity between terminal BR
and sensor.
Heated oxy- Terminals

gen sensor ST
1 heater ECM Sensor
P0135 B1 9 1
P0155 B2 8 1 RS
SEC180D If OK, check harness for short to ground and BT
short to power.
OK
H
CHECK COMPONENT
NG
REPLACE HO2S1.
HA
E
(Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater).
Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION” on next
page. EL
OK
H
MITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-125. SE
H
INSPECTION END IDX
EC-189
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER
Check resistance between terminals q 3 and q 1 .
Resistance: 2.3 - 4.3Ω at 25°C (77°F)
Check continuity between terminals q2 and q 1 ,q 3 and q
2 .
If NG, replace the heated oxygen sensor 1.
CAUTION:
I Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard sur-
SEC181D
face such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
I Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system
threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool
J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
cardiagn.com
EC-190
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE TB48DE M/T
Description GI
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
MA
ECM func-
Sensor Input Signal to ECM Actuator
tion
EM
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature LC
EVAP canis-
Power steering oil pressure switch Power steering signal EVAP canister purge volume
ter purge
Throttle position sensor Throttle position control solenoid valve
control

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas FE
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner signal
CL
This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canis- MT
cardiagn.com
ter. The opening of the vapor by-pass passage in the EVAP canis-
ter purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow
rate. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve AT
repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control.
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by consider- TF
ing various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the
flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister is regulated as the
air flow changes. PD
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION FA
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a
ON/OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP
canister. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is RA
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
BR
ST
SEF337U
RS
Mode
BT
Idle 0%
I Engine: After warming up HA
I No-load More than 30 seconds after starting
PURG VOL C/V engine
I Lift up drive wheels and suitable 30 - 100%
gear position Rev engine up from 2,000 to 4,000 EL
rpm.
SE
IDX
EC-191

CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)*1
Engine is running.
Idle speed
SEC676C
EVAP canister purge vol-
54 W/B
ume control solenoid valve BATTERY VOLTAGE
cardiagn.com
(11 - 14V)*1
Engine is running.
Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm (More than

100 seconds after starting engine).
SEC677C
EC-192
Wiring diagram GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC155M
EC-193
INSPECTION START
H
OK
CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION. E CHECK EVAP CANISTER.
With CONSULT-II “OFF”.
2. Remove EVAP canister.
1. Start engine and let it idle. 3. Blow air into each of
2. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in three ports to check that
SEC891C “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT- air flows freely.
II. If NG, replace EVAP canis-
3. Remove the purge vacuum hose ter.
between the EVAP canister and EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid OK
valve at the EVAP canister.
4. Touch “UP/DOWN” on CONSULT-II
screen. Check to see if vacuum exists
under the following conditions.
H
Condition
Vacuum
INSPECTION END
PURGE VOL CONT/V
cardiagn.com
0% No
SEC892C 100% Yes
Without CONSULT-II
1. Lift up vehicle, start engine and warm it
up to normal operating temperature.
2. Remove the purge vacuum hose
canister purge volume control solenoid
3. Check to see if vacuum exists when
revving engine from 2,000 to 4,000 rpm
in a suitable gear position other than
“P” or “N”.
SEC785C
Condition Vacuum
When depressing
Yes
accelerator pedal
When releasing accel-

erator pedal com- No
pletely
NG
H
NG
CHECK POWER SUPPLY. E Check the following.
SEF083Y 2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge vol- M52 , F7
ume control solenoid valve harness I 10A fuse
connector. I Harness for open or
3. Turn ignition switch “ON”. short between EVAP
4. Check voltage between terminal q1 and canister purge volume
engine ground with CONSULT-II or control solenoid valve
tester. and 10A fuse
connectors.
H OK
GO TO q
A.
SEC815C
EC-194
q
A GI
H
NG
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT. E Repair open circuit or short MA
ECM terminal q 54 and terminal q2 .
EM
If OK, check harness for short to LC
OK
H
NG
CHECK COMPONENT E Replace EVAP canister
(EVAP canister purge volume control sole- purge volume control sole-
noid valve). noid valve. FE
EC-196.
OK CL
H
Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR MT
cardiagn.com
H AT
INSPECTION END
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-195
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the
valve opening.
If OK, inspection end. If NG, go to following step.
3. Check air passage continuity.
SEC816C
Condition Air passage continuity

PURG VOL CONT/V value between q A and qB
100.0% Yes
0.0% No
If NG, replace the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid

valve.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
cardiagn.com
Without CONSULT-II
SEF660U
Check air passage continuity.
Air passage continuity

Condition
between q A and qB
12V direct current supply between ter-

Yes
minals
No supply No
If NG or operation takes more than 1 second, replace solenoid

valve.
SEF661U
EC-196
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS) TB48DE M/T
The vehicle speed sensor is installed in the transmission. It con-
tains a pulse generator which provides a vehicle speed signal to the
speedometer. The speedometer then sends a signal to the ECM. MA
EM
LC
SEC814C

CAUTION: FE
CL
TER-
WIRE DATA
COLOR (DC voltage) MT
NO.
cardiagn.com
Approx. 2.5V
AT
Engine is running.
Jack up all wheels. TF

In 1st gear position
4 km/h (2 MPH)
PD
SEC680C
52 P/L Vehicle speed sensor
Approx. 2.0V FA
Engine is running. RA
Jack up all wheels.
In 2nd gear position
20 km/h (12 MPH)
BR
SEC681C
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-197
Wiring Diagram
cardiagn.com
TEC156M
EC-198
INSPECTION START
MA
H
CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION.
OK INSPECTION END EM
E
1. Lift up the vehicle.
With CONSULT-II
LC
2. Start engine.
SEF196Y 3. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” signal in
“DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
The vehicle speed on CONSULT-II
should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6
MPH) when rotating wheels with suit- FE
able gear position.
------------------------------------------------------------------- OR -------------------------------------------------------------------
CL
Without CONSULT-II
3. Rotate drive wheel by hand. MT
cardiagn.com
4. Check voltage between ECM terminal
q
52 and ground.
SEC822C
Voltage should vary between approx.
0 - 5V.
AT
NG
TF
H
NG
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT. Check the following.
E
PD
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector short between ECM and
and combination meter harness con- combination meter
nector. If NG, repair open circuit, FA
3. Check harness continuity between ECM short to ground or short to
terminal q52 and terminal q
64 . power in harness or con-
Refer to Wiring Diagram. nectors. RA
ground and short to power. BR
OK
H
CHECK SPEEDOMETER FUNCTION.
NG
E
Check the following. ST
Make sure that speedometer functions I Harness for open or
properly. short between combina-
tion meter and vehicle RS
OK speed sensor
connectors. BT
I Vehicle speed sensor
and its circuit
(Refer to EL section.)
HA
H
Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR EL
H SE
INSPECTION END
IDX
EC-199
IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (IACV) — AUXILIARY AIR
CONTROL (AAC) VALVE TB48DE M/T
Description
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM func-
tion
Camshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed
PNP switch Park/Neutral position
Idle air con-
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner operation IACV-AAC valve
trol
Power steering oil pressure switch Power steering load signal
Cooling fan Cooling fan operation
Electrical load Electrical load signal
cardiagn.com
This system automatically controls engine idle speed to a specified
level. Idle speed is controlled through fine adjustment of the amount
of air which by-passes the throttle valve via IACV-AAC valve. The
IACV-AAC valve changes the opening of the air by-pass passage
to control the amount of auxiliary air. This valve is actuated by a
step motor built into the valve, which moves the valve in the axial
direction in steps corresponding to the ECM output signals. One
step of IACV-AAC valve movement causes the respective opening
of the air by-pass passage. (i.e. when the step advances, the open-
ing is enlarged.) The opening of the valve is varied to allow for
optimum control of the engine idling speed. The camshaft position
sensor (POS) detects the actual engine speed and sends a signal
to the ECM. The ECM then controls the step position of the IACV-
AAC valve so that engine speed coincides with the target value
memorized in ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed
at which the engine can operate steadily. The optimum value stored
in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various
engine conditions, such as during warm up, deceleration, and
engine load (air conditioner, power steering, cooling fan operation
and electrical load).
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The IACV-AAC valve is operated by a step motor for centralized
control of auxiliary air supply. This motor has four winding phases
and is actuated by the output signals of ECM which turns ON and
OFF two windings each in sequence. Each time the IACV-AAC
valve opens or closes to change the auxiliary air quantity, the ECM
sends a pulse signal to the step motor. When no change in the
auxiliary air quantity is needed, the ECM does not issue the pulse
signal. A certain voltage signal is issued so that the valve remains
at that particular opening.
SEF937W
EC-200
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor GI

Mode
MA
Idle 5 - 30 steps
I Air conditioner switch: OFF EM
IACV-AAC/V
2,000 rpm —
I No-load
LC
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam- FE
TER-
MINAL
WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) CL
COLOR
NO.
48 L/W Engine is running. MT
cardiagn.com
49 L/R
IACV-AAC valve Warm-up condition 0.1 - 14V
50 L/Y
Idle speed
51 G/Y AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-201
Wiring Diagram
cardiagn.com
TEC157M
EC-202
INSPECTION START
MA
H
OK
CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION.
E
INSPECTION END EM
2. Read the voltage signal between ECM
terminals q 48 , q
49 , q
50 , q
51 (IACV-AAC
LC
valve signal) and ground with an oscillo-
SEC786C
scope.
3. Turn ignition switch “ON”, wait at least 5
seconds and then “OFF”.
4. Verify that the oscilloscope screen
shows the signal wave as shown in the
figure at least once every 10 seconds FE
after turning ignition switch “OFF”.
NG
CL
H
CHECK POWER SUPPLY. NG Check the harness for open
E
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. or short between IACV-AAC MT
cardiagn.com
2. Disconnect IACV-AAC valve harness and ECM relay.
connector. If NG, repair harness or
SEC787C
3. Turn ignition switch “ON”. connectors. AT
2 ,q5
and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Battery voltage
TF
OK
H
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT. NG Repair open circuit or short
E PD
terminal q48 and IACV-AAC valve har-
FA
ness connector terminal q 1 , ECM termi-
nal q49 and IACV-AAC valve harness
SEC789C
connector terminal q 4 , ECM terminal q
50 RA
and IACV-AAC valve harness connector
terminal q3 , ECM terminal q51 and IACV-
AAC valve harness connector terminal BR
q6 .
Continuity should exist. ST
and short to power.
OK RS
H
CHECK IACV-AAC VALVE. NG REPLACE IACV-AAC
E
SEC788C
Refer to “Component Inspection”, EC-204. VALVE. BT
1. Replace IACV-AAC valve
OK
assembly.
2. Perform “Idle Air Volume
Learning”, EC-71.
HA
Which is the result
CMPLT or INCMP?
If INCMP, follow the con- EL
struction of “Idle Air Volume
Learning”.
CMPLT
SE
H H
GO TO q
A.
INSPECTION END
IDX
EC-203
q
A
H
CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED. NG Perform “Idle Air Learning”,
E
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. EC-71.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors.
4. Also warm up transmission to normal
Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
5. Stop vehicle with engine running.
6. Check target idle speed.
M/T models: 675±50 rpm
OK
H
cardiagn.com
INSPECTION END
IACV-AAC Valve
1) Disconnect IACV-AAC valve harness connector.
2) Check IACV-AAC valve resistance.
Condition Resistance
Terminal 2 and terminals 1, 3
20 - 24Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
Terminal 5 and terminals 4, 6
3) Reconnect IACV-AAC valve harness connector.

4) Turn ignition switch “ON” and “OFF”, and ensure the IACV-AAC
valve, makes operating sound and according to the ignition
switch position.
If NG, replace the IACV-AAC valve.
SEF125Y
EC-204
CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH TB48DE M/T
A closed throttle position switch and wide open throttle position
switch are built into the throttle position sensor unit. The wide open MA
throttle position switch is not used.
When the throttle valve is in the closed position, the closed throttle
position switch sends a voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM only EM
uses this signal to open or close the EVAP canister purge control
valve when the throttle position sensor is malfunctioning.
LC
SEC562C

CAUTION: FE
CL
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO. MT
cardiagn.com
Throttle position switch Accelerator pedal fully released (11 - 14V) AT
71 LG
(Closed position) Ignition switch “ON”
Approximately 0V
Accelerator pedal depressed TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-205
Wiring Diagram
cardiagn.com
TEC159M
EC-206
INSPECTION START
MA
H
OK EM
CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION. E
CHECK THROTTLE POSI-
TION SENSOR.
With CONSULT-II
Go to q
B.
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. LC
2. Select “ENGINE” and then select “DATA
SEC791C MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Check indication of “CLSD THL/P SW”
under the following conditions. Mea-
surement must be made with throttle
position switch installed in vehicle.
FE
Throttle valve conditions CLSD THL/P SW
Completely closed ON
Partially open or com-

CL
OFF
pletely open
MT
cardiagn.com
Without CONSULT-II
SEC922C
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. AT
q
71 (closed throttle position switch sig-
nal) and ground under the following
conditions.
TF
Throttle valve conditions Continuity
Completely closed Yes

PD
Partially or completely
No
open FA
NG
SEC562C
H RA
E
2. Disconnect throttle position switch har- M52 , F7 BR
ness connector. I 10A fuse
4. Check voltage between closed throttle short between throttle ST
position switch terminal q5 and engine position switch and fuse
ground with CONSULT-II or tester. If NG, repair harness or
Voltage: Battery voltage connectors. RS
OK
H
SEC790C
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT.
NG Repair harness or connec-
BT
E
3. Check harness continuity between ECM HA
terminal q71 and closed throttle position
switch terminal q4 .
Refer to Wiring Diagram. EL
ground and short to power. SE
H OK
GO TO q
A.
IDX
EC-207
q
A
H
ADJUST THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH.
Perform BASIC INSPECTION, EC-93.
OK
H
CHECK COMPONENT NG Replace throttle position
E
(Closed throttle position switch). switch.
EC-209.
OK
q
B
H H
CHECK COMPONENT NG Replace throttle position
E
(Throttle position sensor). sensor.
EC-209.
H
OK
cardiagn.com
H
INSPECTION END
EC-208
CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH
With CONSULT-II MA
3) Check indication of “CLSD THL POS” under the following con- EM
ditions.
NOTE:
Measurement must be made with closed throttle position
LC
SEC791C switch installed in vehicle.
Throttle valve conditions CLSD THL POS
Completely closed ON
Partially open or completely open OFF
FE
4) If it is impossible to adjust closed throttle position switch in CL
“Basic Inspection”, replace closed throttle position switch.
Without CONSULT-II MT
cardiagn.com
1) Disconnect throttle position switch harness connector.
2) Check continuity between terminals q 4 and q 5 under the fol-
lowing conditions. Refer to Wiring Diagram. AT
NOTE:
Continuity measurement must be made with closed throttle
position switch installed in vehicle. TF
Throttle valve conditions Continuity
Completely closed Yes PD
Partially open or completely open No
If NG, adjust closed throttle position switch. Refer to “Basic FA

3) If it is impossible to adjust closed throttle position switch in
“Basic Inspection”, replace closed throttle position switch. RA
With CONSULT-II BR
1. Select “ENGINE” and then select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Check voltage of “THRTL POS SEN” under the following con- ST
ditions.
Voltage measurement must be made with throttle position
sensor installed in vehicle. RS
Throttle valve conditions THRTL POS SEN
SEC791C Completely closed (a) 0.15 - 0.85V BT

Completely open (b) 3.5 - 4.7V HA
If NG, replace throttle position sensor.
EL
SE
IDX
EC-209
Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between ECM terminal 108 (Throttle position sen-

sor signal) and ground.
Throttle valve conditions Voltage
Completely closed (a) 0.15 - 0.85V
SEC792C Completely open (b) 3.5 - 4.7V
If NG, replace throttle position sensor.
cardiagn.com
EC-210
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL TB48DE M/T
System Description GI
Engine speed
E MA
E EM
Intake valve
timing con-
Engine coolant temperature sensor E trol
E ECM
solenoid
LC
valve
Throttle position
E
Vehicle speed
Vehicle speed sensor
E FE
The intake valve timing control system is utilized to When ECM sends ON signal to intake valve timing CL
control intake valve opening and closing timing. control solenoid valve, oil pressure is transmitted to
Engine coolant temperature signals, engine speed, camshaft sprocket. Then, intake side camshaft is
amount of intake air, vehicle speed and throttle posi- advanced. MT
cardiagn.com
tion are used to determine intake valve timing.
The intake camshaft sprocket position is regulated
by oil pressure controlled by the intake valve timing AT
control.
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SEF587TA
SE
IDX
EC-211
Operation
Intake valve timing con-
Intake valve opening
Engine operating condition trol Valve overlap Engine valve timing
and closing time
solenoid valve
I Engine coolant temperature is
between 70°C (158°F) to 118°C
(244°F) and engine speed is
between 800 rpm and 4,200 rpm. ON Advance Increased q
II
I During high load condition
I Vehicle speed is more than 8 km/h
(5 MPH).
Those other than above OFF Normal Normal q

I

Mode
I Engine is in warm up condition.

OFF , ON (Using “NIT/V TIM-B1” in “DATA MONITOR”, the
I Engine speed is more than 800 rpm.
INT/V SOL-B1 difference of degree between “OFF” and “ON” is approxi-
I Suitable gear position
cardiagn.com
mately 20 deg.
I Vehicle speed is more than 8 km/h (5 MPH).

CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE DATA
COLOR (DC voltage)
NO.
Engine is running.
Approximately 0V
Intake valve timing control Intake valve timing control solenoid is operating.
152 R
solenoid valves Engine is running.
Battery voltage (11 - 14V)
Intake valve timing control solenoid is not operating.
EC-212
Wiring Diagram GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC158M
EC-213
INSPECTION START
H
Yes
INSPECTION END
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select
“VALVE TIMING SOL” in “ACTIVE
SEC923C 2. Select “ON/OFF” then check valve tim-
ing solenoid valve click sound.
Do you hear the operation sound?
1) Lift up vehicle, start engine and warm it
2) Shift to a suitable gear position other
than “P” or “N” and rev up engine from
2,000 to 3,000 rpm.
3) Check voltage between ECM terminal
152 (Intake valve timing control sole-
noid valve signal) and ground under the
following conditions.
Conditions Voltage
cardiagn.com
Not revving engine. Approximately 0V
SEC323D
Battery voltage
Revving engine.
(Momentary)
No
H
NG
1. Stop engine. I Harness connectors
2. Disconnect intake valve timing control M52 , F7
solenoid valve harness connector. I 10A fuse
4. Check voltage between terminal q 2 and between the intake valve
ground. timing control solenoid
Voltage: Battery voltage valve and fuse
SEC793C OK connectors.
H
NG
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT. E
Repair harness or connec-
terminal 152 and solenoid valve termi-
nal q
1 .
and short to power.
OK
SEC794C H
NG
CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE. E
Repair lubrication system.
Refer to LC section (“Oil Pressure Check”,
“ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM”).
OK
H
NG
CHECK INTAKE AIR SYSTEM. E
Repair intake air system.
Check intake air system for leaks.
H OK
GO TO q
A.
EC-214
GI
q
A
H
CHECK COMPONENT NG Replace intake valve timing MA
E
(Intake valve timing control solenoid valve). control solenoid valve.
EC-215. EM
OK
H
Replace intake valve timing control LC
sprocket with camshaft.
H
INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-125. FE
H
INSPECTION END CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE TF
1. Check oil passage visually for any metal debris.
2. Supply intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals with
battery voltage. PD
3. Make sure that inside plunger protrudes.
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
FA
SEC795C
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-215
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH TB48DE M/T
When the gear position is in “Neutral”, neutral position is “ON”.
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the
“ON” signal) exists.
SEC796C

Mode
Shift lever: Neutral position ON

Except above OFF
cardiagn.com
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE DATA
COLOR (DC voltage)
NO.
Approximately 0V
Park/neutral position sig- Gear position is neutral.
80 R/PU
nal Ignition switch “ON”
Approximately 5V
EC-216
Wiring Diagram GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC160M
EC-217
INSPECTION START
H
CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION. OK INSPECTION END
E
With CONSULT-II
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONI-
SEF595V
TOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Check the “P/N POSI SW” signal under
the following conditions.
Neutral position: ON
Except above position: OFF
------------------------------------------------------------------- OR -------------------------------------------------------------------
Without CONSULT-II
q80 and ground with CONSULT-II or
tester under the following conditions.
cardiagn.com
Voltage:
SEF212Y Neutral position
Approximately 0V
Except above position
Approximately 5V
NG
H
CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT. NG Check the following.
E
2. Disconnect neutral position switch har- E202 , E69
ness connector. I Harness for open or short
3. Check harness continuity between termi- between Park/Neutral
SEC823C nal q
2 and body ground. position switch and body
Refer to Wiring Diagram. ground
If OK, check harness for short to short to power in harness
power. or connectors.
OK
H
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT. NG Check the following.
E
2. Check harness continuity between ECM F7 , M52
80 and terminal q
terminal q 1 . I Harness connectors
Refer to Wiring Diagram. M21 , E127
Continuity should exist. I Harness connectors
If OK, check harness for short to E70 , E201
ground and short to power. I Harness for open or short
between ECM and neutral
OK
position switch
If NG, repair open circuit,
nectors.
H
q
A
EC-218
q
A
GI
H
CHECK COMPONENT NG Replace Park/Neutral posi- MA
E
(Park/Neutral position switch). tion switch.
Refer to MT section.
EM
OK
H
LC
H
INSPECTION END
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-219
TRANSFER SWITCH TB48DE M/T
When the 4WD switch is “ON” (Except Transfer neutral switch is in
“N” position), 4WD indicator lamp is “ON”. ECM detects the posi-
tion because the ECM input signal is approximately 0V.
SEC797C

CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE DATA
COLOR (DC voltage)
NO.
cardiagn.com
Transfer neutral switch is except neutral posi- Approximately 0V

tion.
60 W/PU 4WD switch signal 4WD switch is “ON”.
Except above switch position
EC-220
Wiring Diagram GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC225M
EC-221
INSPECTION START
H
CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR COMBI- NG Check the following.
E
NATION METER. I 10A fuse
1. Disconnect combination meter harness I Harness for open or short
connector. between combination
2. Turn ignition switch “ON”. meter and fuse.
3. Check voltage between combination I Combination meter. Refer
SEC799C meter terminal q13 and ground. to EL section.
Battery voltage If NG, repair open circuit,
nectors.
H
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I. NG Check the following.
E
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. I Harness connector M21 ,
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and E127
transfer neutral relay harness connector. I Harness connector M52 ,
3. Check harness continuity between Com- F7
bination meter terminal q 13 and transfer If NG, repair open circuit,
neutral relay terminal q4 . short to ground or short to
cardiagn.com
Refer to Wiring Diagram. power in harness or con-
Continuity should exist. nectors.
terminal q60 and transfer neutral relay
terminal q4 . Refer to wiring diagram.
If OK, reconnect harness connectors.
OK
H
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II. NG Check the following.
E
1. Disconnect transfer neutral relay har- I Harness connector E70 ,
ness connector and transfer neutral E201
switch harness connector. I Transfer neutral relay
2. Check continuity between transfer neu- Refer to “Checking Posi-
tral relay terminal q
1 and transfer neu- tion Switch” in TF section.
tral switch terminal q
1 . I Diode E170
Refer to wiring diagram. I Transfer neutral switch
Continuity should exist. Refer to “Checking Posi-
If OK, reconnect harness connectors. tion Switch” in TF section.
power in harness connec-
tors.
H
GO TO q
A.
EC-222
q
A
GI
H
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-III. NG Check the following. MA
E
1. Disconnect transfer neutral relay har- I Harness connector E70 ,
ness connector and 4WD switch har- E201
ness connectors. I Transfer neutral relay
EM
2. Check continuity between transfer neu- Refer to “Checking Posi-
tral relay terminal q
3 and 4WD switch tion Switch” in TF section.
terminal q 1 . I 4WD switch
LC
Refer to wiring diagram. Refer to “Checking Posi-
Continuity should exist. tion Switch” in TF section.
If OK, reconnect harness connectors. I Harness open or short
between 4WD switch and
OK
transfer neutral relay.
FE
power in harness connec- CL
tors.
H
CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT. NG Check the following. MT
E
cardiagn.com
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. I Harness connector E201 ,
2. Disconnect 4WD switch harness con- E70
nector. I Harness for open or short AT
3. Check harness continuity between 4WD between 4WD switch and
switch harness connector terminal q 2 body ground.
and ground. I Harness for open or short TF
Refer to Wiring Diagram. between transfer neutral
Continuity should exist. switch and body ground.
4. Disconnect transfer neutral switch har- If NG, repair open circuit, PD
ness connector. short to power in harness
5. Check harness continuity between trans- or connectors.
fer neutral switch terminal q
2 and FA
ground.
Continuity should exist. RA
OK
H BR
INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-125. ST
H
INSPECTION END
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-223
VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR CONTROL SYSTEM
(VIAS) TB48DE M/T
Description
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM func-
tion
Closed throttle position Throttle valve idle position VIAS con-
VIAS control solenoid valve
Ignition switch Start signal trol

cardiagn.com
SEC802C
When the engine is running at low or medium speed, the ECM

sends the signal to the VIAS control solenoid valve then power
valve is fully closed. Under this condition, the effective suction port
length is equivalent to the total length of the intake manifold collec-
tor’s suction port including the intake valve. This long suction port
provides increased air intake which results in improved suction
efficiency and higher torque generation.
The surge tank and one-way valve are provided. When engine is
running at high speed, the ECM does not send the signal to the
VIAS control solenoid valve, thus enabling power valve to be fully
opened. This signal introduces the intake manifold vacuum into the
power valve actuator and therefore opens the power valve to two
suction passages together in the collector.
Under this condition, the effective port length is equivalent to the
EC-224
(VIAS) TB48DE M/T
Description (Cont’d)
length of the suction port provided independently for each cylinder. GI
This shortened port length results in enhanced engine output with
reduced suction resistance under high speeds.
MA
EM
LC
Power valve
The power valve is installed in intake manifold collector and used FE
to control the suction passage of the variable induction air control
system. It is set in the fully closed or fully opened position by the
power valve actuator operated by the vacuum stored in the surge CL
tank. The vacuum in the surge tank is controlled by the VIAS con-
trol solenoid valve.
MT
cardiagn.com
SEC803C
AT
The VIAS control solenoid valve cuts the intake manifold vacuum
signal for power valve control. It responds to ON/OFF signals from TF
the ECM. When the solenoid is off, the vacuum signal from the
intake manifold is for high speed. When the ECM sends an ON
signal the coil pulls the plunger downward and feeds the vacuum PD
signal to the power valve actuator.
FA
SEC804C
RA
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. BR
CAUTION:
age to the ECM’s transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. ST
TER-
WIRE
MINAL
COLOR
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) RS
NO.
Engine is running. BATTERY VOLTAGE BT
VIAS control solenoid
27 LG/R
valve Engine is running.
0 - 1.0V HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-225
(VIAS) TB48DE M/T
Wiring Diagram
cardiagn.com
TEC161M
EC-226
(VIAS) TB48DE M/T
INSPECTION START
MA
H
E EM
With CONSULT-II
operating temperature. LC
2. Perform “VIAS SOL VALVE” in “ACTIVE
SEC805C TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Turn VIAS control solenoid valve “ON”
and “OFF”, and make sure that power
valve actuator rod moves.
Without CONSULT-II
FE
2. Rev engine quickly up to above 5,000
rpm and make sure that power valve CL
actuator rod moves.
NG
H
MT
cardiagn.com
CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID NG Check the following.
E
SEC806C VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT. I Harness connectors
1. Stop engine. M52 , F7 AT
2. Disconnect VIAS control solenoid valve I 10A fuse
harness connector. I Harness continuity
3. Turn ignition switch “ON”. between fuse and VIAS TF
4. Check voltage between terminal q1 and control solenoid valve
Voltage: Battery voltage connectors.
PD
OK
H
CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID NG Repair open circuit or short
E
VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR to ground or short to power FA
OPEN AND SHORT. in harness or connectors.
SEC804C
RA
2 . Refer to
Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist. BR
and short to power.
H
OK ST
RETEST OVERALL FUNCTION. OK INSPECTION END
E
1. Reconnect harness connectors discon-
nected. RS
2. Perform CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
again.
SEC807C NG BT
H
CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT. NG Repair or replace harness
E
Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR or connectors. HA
OK
H
Replace VIAS control solenoid valve as
EL
intake manifold collector assembly.
SE
IDX
EC-227
INJECTOR TB48DE M/T
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the injector circuit, the coil in the injector is
energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and allows
fuel to flow through the injector into the intake manifold. The
amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration.
Pulse duration is the length of time the injector remains open. The
ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel
needs.
SEF375Z

Mode
Idle 2.4 - 3.2 msec
INJ PULSE-B1/B2
2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.8 msec
I
cardiagn.com
No-load
Idle 2.0 - 3.2 msec
B/FUEL SCHDL ditto
2,000 rpm 1.4 - 2.6 msec

CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE DATA
COLOR (DC voltage)
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)★

Idle speed

SEC670C
14 BR Injector No. 5 (11 - 14V)★
15 GY Injector No. 6
Engine is running.
SEC671C
★: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-228
INJECTOR TB48DE M/T
Wiring Diagram GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC162M
EC-229
INJECTOR TB48DE M/T
INSPECTION START
H
E
1. Start engine.
With CONSULT-II
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in
SEF190Y
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a
momentary engine speed drop.
------------------------------------------------------------------- OR -------------------------------------------------------------------
Without CONSULT-II
2. Listen to each injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard.
NG
H
E
cardiagn.com
2. Disconnect each injector harness con- M52 , F7
SEF730L nector. I Harness connectors
4. Check voltage between each terminal I 10A fuse
q2 and ground with CONSULT-II or I Harness for open or short
tester. between injector and fuse
Voltage: Battery voltage block
OK connectors.
H
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT. NG Check the following.
E
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. F101 , F12
3. Check harness continuity between each I Harness for open or short
terminal q 1 and ECM terminals q 5 ,q6 , between ECM and injec-
SEC793C
q7 ,q13 , q
14 , q
15 . tor
Refer to Wiring Diagram. If NG, repair open circuit or
If OK, check harness for short to ground power in harness or con-
and short to power. nectors.
OK
H
CHECK COMPONENT NG Replace injector.
E
(Injector).
EC-231.
OK
H
SEC808C CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT.
H
INSPECTION END
EC-230
INJECTOR TB48DE M/T
INJECTOR
1. Disconnect injector harness connector. MA
2. Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure.
Resistance: 13.5 - 17.5Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
If NG, replace injector. EM
LC
SEC809C
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-231
START SIGNAL TB48DE M/T

Mode

CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Ignition switch “ON” Approximately 0V
59 R/W Start signal
cardiagn.com
EC-232
Wiring Diagram GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC163M
EC-233
INSPECTION START
H
E
With CONSULT-II
2. Check “START SIGNAL” in “DATA
PBIB0182E
MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
IGN “ON” OFF

IGN “START” ON
------------------------------------------------------------------- OR -------------------------------------------------------------------
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to “START”.
q
59 and ground.
Voltage:
Ignition switch “START”
cardiagn.com
SEC824C Except above
Approximately 0V
NG
H
Check if 7.5A fuse is OK. NG Replace 7.5A fuse.
E
OK
H
E
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and M52 , F7
7.5A fuse. I Harness for open or short
3. Check harness continuity between ECM between ECM and fuse
terminal q59 and fuse block. block
OK
H
H
INSPECTION END
EC-234
FUEL PUMP TB48DE M/T

E Fuel MA
ECM E pump
Ignition switch Start signal relay
E
EM
The ECM activates the fuel pump for several sec-
Condition Fuel pump operation
onds after the ignition switch is turned on to improve LC
engine storability. If the ECM receives a 120° signal Ignition switch is turned to ON.
Operates for
from the camshaft position sensor, it knows that the 5 seconds.
engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. Engine running and cranking Operates.
If the 120° signal is not received when the ignition
switch is on, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump When engine is stopped Stops in 1 second.
operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby Except as shown above Stops. FE
improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive
the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump
relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump. CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
The fuel pump with a fuel damper is an in-tank type (the pump and
damper are located in the fuel tank). TF
PD
FA
SEF609V
RA
Mode BR
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION ST
I Ignition switch is turned to ON (Operates for 5 seconds).
I Engine running and cranking ON
FUEL PUMP RLY I When engine is stopped (Stops in 1 second) RS
Except as shown above OFF
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-235

CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE DATA
COLOR (DC voltage)
NO.

“ON”
40*2
R/Y Fuel pump relay Engine is running.
(41)*1

5 seconds after turning ignition switch “ON” (11 - 14V)
*1: With NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System)

*2: Without NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System)
cardiagn.com
EC-236
Wiring Diagram GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC164M
EC-237
INSPECTION START
H
E
2. Pinch fuel feed hose with fingers.
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt
on the fuel feed hose for 5 seconds
after ignition switch is turned “ON”.
SEC810C
NG
H
E
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. I 15A fuse
2. Disconnect fuel pump relay. I Harness for open or short
3. Turn ignition switch “ON”. between fuse and fuel
1 , pump relay
q3 and ground with CONSULT-II or If NG, repair harness or
tester. connectors.
cardiagn.com
OK
SEC684CA
H
CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT-I. NG Check the following.
E
2. Disconnect fuel tank gauge unit (fuel C2 , B37 (LHD models)
pump) harness connector. I Harness connectors
3. Check harness continuity between termi- C2 , B125 (RHD mod-
nal q
6 and body ground. els)
Refer to Wiring Diagram. I Harness for open or short
Continuity should exist. between fuel pump and
If OK, check harness for short to body ground
power. If NG, repair open circuit,
short to power in harness
OK or connectors.
SEF479P
H
CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT-II. NG Check the following.
E
2. Check harness continuity between relay M20 , B19 (LHD models)
terminal q5 and fuel pump terminal q
4 . I Harness connectors
Refer to Wiring Diagram. M97 , B103 (RHD mod-
Continuity should exist. els)
If OK, check harness for short to I Harness connectors
ground and short to power. B137 , C2 (LHD models)
OK B125 , C2 (RHD mod-
els)
SEF608V I Harness for open or short
between fuel pump and
fuel pump relay
nectors.
H
q
A
(Go to next page.)
EC-238
q
A
GI
H MA
E
2. Check harness continuity between ECM M52 , F7 EM
40 (Without NATS) or q
terminal q 41 (With I Harness for open or short
NATS) and fuel pump relay terminal q
2 . between ECM and fuel
Refer to Wiring Diagram. pump relay
LC
If OK, check harness for short to short to ground or short to
SEF073Y
ground and short to power. power in harness or con-
nectors.
OK
H
CHECK COMPONENT NG Replace fuel pump relay. FE
E
(Fuel pump relay).
With CONSULT-II
CL
1. Reconnect fuel pump relay, fuel pump
harness connector and ECM harness
connector. MT
cardiagn.com
3. Turn fuel pump relay “ON” and “OFF” in
“ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II
and check operating sound. AT
------------------------------------------------------------------- OR -------------------------------------------------------------------
Without CONSULT-II TF
EC-240.
OK PD
H
CHECK COMPONENT NG Replace fuel pump.
E
(Fuel pump). FA
EC-240.
OK RA
H
Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR BR
H ST
INSPECTION END
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-239
FUEL PUMP RELAY
3 and q
5 .
12V direct current supply
Yes
between terminals q 1 and q
2

SEF511P
FUEL PUMP
1. Disconnect fuel pump harness connector.
2. Check resistance between terminals q 4 and q
6 .
If NG, replace fuel pump.
cardiagn.com
SEF607V
EC-240
POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH TB48DE M/T
The power steering oil pressure switch is attached to the power
steering high-pressure tube and detects a power steering load. MA
When a power steering load is detected, it signals the ECM. The
ECM adjusts the IACV-AAC valve to increase the idle speed and
adjust for the increased load. EM
LC
SEC811C

Mode FE
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION CL
Steering wheel in neutral position
PW/ST SIGNAL (forward direction)
engine
The steering wheel is turned. ON
MT
cardiagn.com
CAUTION: TF
PD
TER-
WIRE DATA
COLOR (DC voltage)
NO.
FA
Engine is running.
0V
Steering wheel is being turned.
79 OR/L
Power steering oil pres- RA
sure switch Engine is running.
Approximately 5V
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-241
Wiring Diagram
cardiagn.com
TEC165M
EC-242
INSPECTION START
MA
H
OK
EM
CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION. INSPECTION END
E
With CONSULT-II
LC
1. Start engine.
SEF757X 2. Check “PW/ST SIGNAL” in “DATA
Steering is neutral position: OFF
Steering is turned: ON
------------------------------------------------------------------- OR ------------------------------------------------------------------- FE
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
CL
q
79 and ground.
Voltage:
MT
cardiagn.com
When steering wheel is turned
quickly, or fully turned
SEC825C
Approximately 0V
AT
Except above
Approximately 5V
NG TF
H
PD
E
2. Disconnect power steering oil pressure nectors.
switch harness connector.
FA
3. Check harness continuity between termi-
nal q
SEC811C
RA
BR
OK
H
ST
E
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. ground or short to power in
2. Check harness continuity between ECM harness or connectors.
RS
79 and terminal q
terminal q 1 .
BT
and short to power.
HA
OK
H
q
A EL
(Go to next page.)
SE
IDX
EC-243
q
A
H
CHECK COMPONENT NG Replace power steering oil
E
(Power steering oil pressure switch). pressure switch.
EC-244.
OK
H
H
INSPECTION END
cardiagn.com
POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
1. Disconnect power steering oil pressure switch harness connec-
tor then start engine.
2. Check continuity between terminals q 1 and q 2 .
Steering wheel is being turned or fully turned Yes
Steering wheel is not being turned No
SEC812C If NG, replace power steering oil pressure switch.
EC-244
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL TB48DE M/T
Wiring Diagram GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC167M
EC-245
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL TB48DE M/T
INSPECTION START
H
OK
INSPECTION END
SEC813C q96 , q
97 and ground with CONSULT-II or
tester.
Voltage between q 96 and ground:
Rear window defogger “ON”
Rear window defogger “OFF”
Voltage: 0V
Voltage between q 97 and ground:
Lighting switch “ON”
Lighting switch “OFF”
Voltage: 0V
cardiagn.com
NG
SEC924C H
NG
2. Disconnect combination switch harness M21 , E127
connector and rear window defogger I 7.5A fuse
relay harness connector. I 10A fuse
4. Check voltage between combination short between rear win-
switch terminal q11 and ground. dow defogger relay and
Voltage: Battery voltage fuse
5. Check voltage between rear window I Harness for open or
defogger relay terminal q6 and ground. short between combina-
Voltage: Battery voltage tion switch and fuse
If OK, check harness for short to ground If NG, repair open circuit
or short to power. short to ground or short to
OK nectors.
H
E
2. Check harness continuity between com- E127 , M21
bination switch terminal q 12 and ECM I Harness connectors
terminal q97 . Refer to wiring diagram. M50 , F5
Continuity should exist. I Harness open or short
3. Check harness continuity between rear between combination
window defogger relay terminal q 5 and switch and ECM
ECM terminal q 96 . I Harness open or short
Refer to wiring diagram. between rear window
Continuity should exist. defogger relay
If OK, reconnect harness connectors. If NG, repair open circuit
OK power in harness connec-
tors.
H
H
INSPECTION END
EC-246
MIL & DATA LINK CONNECTORS TB48DE M/T
Wiring Diagram GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC168M
EC-247
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) TB48DE M/T
Fuel Pressure Regulator

Fuel pressure
kPa (bar, kg/cm2, psi)
Approximately
At idle
245 (2.45, 2.5, 36)
A few seconds after ignition Approximately

switch is turned OFF to ON 294 (2.94, 3.0, 43)
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing

Idle speed rpm
No-load*1 Target idle speed 675±50

(in “N” position)
Air conditioner: ON
950 or more
Ignition timing 5°±5° BTDC

0.15 - 0.85
idle position V
cardiagn.com
*1: Under the following conditions:
I Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
I Electrical load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defog-
ger)
Mass Air Flow Sensor

Supply voltage V Battery voltage (11 - 14)
0.75 - 1.5 at idle*

Output voltage at idle V
1.7 - 2.4 at 2,500 rpm*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running
under no-load.
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor

Temperature °C (°F) Resistance
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9 kΩ
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 kΩ

90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 kΩ
Fuel Pump
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Ω 0.2 - 5.0
EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid

Valve
Resistance [at 20°C (68°F)] Ω 31 - 35
EC-248
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) TB48DE M/T
IACV-AAC Valve GI
Terminal No. Resistance Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
MA
1-2
2-3
20 - 24
4-5 EM
5-6
LC
Injector
Ignition Coil with Power Transistor FE

3 (+) - 2 (−) Except 0 or

CL
1 (+) - 3 (−)
Except 0
1 (+) - 2 (−) MT
cardiagn.com
Condenser AT
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] MΩ Above 1
TF
Throttle Position Sensor
PD
Completely closed 0.15 - 0.85
Completely open 3.5 - 4.7 FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-249
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INDEX TB48DE A/T
Alphabetical & P No. Index for DTC

ALPHABETICAL INDEX FOR DTC
Items DTC*1
Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen) CONSULT-II ECM*2
Unable to access ECM — — EC-310
ACCL POS SEN/CIRC P0121 0121 EC-359
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 EC-424
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 1000*7 EC-337
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT P0340 0340 EC-377
COOLANT T SEN/CIRC*4 P0115 0115 EC-345
ECM P0605 0605 EC-384
ECM BACK UP/CIRC P1065 1065 EC-387
ENG OVER TEMP P1217 1217 EC-404
ETC ACTR P1121 1121 EC-390
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC P1122 1122 EC-393
cardiagn.com
ETC MOT RLY/CIRC P1123 1123 EC-399
HO2S1 (B1)*5 P0130 0130 EC-366
HO2S1 (B2)*5 P0150 0150 EC-366
IGN SIGNAL-PRIMARY P1320 1320 EC-415
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0325 0325 EC-373
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 P0330 0330 EC-373
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT*4 P0100 0100 EC-340
NATS MALFUNCTION P1610 1610-1615*6 EC-285
NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED. No DTC Flashing*3 EC-286
NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED. P0000 0000 —
THRTL POS SEN/CIRC*4 P0120 0120 EC-350
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.

*3: While engine is running.
*4: When the fail-safe operation occurs, the MIL illuminates.
*5: Models with three way catalyst.
*7: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II.
EC-250
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INDEX TB48DE A/T
Alphabetical & P No. Index for DTC (Cont’d)
P NO. INDEX FOR DTC GI
DTC*1 Items
Reference page
CONSULT-II ECM*2 (CONSULT-II screen) MA
— — Unable to access ECM EC-310
No DTC Flashing*3 NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED. EC-286 EM
U1000 1000*7 CAN COMM CIRCUIT EC-337
P0000 0000 NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED. — LC
P0100 0100 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT*4 EC-340
P0115 0115 COOLANT T SEN/CIRC*4 EC-345
P0120 0120 THRTL POS SEN/CIRC*4 EC-350
P0121 0121 ACCL POS SEN/CIRC EC-359
FE
P0130 0130 HO2S1 (B1)*5 EC-366
P0150 0150 HO2S1 (B2)*5 EC-366
P0325 0325 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-373
CL
P0330 0330 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 EC-373
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-377 MT
cardiagn.com
P0605 0605 ECM EC-384
P1065 1065 ECM BACK UP/CIRC EC-387 AT
P1121 1121 ETC ACTR EC-390
P1122 1122 ETC FUNCTION/CIRC EC-393 TF
P1123 1123 ETC MOT RLY/CIRC EC-399
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP EC-404 PD
P1320 1320 IGN SIGNAL-PRIMARY EC-415
P1610 1610-1615*6 NATS MALFUNCTION EC-285
FA
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT EC-424
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.

*2: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). RA
*3: While engine is running.
*4: When the fail-safe operation occurs, the MIL illuminates.
*5: Models with three way catalyst. BR
*7: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II.
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-251
PRECAUTIONS TB48DE A/T
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR

BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” used along with
a seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of
collision. The SRS system composition which is available to NISSAN MODEL Y61 is as follows (The compo-
sition varies according to the destination and optional equipment.):
I For a frontal collision
The Supplemental Restraint System consists of driver air bag module (located in the center of the steer-
ing wheel), front passenger air bag module (located on the instrument panel on passenger side), seat belt
pre-tensioners, a diagnosis sensor unit, warning lamp, wiring harness and spiral cable.
I For a side collision
The Supplemental Restraint System consists of front side air bag module (located in the outer side of front
seat), satellite sensor, diagnosis sensor unit (one of components of air bags for a frontal collision), wiring
harness, warning lamp (one of components of air bags for a frontal collision).
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the RS section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
I To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance should be per-
formed by an authorized NISSAN dealer.
I Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to per-
cardiagn.com
sonal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the RS section.
I Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow harness connector.
Precautions for On Board Diagnostic (OBD)

System of Engine
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
I Be sure to turn the ignition switch “OFF” and disconnect the negative battery terminal before any
repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc.
will cause the MIL to light up.
I Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
I Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-
locking type harness connector.
For description and how to disconnect, refer to EL section, “Description”, “HARNESS CONNEC-
TOR”.
I Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with
a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit.
I Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM before
returning the vehicle to the customer.
EC-252
Engine Fuel & Emission Control System GI

I Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.
I Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine MA
is running.
I Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness
connector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect nega- EM
tive battery terminal. Failure to do so may damage the ECM
because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition
switch is turned off. LC
I Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then
SEF289H disconnect battery ground cable.
I Do not disassemble ECM.
I If a battery terminal is disconnected, the memory will
return to the ECM value.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value. FE
Engine operation can vary slightly when the terminal is
disconnected. However, this is not an indication of a prob-
lem. Do not replace parts because of a slight variation.
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
SEF707Y
AT
I When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten it
securely with a lever as far as it will go as shown at right.
TF
PD
FA
PBIB0088E
RA
BR
ST
RS
PBIB0089E BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-253
(Cont’d)
I When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or
from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM
pin terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
I Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge)
voltage to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in
damage to ICs.
I Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in)
PBIB0090E
away from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control
system malfunctions due to receiving external noise,
degraded operation of ICs, etc.
I Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.
cardiagn.com
I Before replacing ECM, perform “ECM Terminals and Refer-
ence Value” inspection and make sure ECM functions
properly. Refer to EC-318.
I Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
I Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor.
I Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of deter-
gent.
I Do not disassemble electric throttle control actuator.
I Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause seri-
ous problems.
I Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor.
MEF040D
I After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform

“DTC Confirmation Procedure” or “Overall Function
Check”.
The DTC should not be displayed in the “DTC Confirmation
Procedure” if the repair is completed. The “Overall Func-
tion Check” should be a good result if the repair is com-
pleted.
SAT652J
EC-254
(Cont’d) GI
I When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never
allow the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and MA
damage the ECM power transistor.
I Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/
output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the EM
ECM’s transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals,
such as the ground.
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
SEF348N
AT
I Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.
I Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.
TF
PD
FA
SEC686C
RA
I Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting.
I Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unneces-
sarily. BR
I Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.
ST
RS
SEF709Y BT
I When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure
to observe the following as it may adversely affect elec- HA
tronic control systems depending on installation location.
— Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic
control units. EL
— Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls. Do not let them
run parallel for a long distance. SE
— Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-
wave radio can be kept smaller.
SEF708Y
— Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body. IDX
EC-255
(Cont’d)
I Regarding TB48DE engine, “B1” and “B2” are located as
in the following illustration.
SEC888C
cardiagn.com
SEC889C
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis

When you read Wiring diagrams, refer to the following:
I “How to Read Wiring Diagrams” in GI section
I “POWER SUPPLY ROUTING” for power distribution circuit in
EL section
When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following:
I “HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAG-
NOSES” in GI section
I “How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident”
in GI section
EC-256
PREPARATION TB48DE A/T
Special Service Tool GI
Tool number
Tool name
Description MA
KV10117100 Loosening or tightening front heated oxygen
Heated oxygen sensor sensor with 22 mm hexagon nut EM
wrench
LC
NT379
Commercial Service Tools FE
Tool name Description

CL
Fuel filler cap adapter Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening
pressure
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
NT653 TF
Oxygen sensor thread Reconditioning the exhaust system threads
cleaner before installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with PD
anti-seize lubricant shown below.
a: 18 mm dia. with pitch 1.5 mm, for Zirconia
Oxygen Sensor FA
b: 12 mm dia. with pitch 1.25 mm, for Titania
Oxygen Sensor
RA
AEM488
Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool

BR
(PermatexTM 133AR or when reconditioning exhaust system threads.
equivalent meeting MIL
specification MIL-A-907) ST
RS
NT779
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-257
SYSTEM TB48DE A/T
Circuit Diagram
cardiagn.com
TEC241M
EC-258
SYSTEM TB48DE A/T
GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC242M
EC-259
SYSTEM TB48DE A/T
System Diagram
cardiagn.com
SEC197D
EC-260
SYSTEM TB48DE A/T
Engine Control Component Parts Location GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
SEC191D
EC-261
SYSTEM TB48DE A/T
(Cont’d)
SEC538CA SEC192D
cardiagn.com
SEC540C SEC539C
SEC542C SEC541C
EC-262
SYSTEM TB48DE A/T
(Cont’d) GI
MA
EM
LC
SEC543C SEC545C
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
SEC544C SEC547CA
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
SEC546CA BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-263
SYSTEM TB48DE A/T
Vacuum Hose Drawing
cardiagn.com
SEC548C
Refer to “System Diagram”, EC-260, for vacuum control system.

Note: Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hoses or purge hoses.
EC-264
SYSTEM TB48DE A/T
Vacuum Hose Drawing (Cont’d)
VACUUM HOSE DRAWING FOR VIAS GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
SEC887C
EC-265
SYSTEM TB48DE A/T
System Chart

Fuel injection &
mixture ratio control E Fuel injectors
Mass air flow sensor E
Electronic ignition system E Power transistor

Heater oxygen sensor 1*1 E

Electric throttle control
Idle air control system E actuator
Fuel injectors
Ignition switch E
Throttle position sensor E Fuel pump control E Fuel pump relay
Accelerator pedal position sensor E
cardiagn.com
MIL (On the instrument
On board diagnostic system E panel)
Vehicle speed sensor*3 E Power valve control E VIAS control solenoid valve
ECM
Air conditioner switch*3 E

Intake valve timing control
Intake valve timing control E solenoid valve
Ambient air temperature switch E
Battery voltage E Heated oxygen sensor 1

Malfunction indicator lamp
monitor*1 & on board diag- E (On the instrument panel)
nostic system
A/T mode switch E
EVAP canister purge flow EVAP canister purge volume

Knock sensor E control E control solenoid valve
Electrical load*3 E
heater control*1 E Heated oxygen sensor 1*1
Power steering oil pressure switch E
TCM (Transmission control module) E Air conditioner cut control E Air conditioner relay
NATS*2 E
Cooling fan control E Cooling fan relays

*3: The signals are sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
EC-266
DESCRIPTION TB48DE A/T
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System GI

Engine speed and piston position
MA
E
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air EM

E

E
Heated oxygen sensor 1*1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas

E

E FE
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position ECM E Injector
E CL
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position
E
MT
cardiagn.com
Vehicle speed*2 Vehicle speed
E
AT
Air conditioner switch*2 Air conditioner operation
E
TF
E
PD
Battery voltage Battery voltage
E

FA
*2: Signals are sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
RA
BASIC MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION
SYSTEM INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION BR
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is The amount of fuel injected is compensated for to
determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the improve engine performance. This will be made
length of time the valve remains open (injection under various operating conditions as listed below. ST
pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a <Fuel increase>
program value in the ECM memory. The program I During warm-up
value is preset by engine operating conditions. I When starting the engine RS
These conditions are determined by input signals I During acceleration
(for engine speed and intake air) from both the cam- I Hot-engine operation
shaft position sensor and the mass air flow sensor. <Fuel decrease> BT
I During deceleration
I When the vehicle speed is extremely high
I Extremely high-engine coolant temperature HA
I When select lever is changed from “N” to “D” at
high engine speed (A/T models only)
EL
SE
IDX
EC-267
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL) [MODEL WITH THREE
WAY CATALYST]
PBIB0121E
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission con-
trol. The three way catalyst (manifold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses
heated oxygen sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor if the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM
adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about heated
oxygen sensor 1. This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric (ideal air-fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
cardiagn.com
Open loop control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
I Deceleration and acceleration
I High-load, high-speed operation
I Malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1 or its circuit
I Insufficient activation of heated oxygen sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
I High engine coolant temperature
I During warm-up
I After shifting from “N” to “D” (For A/T models)
I When starting the engine
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL [MODEL WITH THREE WAY CATALYST]

The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from heated oxygen
sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to
the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as
originally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot film) and characteristic
changes during operation (i.e., injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This
is then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes short term fuel trim and long term fuel trim.
“Short term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from heated oxygen sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared
to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an
increase in fuel volume if it is lean.
“Long term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation
of the short term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differences,
wear over time and changes in the usage environment.
EC-268
FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM GI
Two types of systems are used.
Simultaneous multiport fuel injection system MA

Fuel is injected simultaneously into all six cylinders twice each
engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of the same width are EM
simultaneously transmitted from the ECM.
The six injectors will then receive the signals two times for each
engine cycle. LC
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the
fail-safe mode (CPU) is operating.
Sequential multiport fuel injection system

Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle accord-
ing to the firing order. This system is used when the engine is run- FE
ning.
FUEL SHUT-OFF CL
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration or operation of
the engine at excessively high speeds. MT
cardiagn.com
SEF630V
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-269
Electronic Ignition (EI) System

Camshaft position sensor Engine speed and piston position
E

E

E

E
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position

E Power
ECM E
transistor
E

E
Park/neutral position switch Gear position
cardiagn.com
E

E
Knock sensor Knock signal

E
*1: Signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best
air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the engine.
The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM. This data forms the
map shown left.
The ECM detects information such as the injection pulse width and
camshaft position sensor signal. Responding to this information,
ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
e.g. N: 1,800 rpm, Tp: 1.50 msec
A °BTDC
SEF742M During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the
ECM according to the other data stored in the ECM.
I At starting
I During warm-up
I At idle
I Hot-engine operation
I At acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies.
The basic ignition timing is programmed within the anti-knocking
zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard
system does not operate under normal driving conditions.
If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition
timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
EC-270
Air Conditioning Cut Control GI

MA
E
EM
Air conditioner switch*1 Air conditioner “ON” signal
E
LC
Throttle position sensor Throttle valve opening angle
E
Air condi-
Ignition switch Start signal ECM E tioner
E
relay
FE
E
CL
E
MT
cardiagn.com
Ambient air temperature switch Ambient air temperature
E
AT
*1: Signals are sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION I When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed TF

This system improves engine operation when the air I When cranking the engine
conditioner is used. I During the engine coolant temperature is exces-
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is sively high PD
turned off. I During high-engine speed operation
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-271
Fuel Cut Control (at no load & high engine

speed)
Vehicle speed
Vehicle speed*1 E
Neutral position
Throttle position
Throttle position sensor E
ECM E Injectors
Accelerator pedal position
Accelerator pedal position sensor E

Engine speed
cardiagn.com
*1: Signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
If the engine speed is above 2,800 rpm with no load (for example,
in neutral and engine speed over 2,800 rpm) fuel will be cut off after
some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies based on
engine speed.
Fuel cut will operate until the engine speed reaches 1,000 rpm,
then fuel cut is cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different than deceleration control listed under
multiport fuel injection on EC-267.
EC-272
CAN Communication GI
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- MA
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many
electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with
other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with EM
2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wir-
ing. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
LC
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
SEL599Y
AT
Input/output signal chart
T: Transmit R: Receive
TF
Signals Combination meter TCM ECM
Engine speed signal R R T
PD
Engine coolant temperature signal R R T
Accelerator pedal position signal R T
FA
Closed throttle position signal R T
Wide open throttle position signal R T
A/T fluid temperature warning lamp signal R T R
RA
Current gear position signal R T R
Shift change signal T R BR
Air conditioner switch signal T R
Headlamp switch signal T R ST
Rear window defogger switch signal T R
Brake switch signal T R RS
Vehicle speed signal T R R
A/T self diagnosis signal T R
BT
Manual mode signal T R
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-273
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM TB48DE A/T
Description
cardiagn.com
SEF749T
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons

emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel system. This reduction of
hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP
canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister
which contains activated carbon and the vapor is stored there when
the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The EVAP canister retains the fuel vapor until the EVAP canister is
purged by air.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the
purge line to the intake manifold when the engine is operating.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by
ECM. When the engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled
by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is propor-
tionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off
the vapor purge line when decelerating or idling.
Inspection
EVAP CANISTER
Blow air into each of three ports to check that air flows freely.
SEF083Y
EC-274
FUEL CHECK VALVE GI
1. Blow air through connector on fuel tank side.
A considerable resistance should be felt and a portion of air flow
should be directed toward the EVAP canister side. MA
2. Blow air through connector on EVAP canister side.
Air flow should be smoothly directed toward fuel tank side.
3. If fuel check valve is suspected of not properly functioning in EM
steps 1 and 2 above, replace it.
LC
SEF631V
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
SEC886CA
AT
FUEL CUT VALVE
Cut valve operation TF
Ensure that continuity of air passage does not exist when the
installed cut valve is tilted to 90° or 180°.
PD
FA
SEF632VA
RA
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
1. Wipe clean valve housing. BR
2. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.
Pressure:
16.0 - 20.0 kPa (0.16 - 0.20 bar, 0.163 - 0.204 ST
kg/cm2, 2.32 - 2.90 psi)
Vacuum:
−6.0 to −3.5 kPa (−0.060 to −0.035 bar, −0.061 to RS
−0.036 kg/cm2, −0.87 to −0.51 psi)
3. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly.
SEF084Y CAUTION: BT
Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement.
HA
EL
SE
SEF943S
IDX
EC-275
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) CANISTER PURGE
VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-435.
EVAP VAPOR LINE

Visually inspect EVAP vapor lines for improper attachment and for
cracks, damage, loose connections, chafing and deterioration.
Refer to Vacuum Hose Drawing, EC-264.
cardiagn.com
EC-276
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION TB48DE A/T
Description GI
This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold collector.
The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake MA
manifold.
During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV
valve. EM
Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air.
The ventilating air is then drawn from the air duct into the crankcase. In this process the air passes through
the hose connecting air inlet tubes to the rocker cover. LC
Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve.
The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction.
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not meet the requirement. This is because some
of the flow will go through the hose connection to the intake collector under all conditions.
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
SEF921W
RA
Inspection
PCV (Positive Crankcase Ventilation) VALVE BR
With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from breather sepa-
rator. A properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes
through it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a fin- ST
ger is placed over the valve inlet.
RS
SEC137A BT
PCV HOSE
1. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks. HA
2. Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any
hose cannot be freed of obstructions, replace.
EL
SE
ET277 IDX
EC-277
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE TB48DE A/T
Fuel Pressure Release

Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel
line to eliminate danger.
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT”
(Touch “START” and after engine stalls, crank it two or three
times to release all fuel pressure.)
SEF214Y 3. Turn ignition switch off.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Remove fuse for fuel pump.
2. Start engine.
3. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
4. Turn ignition switch off and reconnect fuel pump fuse.
cardiagn.com
SEC550C
Fuel Pressure Check

I When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps.
I Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent
parts.
I Use a torque driver to tighten clamps.
I Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero, refer to above.
2. Disconnect fuel hose between fuel filter and fuel tube (engine
side).
3. Install pressure gauge between fuel filter and fuel tube.
SEC551C 4. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
5. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
At idling:
psi)
A few seconds after ignition switch is turned OFF to
ON:
psi)
6. Stop engine and disconnect fuel pressure regulator vacuum
hose from intake manifold.
7. Plug intake manifold with a rubber cap.
SEF718BA
8. Connect variable vacuum source to fuel pressure regulator.
9. Start engine and read indication of fuel pressure gauge as
vacuum is changed.
Fuel pressure should decrease as vacuum increases. If results
are unsatisfactory, replace fuel pressure regulator.
EC-278
Injector Removal and Installation GI

1. Release fuel pressure to zero.
2. Disconnect harness connector clip. MA
3. Disconnect injector harness connectors.
4. Disconnect fuel hoses from fuel tube assembly.
5. Remove fuel tube assemblies in reverse numerical sequence of EM
that shown in the figure at left.
LC
SEC552C
6. Expand and remove clips securing fuel injectors.

7. Extract fuel injectors straight from fuel tubes.
I Do not extract injector by pinching connector.
I Be careful not to damage injector nozzles during removal. FE
I Do not bump or drop fuel injectors.
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
SEC553C
AT
8. Install injector to fuel tube assembly.
I Lubricate O-rings with a smear of silicone oil. TF
I Be careful not to damage O-rings with service tools, finger
nails or clips. Do not expand or twist O-rings.
I Discard old clips, replace with new ones. PD
9. Position clips in grooves on fuel injectors.
I Make sure that protrusions of fuel injectors are aligned
with cutouts of clips after installation. FA
10. Align protrusions of fuel tubes with those of fuel injectors. Insert
fuel injectors straight into fuel tubes.
SEC559C
11. After properly inserting fuel injectors, check to make sure that RA
fuel tube protrusions are engaged with those of fuel injectors,
and that flanges of fuel tube are engaged with clips.
BR
ST
RS
SEC554C BT
12. Tighten fuel tube assembly mounting nuts in numerical
sequence (indicated in the figure at left) and in two stages. HA
: Tightening torque N⋅m (kg-m, ft-lb)
1st stage:
9 - 20 (0.9 - 2.1, 7 - 15) EL
2nd stage:
21 - 26 (2.1 - 2.7, 16 - 19)
13. Insert fuel hoses into fuel tubes so that ends of fuel hoses butt SE
up against fuel tubes; fasten with clamps, avoiding bulges.
CAUTION:
SEC552C
After properly connecting fuel tube assembly to injector and IDX
fuel hose, check connection for fuel leakage.
EC-279
How to Check Idle Speed and Ignition Timing

IDLE SPEED
I Using CONSULT-II
Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
SEF058Y
IGNITION TIMING
Any of following two methods may be used.
I Method A
1) Attach timing light to loop wire as shown.
2) Check ignition timing.
cardiagn.com
SEC560C
I Method B
a) Remove No. 1 ignition coil.
b) Connect No. 1 ignition coil and No. 1 spark plug with suitable
high-tension wire as shown, and attach timing light clamp to this
wire.
c) Check ignition timing.
SEC561C
SEF166Y
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning

DESCRIPTION
“Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning” is an operation to learn the fully released position of the
accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each
time harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
3. Turn ignition switch “OFF” wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch “OFF” wait at least 10 seconds.
EC-280
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning GI

DESCRIPTION
“Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning” is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve MA
by monitorizing the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector
of electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected.
EM
OPERATION PROCEDURE
Make sure that throttle valve moves during above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
Idle Air Volume Learning
DESCRIPTION
“Idle Air Volume Learning” is an operation to learn the idle air vol- FE
ume that keeps each engine within the specific range. It must be
performed under any of the following conditions:
I Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
CL
I Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.
MT
PRE-CONDITIONING
cardiagn.com
SEF217Z Before performing “Idle Air Volume Learning”, make sure that all of
the following conditions are satisfied. AT
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are
missed for even a moment.
I Battery voltage: More than 12.9V (At idle) TF
I Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 99°C (158 - 210°F)
I PNP switch: ON
I Electric load switch: OFF PD
(Air conditioner, heater fan, headlamp, rear window defogger)
I Cooling fan motor: Not operating
I Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position) FA
I Vehicle speed: Stopped
SEF454Y
I Transmission: Warmed-up
For models with CONSULT-II, drive vehicle until “FLUID TEMP RA
SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “A/T” system indicates less
than 0.9V.
For models without CONSULT-II, drive vehicle for 10 minutes. BR
OPERATION PROCEDURE
ST
With CONSULT-II
1. Perform EC-282, “Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning”.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. RS
3. Check that all items listed under the topic “PRE-CONDITION-
ING” (previously mentioned) are in good order.
SEF455Y
4. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode. BT
5. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds.
6. Make sure that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT-II screen.
If “INCMP” is displayed, “Idle Air Volume Learning” will not be
HA
carried out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the
problem by referring to the “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-282.
7. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle
EL
speed and ignition timing are within the specifications.
ITEM SPECIFICATION SE
Idle speed 675±50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
Ignition timing 5±5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position) IDX
EC-281
Idle Air Volume Learning (Cont’d)
Without CONSULT-II
NOTE:
has a malfunction.
3. Check that all items listed under the topic “PRE-CONDITIONING” (previously mentioned) are in good
order.
7. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MIL goes
off.
8. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL goes off.
10. Wait 20 seconds.
cardiagn.com
PBIB0091E
11. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the
specifications.
ITEM SPECIFICATION
Idle speed 675±50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
Ignition timing 5±5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)
12. If idle speed and ignition timing are not within the specification, the result will be incomplete. In this case,
find the cause of the problem by referring to the “Diagnostic Procedure” EC-282.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
If idle air volume learning cannot be performed successfully, proceed as follows:
1. Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
2. Check PCV valve operation.
3. Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.
4. When the above three items check out OK, engine component parts and their installation condi-
tion are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of the problem.
It is useful to perform EC-327, “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — SPECIFICATION VALUE”.
5. If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the
problem and perform “Idle air volume learning” all over again:
I Engine stalls.
I Erroneous idle.
EC-282
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION TB48DE A/T
Introduction GI
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua-
tors. Self-diagnosis items are listed in “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE INDEX”, EC-250. MA
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when a specific malfunction is detected,
or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode (Refer to EC-310.). For diagnostic items causing the MIL to light up,
refer to “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE INDEX”, EC-250. EM
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)

LC
HOW TO READ DTC
Malfunction items can be confirmed by the following methods.
With CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II displays the DTC in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode.
Examples: P0100, P0120, P0340, etc. (CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.) FE
Without CONSULT-II
The number of blinks of the malfunction indicator lamp in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) CL
indicates the DTC. Examples: 0100, 1320, etc.
I Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, Mode II does not indicate whether the malfunc-
tion is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal.
MT
cardiagn.com
CONSULT-II can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if avail-
able) is recommended.
AT
A sample of CONSULT-II display is shown at left. The malfunction
is displayed in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CON-
SULT-II. Time data indicates how many times the vehicle was TF
driven after the last detection of a malfunction.
If the malfunction is being detected currently, the time data will be
“0”. PD
FA
SEC890C
RA
FREEZE FRAME DATA
The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant BR
temperature, short term fuel trim*, long term fuel trim*, engine speed, vehicle speed, absolute throttle position
and base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the DTC, are called freeze frame data. The data, stored ST
together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-II. The freeze frame
data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. For details, see EC-292.
Only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. RS
When more than one DTC is detected, the freeze frame data detected first is stored in the memory.
The freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. Procedures for
clearing the ECM memory are described in “HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFOR- BT
MATION”. Refer to EC-283.
HA
HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION
How to erase DTC (With CONSULT-II) EL
1. If the ignition switch stays “ON” after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch “OFF” once. Wait at least
9 seconds and then turn it “ON” (engine stopped) again.
2. Turn CONSULT-II “ON” and touch “ENGINE”. SE
3. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
4. Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)
IDX
EC-283
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) (Cont’d)
SEC555C
cardiagn.com
The emission-related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting “ERASE” in the “SELF-
DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
How to erase DTC (No tools)

1. If the ignition switch stays “ON” after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch “OFF” once.
2. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it “ON” (engine stopped) again.
3. Change the diagnostic test mode from Mode II to Mode I by depressing the accelerator pedal. Refer to
EC-286, “How to Switch Diagnostic Test Mode”.
NOTE:
I If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost after approx.
24 hours.
I The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
2) Freeze frame data
3) Others
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but
all of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.
EC-284
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) GI

I If the security indicator lights up with the ignition switch in
the “ON” position or “NATS MALFUNCTION” is displayed MA
on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” screen, perform self-diagnostic
results mode with CONSULT-II using NATS program card.
Refer to NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System) in EL section. EM
I Confirm no self-diagnostic results of NATS is displayed
before touching “ERASE” in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode
with CONSULT-II. LC
I When replacing ECM, initialization of NATS system and
SEF543X registration of all NATS ignition key IDs must be carried out
with CONSULT-II using NATS program card.
Therefore, be sure to receive all keys from vehicle owner.
Regarding the procedure of NATS initialization and NATS
ignition key ID registration, refer to CONSULT-II operation FE
manual, NATS.
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
The MIL is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON TF
without the engine running. This is a bulb check.
I If the MIL does not light up, refer to EL section, “WARNING
LAMPS” or see EC-480. PD
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off.
If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an engine system malfunction.
FA
SAT652J
RA
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION
The on board diagnostic system has the following four functions. BR
Diagnostic test mode I
1. BULB CHECK: ST
This function checks the MIL bulb for damage (blown, open circuit, etc.).
If the MIL does not come on, check MIL circuit and ECM test mode selector. (See EC-286.)
2. MALFUNCTION WARNING: RS
This is a usual driving condition. When a malfunction is detected, the MIL will light up to inform the driver
that a malfunction has been detected.
Diagnostic test mode II BT
3. SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS:
This function allows DTCs to be read.
4. HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 MONITOR*: HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-285
MIL flashing without DTC
If the ECM is in Diagnostic Test Mode II, MIL may flash when engine is running. In this case, check ECM test
mode following “HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODES”.
How to switch the diagnostic test (function) modes, and details of the above functions are described later. (See
EC-286.)
Condition Diagnostic Test Mode I Diagnostic Test Mode II
Engine stopped
BULB CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Ignition switch in “ON” position
Engine running
MALFUNCTION WARNING
MONITOR*
The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
2) Free frame data
3) Others
cardiagn.com
HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
NOTE:
has a malfunction.
I Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned “OFF”.
How to set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)
3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds until the MIL starts
blinking.
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
PBIB0092E
How to set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Monitor) [Model with three
way catalyst]
1. Set the ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-286, “How to Set Diagnos-
tic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)”.
2. Start Engine.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor).
ECM will start heated oxygen sensor 1 monitoring from the bank 1 sensor.
EC-286
How to switch monitored sensor from Bank 1 to Bank 2 or vice versa (Model with three GI
way catalyst)
1. Fully depress the accelerator pedal quickly and then release it immediately.
2. Make sure that monitoring sensor has changed by MIL blinking as follows.
MA
EM
LC
PBIB0093E
FE
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)

CL
1. Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-286 “How to Set Diagnostic Test
Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)”.
2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for more than 10 seconds. MT
cardiagn.com
The emission-related diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
3. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.
AT
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — BULB CHECK
In this mode, the MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check the bulb. Refer to
“WARNING LAMPS” in EL section or see EC-480. TF
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — MALFUNCTION WARNING

PD
MIL Condition
ON When the malfunction is detected or the ECM’s CPU is malfunctioning.
FA
OFF No malfunction.
I These DTC numbers are clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS).
RA
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II — SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
SEC687C
IDX
EC-287
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The “zero” is indicated
by the number of ten flashes. The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds
consisting of an ON (0.6-second) - OFF (0.6-second) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC “0000” refers to no
malfunction. (See EC-250, “INDEX FOR DTC”.)
How to erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)

The DTC can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal. Refer to
EC-286 “How to Switch Diagnostic Test Mode”.
I If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory after approx. 24 hours.
I Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses.
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II — HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 MONITOR (MODEL WITH

THREE WAY CATALYST)
In this mode, the MIL displays the condition of the fuel mixture (lean or rich) which is monitored by the heated
oxygen sensor 1.
cardiagn.com
MIL Fuel mixture condition in the exhaust gas Air fuel ratio feedback control condition
ON Lean
Closed loop system
OFF Rich
*Remains ON or OFF Any condition Open loop system
*: Maintains conditions just before switching to open loop.
To check the heated oxygen sensor 1 function, start engine in the Diagnostic Test Mode II and warm it up until
engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of the gauge.
Next run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load conditions. Then make sure that the
MIL comes ON more than 5 times within 10 seconds with engine running at 2,000 rpm under no-load.
EC-288
CONSULT-II GI
CONSULT-II INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. MA
2. Connect “CONSULT-II” to data link connector.
(Data link connector is located under the instrument lower
cover on the driver’s side.) EM
LC
SAT619K
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

4. Touch “ENGINE”.
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
SEC557C
AT
5. Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each service
procedure.
For further information, see the CONSULT-II Operation Manual. TF
PD
FA
SEC558C
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-289
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode Function
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by follow-
Work support
ing the indications on the CONSULT-II unit.
Self-diagnostic results Self-diagnostic results such as DTCs and freeze frame data can be read and erased quickly.*1
Data monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
Input/Output of the specification for Basic fuel schedule, AFM, A/F feedback control value and
Data monitor (SPEC)
the other data monitor items can be read.
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-II drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and
Active test
also shifts some parameters in a specified range.
Conducted by CONSULT-II instead of a technician to determine whether each system is “OK”
Function test
or “NG”.
ECM part number ECM part number can be read.
*1 The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
1. Diagnostic trouble codes
2. Freeze frame data
3. Others
WORK SUPPORT MODE
cardiagn.com
WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE
TP SW/TP SEN IDLE POSI ADJ I FOLLOW THE BASIC INSPECTION INSTRUCTION IN When adjusting the idle throttle
THE SERVICE MANUAL. position
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE I FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING “START” When releasing fuel pressure
DURING IDLING. from fuel line
CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS.
IDLE AIR VOL LEARN I THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINE When learning the idle air volume
WITHIN THE SPECIFIED RANGE IS MEMORIZED IN
ECM.
TARGET IGNITION TIMING ADJ* I IDLE CONDITION When adjusting target ignition tim-
ing
After adjustment, confirm target
ignition timing with a timing light.
I If once the “TARGET IDLE
RPM ADJ” has been done, the
Idle Air Volume Learning proce-
dure will not be completed.
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* I IDLE CONDITION When setting target idle speed
CO ADJUSTMENT I IDLE CONDITION When setting “CO” adjustment
value
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.
EC-290
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION GI
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MA
RESULTS DATA
Item WORK DATA ACTIVE
FREEZE MONITOR
SUPPORT MONITOR TEST
DTC FRAME (SPEC) EM
DATA
Camshaft position sensor x x x x
LC
Mass air flow sensor x x x
Engine coolant temperature sen-
x x x x x
sor
Heated oxygen sensor 1*1 x x x
Vehicle speed sensor x x x FE
Accelerator pedal position sensor x x x
Throttle position sensor x x x
CL
Knock sensor x
INPUT
Ignition switch (start signal) x x

MT
cardiagn.com
Closed throttle position switch
(accelerator pedal position sen- x x
sor signal)
AT
Air conditioner switch x x
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS
Park/neutral position (PNP)

x x TF
switch
Power steering oil pressure
x x
switch
PD
Ambient air temperature switch x x
Battery voltage x x
Load signal x x
FA
Injectors x x x
x RA
Power transistor (Ignition timing) (Ignition sig- x x x
nal)
Throttle control motor relay x x x
BR
EVAP canister purge volume
x x x
control solenoid valve ST
Air conditioner relay x x
OUTPUT
Fuel pump relay x x x x

RS
Cooling fan x x x x
x x BT
heater*1
Intake valve timing control sole-
x x x
noid valve
HA
VIAS control solenoid valve x x x
Calculated load value x x
CO adjustment value*2 x
EL
X: Applicable
*1: Model with three way catalyst SE
*2: Model without three way catalyst
IDX
EC-291
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
Regarding items detected in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode, refer to “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE
INDEX”, EC-250.
Freeze frame data
Freeze frame data item Description
DIAG TROUBLE CODE I Engine Control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as “PXXXX”. (Refer
[PXXXX] to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INDEX”, EC-250.)
FUEL SYS-B1* I “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
I One mode in the following is displayed.
“MODE 2”: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
“MODE 3”: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enrichment)
“MODE 4”: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
“MODE 5”: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
COOLANT TEMP [°C] or I The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[°F]
S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%]* I “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
I The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel
schedule.
cardiagn.com
L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%]* I “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
I The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel sched-
ule than short-term fuel trim.
ENGINE SPEED [rpm] I The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
VEHICL SPEED [km/h] I The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
or [mph]
ABSOL TH⋅P/S [degree] I The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
or [%]
B/FUEL SCHDL [msec] I The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
EC-292
DATA MONITOR MODE GI
Monitored item ECM
Main
signals
signals MA
ENG SPEED [rpm] I Indicates the engine speed computed I Accuracy becomes poor if engine speed
from the signal of the camshaft position drops below the idle rpm.
q q sensor. I If the signal is interrupted while the
engine is running, an abnormal value
EM
may be indicated.
LC
MAS A/F SE-B1 [V]
sensor is displayed.
I When the engine is stopped, a certain
value is indicated.
B/FUEL SCHDL I “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel
[msec]
rection.
FE
COOLAN TEMP/S I The engine coolant temperature (deter- I When the engine coolant temperature
[°C] or [°F] mined by the signal voltage of the engine sensor is open or short-circuited, ECM
q q coolant temperature sensor) is displayed. enters fail-safe mode. The engine coolant
temperature determined by the ECM is CL
displayed.
HO2S1* (B1)** [V]
q q I The signal voltage of the heated oxygen
sensor 1 is displayed. MT
cardiagn.com
HO2S1* (B2)** [V]
q q AT
HO2S1 MNTR* (B1)** I Display of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal I After turning ON the ignition switch,
[RICH/LEAN]
q during air-fuel ratio feedback control:
RICH ... means the mixture became
“RICH” is displayed until air-fuel mixture
ratio feedback control begins.
“rich”, and control is being affected I When the air-fuel ratio feedback is TF
HO2S1 MNTR* (B2)** toward a leaner mixture. clamped, the value just before the clamp-
q
[RICH/LEAN] LEAN ... means the mixture became ing is displayed continuously.
“lean”, and control is being affected PD
toward a rich mixture.
VHCL SPEED SE
[km/h] or [mph] q q I The vehicle speed computed from the
vehicle speed sensor signal is displayed. FA
BATTERY VOLT [V]
q q I The power supply voltage of ECM is dis-
played.
RA
ACCEL SEN 1 [V]
q q I The accelerator pedal position sensor
signal voltage is displayed.
ACCEL SEN 2 [V]
q BR
THRTL SEN 1 [V]
q q I The throttle position sensor signal volt-
age is displayed.
ST
THRTL SEN 2 [V]
q
START SIGNAL
[ON/OFF] q q I Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
starter signal.
I After starting the engine, [OFF] is dis-
played regardless of the starter signal.
RS
q q
CLSD TH POS
[ON/OFF] throttle position sensor signal. BT
AIR COND SIG I Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air
[ON/OFF] q q conditioner switch as determined by the
air conditioner signal. HA
q q
P/N POSI SW
[ON/OFF] park/neutral position switch signal.
EL
PW/ST SIGNAL I [ON/OFF] condition of the power steering
[ON/OFF]
q q oil pressure switch determined by the
power steering oil pressure signal is indi- SE
cated.
IDX
EC-293
Monitored item ECM
Main
signals
signals
LOAD SIGNAL I Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
[ON/OFF] electrical load signal.
ON ... Rear window defogger switch is
q q ON and/or lighting switch is in 2nd posi-
tion.
OFF ... Both rear window defogger
switch and lighting switch are OFF.
AMB TEMP SW
[ON/OFF] q I Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
ambient air temperature switch signal.
IGNITION SW
[ON/OFF] q I Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from igni-
tion switch.
BRAKE SW [ON/OFF]
q I Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
stop lamp switch signal.
THRTL RELAY I Indicates the throttle control motor relay
[ON/OFF] q control condition determined by the ECM
according to the input.
INJ PULSE-B1 [msec] I Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse I When the engine is stopped, a certain
q
cardiagn.com
width compensated by ECM according to computed value is indicated.
the input signals.
I Indicates the ignition timing computed by I When the engine is stopped, a certain
q
IGN TIMING [BTDC]
ECM according to the input signals. value is indicated.
A/F ALPHA-B1* [%]
q I The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feed- I When the engine is stopped, a certain
back correction factor per cycle is indi- value is indicated.
q
A/F ALPHA-B2* [%] cated. I This data also includes the data for the
CAL/LD VALUE [%] I “Calculated load value” indicates the
value of the current airflow divided by
peak airflow.
PURG VOL C/V [%] I Indicates the EVAP canister purge vol-
ume control solenoid valve control value
computed by the ECM according to the
input signals.
I The opening becomes larger as the
value increases.
VIAS S/V [ON/OFF] I The control condition of the VIAS control
solenoid valve (determined by ECM
according to the input signals) is indi-
cated.
I OFF ... VIAS control solenoid valve is not
operating.
ON ... VIAS control solenoid valve is
operating.
INT/V SOL-B1 I The control condition of the intake valve
[ON/OFF] timing control solenoid valve (determined
by ECM according to the input signals) is
indicated.
ON ... intake valve timing control is oper-
ating.
OFF ... Intake valve timing control is not
operating.
AIR COND RLY I The air conditioner relay control condition
[ON/OFF] q (determined by ECM according to the
input signal) is indicated.
EC-294
Monitored item ECM
GI
Main
signals
signals
MA
FUEL PUMP RLY I Indicates the fuel pump relay control con-
[ON/OFF] q dition determined by ECM according to
the input signals. EM
HO2S1 HTR* (B1)** I Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated
[ON/OFF] oxygen sensor 1 heater determined by
HO2S1 HTR* (B2)** ECM according to the input signals. LC
[ON/OFF]
COOLING FAN I The control condition of the cooling fan
[HI/LOW/OFF] (determined by ECM according to the
q input signal) is indicated.

HI ... High speed operation
FE
LOW ... Low speed operation
OFF ... Stop
IDL A/V LEARN [YET/ I Display the condition of idle air volume CL
CMPLT/INCMP] learning
YET ... Idle air volume learning has not
been performed yet. MT
cardiagn.com
CMPLT ... Idle air volume learning has
already been performed successfully.
INCMP ... Idle air volume learning has AT
not been performed successfully.
Voltage [V] I Voltage, frequency, duty cycle or pulse I Only “#” is displayed if item is unable to
width measured by the probe. be measured. TF
Frequency [msec], I Figures with “#”s are temporary ones.
[Hz] or [%] They are the same figures as an actual
DUTY-HI piece of data which was just previously PD
DUTY-LOW measured.
PLS WIDTH-HI FA
PLS WIDTH-LOW
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically. RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-295
DATA MONITOR (SPEC) MODE
Monitored Item
Monitored item [Unit] ECM
Main
input Description Remarks
signals
signals
ENG SPEED [rpm] I Indicates the engine speed computed
q q from the signal of the camshaft position
sensor.
MAS A/F SE-B1 [V]
sensor specification is displayed.
I When engine is running specification
range is indicated.
B/FUEL SCHDL I “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel I When engine is running specification
[msec]
range is indicated.
rection.
A/F ALPHA-B1** [%]* I The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feed- I When engine is running specification
A/F ALPHA-B2** [%]*
q back correction factor per cycle is indi-
cated.
range is indicated.
I This data also includes the data for the
NOTE:
cardiagn.com
EC-296
ACTIVE TEST MODE GI
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGEMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
I Engine: Return to the original MA
trouble condition
If trouble symptom disappears, see I Adjust ignition timing (by moving
IGNITION TIMING I Timing light: Set
CHECK ITEM. camshaft position sensor)
I Retard the ignition timing using
CONSULT-II. EM
I Engine: After warming up, idle I Harness and connector
the engine. I Compression
POWER BAL- I A/C switch “OFF”
Engine runs rough or dies.
I Injectors LC
ANCE I Shift lever “N” I Power transistor
I Cut off each injector signal one I Spark plugs
at a time using CONSULT-II. I Ignition coil
I Ignition switch: ON I Harness and connector
COOLING FAN I Turn the cooling fan “HI”, “LOW” Cooling fan moves and stops. I Cooling fan motor
and “OFF” using CONSULT-II. I Cooling fan relay
FE
I Engine: Return to the original I Harness and connector
ENG COOLANT trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see I Engine coolant temperature sen-
TEMP I Change the engine coolant tem- CHECK ITEM. sor
perature using CONSULT-II. I Fuel injectors CL
I Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped)
FUEL PUMP Fuel pump relay makes the operat- I Harness and connector MT
I Turn the fuel pump relay “ON”
I Fuel pump relay
cardiagn.com
RELAY ing sound.
and “OFF” using CONSULT-II
and listen to operating sound.
I Ignition switch: ON AT
I Turn solenoid valve “ON” and Solenoid valve makes an operating I Harness and connectors
VIAS SOL VALVE
“OFF” with CONSULT-II and lis- sound. I Solenoid valve
ten for operating sound. TF
I Harness and connector
VALVE TIMING I Turn solenoid valve “ON” and Solenoid valve makes an operating
I Intake valve timing control sole-
SOL “OFF” with CONSULT-II and lis- sound.
ten to operating sound.
noid valve PD
I Engine: After warming up, run
engine at 1,500 rpm.
PURG VOL I Change the EVAP canister purge Engine speed changes according to I Harness and connectors FA
CONT/V volume control solenoid valve the opening percent. I Solenoid valve
opening percent using CON-
SULT-II. RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-297
REAL TIME DIAGNOSIS IN DATA MONITOR MODE
(RECORDING VEHICLE DATA)
CONSULT-II has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by
touching “SETTING” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
1) “AUTO TRIG” (Automatic trigger):
I The malfunction will be identified on the CONSULT-II screen in
real time.
In other words, DTC and malfunction item will be displayed if
the malfunction is detected by ECM.
At the moment a malfunction is detected by ECM, “MONITOR”
SEC564C in “DATA MONITOR” screen is changed to “Recording Data ...
xx%” as shown at left, and the data after the malfunction detec-
tion is recorded. Then when the percentage reached 100%,
“REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is displayed. If “STOP” is touched
on the screen during “ Recording Data ... xx%”, “REAL-TIME
DIAG” screen is also displayed.
The recording time after the malfunction detection and the
recording speed can be changed by “TRIGGER POINT” and
“Recording Speed”. Refer to CONSULT-II OPERATION
MANUAL.
2) “MANU TRIG” (Manual trigger):
cardiagn.com
I DTC and malfunction item will not be displayed automatically
SEF707X
on CONSULT-II screen even though a malfunction is detected
by ECM.
DATA MONITOR can be performed continuously even though
a malfunction is detected.
Use these triggers as follows:
1) “AUTO TRIG”
I While trying to detect the DTC by performing the “DTC Confir-
mation Procedure”, be sure to select to “DATA MONITOR
(AUTO TRIG)” mode. You can confirm the malfunction at the
moment it is detected.
I While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT-II
should be set in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode, espe-
cially in case the incident is intermittent.
When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twist-
ing) the suspicious connectors, components and harness in the
“DTC Confirmation Procedure”, the moment a malfunction is
found the DTC will be displayed. (Refer to GI section, “Incident
Simulation Tests”.)
2) “MANU TRIG”
I If the malfunction is displayed as soon as “DATA MONITOR” is
selected, reset CONSULT-II to “MANU TRIG”. By selecting
“MANU TRIG” you can monitor and store the data. The data
can be utilized for further diagnosis, such as a comparison with
the value for the normal operating condition.
EC-298
GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
SEF720X
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-299
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — Introduction TB48DE A/T
Introduction
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel
control, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM
accepts input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators.
It is essential that both input and output signals are proper and
stable. At the same time, it is important that there are no problems
such as vacuum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other problems with
the engine.
It is much more difficult to diagnose a problem that occurs intermit-
tently rather than continuously. Most intermittent problems are
MEF036D caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this
case, careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the
replacement of good parts.
A visual check only may not find the cause of the problems. A road
test with CONSULT-II or a circuit tester connected should be per-
formed. Follow the “Work Flow” on EC-302.
Before undertaking actual checks, take just a few minutes to talk
with a customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The
customer can supply good information about such problems, espe-
cially intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and
under what conditions they occur. A “Diagnostic Worksheet” like the
cardiagn.com
example on next page should be used.
SEF233G Start your diagnosis by looking for “conventional” problems first.
This will help troubleshoot driveability problems on an electronically
controlled engine vehicle.
SEF234G
Diagnostic Worksheet
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunctions
of engine components. A good knowledge of such conditions can
make troubleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer may feel differently about a given prob-
lem. It is important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions
for a customer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on next page in order to
organize all the information for troubleshooting.
SEF907L
EC-300
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — Introduction TB48DE A/T
Diagnostic Worksheet (Cont’d)
WORKSHEET SAMPLE GI
Customer name MR/MS Model & Year VIN
Engine # Trans. Mileage MA
Incident Date Manuf. Date In Service Date
l Vehicle ran out of fuel causing misfire. EM
Fuel and fuel filler cap
l Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on.
l Impossible to start l No combustion l Partial combustion
l Partial combustion affected by throttle position LC
l Storability
l Partial combustion NOT affected by throttle position
l Possible but hard to start l Others [ ]
l No fast idle l Unstable l High idle l Low idle
l Idling
l Others [ ]
Symptoms
l Stumble l Surge l Knock l Lack of power FE
l Driveability l Intake backfire l Exhaust backfire
l Others [ ]
l At the time of start l While idling
CL
l Engine stall l While accelerating l While decelerating
l Just after stopping l While loading
MT
cardiagn.com
l Just after delivery l Recently
Incident occurrence
l In the morning l At night l In the daytime
Frequency l All the time l Under certain conditions l Sometimes
AT
Weather conditions l Not affected
Weather l Fine l Raining l Snowing l Others [ ] TF
Temperature l Hot l Warm l Cool l Cold l Humid °F
l Cold l During warm-up l After warm-up PD
Engine conditions Engine speed
FA
Road conditions l In town l In suburbs l Highway l Off road (up/down)
l Not affected RA
l At starting l While idling l At racing
l While accelerating l While cruising
Driving conditions l While decelerating l While turning (RH/LH) BR
Vehicle speed
ST
Malfunction indicator lamp l Turned on l Not turned on
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-301
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — Work Flow TB48DE A/T
Work Flow
*1: If time data of “SELF-DIAG *3: If the on board diagnostic system

SEF510ZC
*4: If the malfunctioning part cannot

cardiagn.com
RESULTS” is other than “0” refer cannot be performed, check main be found, refer to “TROUBLE
to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR power supply and ground circuit. DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMIT-
INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS TENT INCIDENT”, EC-331.
EC-331. FOR POWER SUPPLY”, EC-332. *5: EC-327
*2: If the incident cannot be
duplicated, refer to “TROUBLE
DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMIT-
TENT INCIDENT”, EC-331.
EC-302
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — Work Flow TB48DE A/T
Description for Work Flow GI
STEP DESCRIPTION
MA
Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the
STEP I
“DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET”. (Refer to EC-301.)
Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-II) the Diagnostic Trouble Code EM
(DTC) and the freeze frame data, then erase the code and the data. (Refer to EC-283.) The DTC and the freeze
frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at STEP III & IV.
STEP II
Study the relationship between the cause, specified by DTC, and the symptom described by the customer. (The LC
“Symptom Matrix Chart” will be useful. See EC-311.)
Also check related service bulletins for information.
Try to confirm the symptom and under what conditions the incident occurs.
The “DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET” and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CON-
STEP III
SULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results. FE
If the incident cannot be verified, perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”. (Refer to
EC-331.)
If the malfunction code is detected, skip STEP IV and perform STEP V. CL
Try to detect the Diagnostic Trouble Code by driving in (or performing) the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Check
and read the DTC and freeze frame data by using CONSULT-II.
During the DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode MT
cardiagn.com
and check real time diagnosis results.
STEP IV If the incident cannot be verified, perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”. (Refer to
EC-331.) AT
In case the “DTC Confirmation Procedure” is not available, perform the “Overall Function Check” instead. The DTC
cannot be displayed by this check, however, this simplified “check” is an effective alternative.
The “NG” result of the “Overall Function Check” is the same as the DTC detection. TF
Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV.
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC PXXXX. PD
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the BASIC INSPECTION. (Refer to EC-304.) If CONSULT-II is available,
STEP V
perform “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode with CONSULT-II and proceed to the “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS-SPECIFI-
CATION VALUE”, EC-327. (If a malfunction is detected, proceed to “REPAIR/REPLACE”.) Then perform inspec- FA
tions according to the Symptom Matrix Chart. (Refer to EC-311.)
Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect
the system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) “Harness Layouts”. RA
Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-II set in “DATA MONITOR
(AUTO TRIG)” mode.
Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CON- BR
STEP VI
SULT-II. Refer to EC-318, 314.
The “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE” in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short
circuit inspection is also required for the circuit check in the DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE. For details, refer to GI
ST
section, “HOW TO PERFORM EFFICIENT DIAGNOSIS FOR AN ELECTRICAL INCIDENT”, “Circuit Inspection”.
Repair or replace the malfunction parts.
RS
Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions
and circumstances which resulted in the customer’s initial complaint.
Perform the “DTC Confirmation Procedure” and confirm the normal code [Diagnostic trouble code No. P0000 or BT
STEP VII 0000] is detected. If the incident is still detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a different method
from the previous one.
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) DTC in ECM. (Refer HA
to EC-283.)
EL
SE
IDX
EC-303
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — Basic Inspection TB48DE A/T
Basic Inspection
Preparation
I Make sure that the following parts are in (9) Engine compression
good order. (10) Throttle valve
(1) Battery I On air conditioner equipped models, checks
(2) Ignition system should be carried out while the air condi-
(3) Engine oil and coolant levels tioner is “OFF”.
(4) Fuses I When measuring “CO” percentage, insert
(5) ECM harness connector probe more than 40 cm (15.7 in) into tail pipe.
(6) Vacuum hoses I Turn off headlamps, heater blower, rear win-
(7) Air intake system dow defogger.
(Oil filler cap, oil level gauge, etc.) I Keep front wheels pointed straight ahead.
(8) Fuel pressure
cardiagn.com
Precaution:
Perform Basic Inspection without electrical or mechanical
loads applied;
I Headlamp switch is OFF,
I Air conditioner switch is OFF,
I Rear window defogger switch is OFF,
I Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
BEFORE STARTING
1. Check service records for any recent
repairs that may indicate a related
SEC297D
problem, or a current need for sched-
uled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the fol-
lowing:
I Harness connectors for improper con-
nections
I Wiring harness for improper
connections, pinches, and cuts
I Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and
improper connections
I Hoses and ducts for leaks
I Air cleaner clogging
I Gasket
SEF976U
H
NG
1. Start engine and warm it up until E
Repair or replace compo-
engine coolant temperature indicator nents as necessary
points the middle of gauge. according to corresponding
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm. “Diagnostic Procedure”.
2. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for
about 2 minutes under no-load.
3. Make sure that no DTC is displayed
with CONSULT-II.
H OK H
q
A q
A
SEF977U
EC-304
q
A q
D
GI
H H
CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED.
NG
PERFORM THROTTLE
MA
E
VALVE CLOSED POSI-
With CONSULT-II TION LEARNING.
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for 1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-281,
EM
about 2 minutes under no-load.
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or “Throttle Valve Closed
three times under no-load, then run Position Learning”.
engine at idle speed for about 1 minute. LC
3. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” OK
SEF978U mode with CONSULT-II.
A/T: 675±50 rpm (in “P” or “N” posi-
tion) H
PERFORM IDLE AIR
Without CONSULT-II VOLUME LEARNING.
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for Refer to EC-281, “Idle Air FE
about 2 minutes under no-load. Volume Learning”.
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or Which is the result
three times under no-load, then run CMPLT or INCMP?
engine at idle speed for about 1
CMPLT
CL
minute. INCMP
A/T: 675±50 rpm (in “P” or “N” posi- H H
tion) q
B q
C
MT
cardiagn.com
OK
SEF058Y
q
C
AT
H
1. Follow the construction
of “Idle Air Volume TF
Learning”.
2. Go to q D.
PD
H
NG
CHECK IGNITION TIMING. E ADJUST CAMSHAFT
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
POSITION SENSOR.
1. Start engine and warm it
FA
A/T: 5±5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” posi- up to normal operating
tion) temperature.
SEC563C
With CONSULT-II
RA
OK
2. Select “TARGET IGN
TIM ADJ” in “WORK
SUPPORT”. BR
H 3. Touch start.
K 4. Adjust camshaft position
Model without three way catalyst: q sensor using timing
L
light.
ST
A/T: 5°±5° BTDC
Without CON-
SULT-II RS
OK sensor using timing
q
D F light.
SEC190D A/T: 5°±5° BTDC BT
NG
H
CHECK TIMING CHAIN HA
INSTALLATION.
Check timing chain instal-
lation.
Refer to “TIMING CHAIN”
EL
in EM section.
H
NG SE
q
D F Repair the timing chain
installation.
IDX
EC-305
q
B
H
CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN. NG Check the following.
E
I Check camshaft position
With CONSULT-II sensor and circuit. Refer
to EC-377.
If NG, repair or replace.
Then go to q D.
2. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR”
mode with CONSULT-II. OK
H
tion) CHECK ECM FUNCTION.
SEC563C
1. Substitute another
Without CONSULT-II known-good ECM to
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal check ECM function.
operating temperature. (ECM may be the cause
2. Check idle speed. of a problem, but this is
A/T: 675±50 rpm (in “P” or “N” posi- the rarely the case.)
tion) 2. Perform initialization of
NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft
OK System) and registration
of NATS (Nissan Anti-
Theft System) ignition
cardiagn.com
key IDs. Refer to
EC-285, “NATS (Nissan
Anti-Theft System)”.
H
q
D
q
J
H H
CHECK IGNITION TIMING. NG PERFOR THROTTLE
E
1. Run engine at idle. VALVE CLOSED POSI-
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light. TION LEARNING.
A/T: 5°±5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” posi- 1. Stop engine.
tion) 2. Perform EC-281,
“Throttle Valve Closed
OK Position Learning”.
H H
K PERFORM IDLE AIR
L VOLUME LEARNING.
Refer to EC-281, “Idle Air
Volume Learning”.
Which is the result
CMPLT or INCMP?
CMPLT INCMP
H H
q
G q
H
q
H
H
1. Follow the construction
of “Idle Air Volume
Learning”.
2. Go to q D.
EC-306
q
G q
I GI
H H
NG
CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN. E
I Check camshaft position
With CONSULT-II sensor and circuit. Refer
to EC-377.
If NG, repair or replace.
EM
Then go to q D.
2. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR”
H
LC
SEC563C tion) CHECK ECM FUNCTION.
1. Substitute another
Without CONSULT-II
known-good ECM to
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal check ECM function.
operating temperature. (ECM may be the cause
2. Check idle speed. of a problem, but this is FE
A/T: 675±50 rpm (in “P” or “N” posi- the rarely the case.)
tion) 2. Perform initialization of
NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft CL
OK System) and registration
of NATS (Nissan Anti-
Theft System) ignition
key IDs. Refer to MT
cardiagn.com
EC-285, “NATS (Nissan
SEC190D Anti-Theft System)”.
AT
H
q
D
TF
H
NG
CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN. ADJUST CAMSHAFT
1. Run engine at idle.
E
POSITION SENSOR.
PD
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light. 1. Start engine and warm it
A/T: 5±5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” posi- up to normal operating
tion) temperature. FA
OK With CONSULT-II
2. Select “TARGET IGN RA

TIM ADJ” in “WORK
SUPPORT”.
H 3. Touch start.
BR
K 4. Adjust camshaft position
L sensor using timing
light.
A/T: 5°±5° BTDC ST
Without CON-
SULT-II
2. Adjust camshaft position RS
OK sensor using timing
q
J F
light.
A/T: 5°±5° BTDC BT
NG
H
CHECK TIMING CHAIN HA
INSTALLATION.
Check timing chain instal-
lation. Refer to EM section, EL
“TIMING CHAIN”.
If NG, repair the timing
chain installation. Then go
to qD. SE
H OK
q
I IDX
EC-307
q
K
With three way

catalyst
H
Set the diagnostic test mode II (Heated oxygen
sensor 1 monitor). Refer to EC-286.
H
Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 min-
utes under no-load.
SAT652J
H
NG
CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 SIG- Check oxygen sensor and the
E
NAL. circuit.
With CONSULT-II
OK
1. See “HO2S1 MNTR” in “DATA MONITOR”
mode.
2. Maintaining engine at 2,000 rpm under no-
load (engine is warmed up to normal operat-
ing temperature), check that the monitor fluc-
tuates between “LEAN” and “RICH” more
cardiagn.com
than 5 times during 10 seconds.
1 cycle: RICH → LEAN → RICH
2 cycles: RICH → LEAN → RICH → LEAN
→ RICH
-------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------
Without CONSULT-II
Make sure that malfunction indicator lamp goes
on and off more than 5 times during 10 seconds
at 2,000 rpm.
OK
F
q
M
H H
ERASE UNNECESSARY DTC.
After this inspection, unnecessary DTC No.
might be displayed.
Erase the stored memory in ECM and TCM
(Transmission control module).
Refer to “HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RE-
LATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION, EC-283.
OK
H
INSPECTION END
EC-308
GI
q
L
MA
H
NG
CHECK IDLE CO% E ADJUST IDLE CO%
Check the CO% by inserting a CO meter
With CONSULT-II EM
sampling probe into the tail pipe.
CO%: 2±1% 1. Start engine and warm it
up to normal operating
OK temperature. LC
2. Select “CO ADJUST-
SEC884C MENT” in “WORK SUP-
PORT” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
3. Select “START”.
4. When “CO ADJUST-
MENT” is displayed, FE
confirm idle speed is
within the standard and
adjust until the CO value CL
meets the standard.
high: Press “Qd” or
“DOWN” button MT
cardiagn.com
low: Press “Qu” or “UP”
SEC885C
button AT
NOTE:
Once CO adjustment but-
ton is pressed, wait until
the CO meter measure- TF
ment result comes up. It
may take some time
because of the time lag
existing between pressing
PD
CO adjustment button and
actual CO alteration. If
necessary, press adjust- FA
ment button again and
repeat the procedure until
it reaches the standard.
5. After confirming CO RA
adjustment value is
within the standard,
press “UP DATE” button. BR
NOTE:
By pressing “UP DATE”
button, CO adjustment
value is written into hard ST
memory inside the ECM.
Please note that if the
CONSULT-II display is RS
returned to initial menu
without pressing the “UP
DATE” button, the adjusted
CO value is ignored. BT
HA
F
H
Go to q
M. EL
SE
IDX
EC-309
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — General Description TB48DE A/T
DTC Inspection Priority Chart

If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following prior-
ity chart.
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-337.
Priority Detected items (DTC)
I U1000 CAN communication line
I P0100 Mass air flow sensor
I P0115 Engine coolant temperature sensor
I P0120 Throttle position sensor
1 I P0121 Accelerator pedal position sensor
I P0325 P0330 Knock sensor
I P0340 Camshaft position sensor
I P0605 ECM
I P1320 Ignition signal
2 I P0130 P0150 Heated oxygen sensor 1
I P1065 ECM power supply
I P1122 Electric throttle control function
I P1123 Throttle control motor relay
I P1805 Brake switch
cardiagn.com
3 I P1121 Electric throttle control actuator
I P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT)
Fail-Safe Chart
The ECM enters fail-safe mode, if any of the following malfunctions are detected due to the open or short cir-
cuit.
When the ECM enters the ECM fail-safe mode listed in the last column below, the MIL illuminates.
DTC No. ECM* Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
P0100 0100 Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0115 0115 Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning ignition switch
Engine coolant temperature decided

Condition
(CONSULT-II display)
Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F)
More than 6 minutes after ignition START 80°C (176°F)
20 - 80°C (68 - 176°F)

P0120 0120 ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a small range.
Driving condition

*: In Diagnostic Test Model II (Self-diagnostic results)
EC-310
Symptom Matrix Chart GI

SYMPTOM
MA

EM



SYSTEM LC
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
— Basic engine control system Reference page
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
OVERCHARGING
ENGINE STALL
OVERCOOLS
FE

Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 3 3 3 2 EC-467
CL
Fuel pressure regulator system 2 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-278
Injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 EC-460
Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-274
MT
cardiagn.com
Air Positive crankcase ventilation system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 EC-277
Incorrect idle speed adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 EC-280
EC-350 AT
Electric throttle control actuator 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-393
EC-399
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-280 TF
Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-415
Main power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 EC-332
Cooling Cooling fan circuit 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 1 3 EC-377 PD
Air conditioner circuit 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 HA section
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-311
SYMPTOM




SYSTEM
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
— Engine control system Reference page
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
OVERCHARGING
ENGINE STALL
OVERCOOLS
Engine con- Camshaft position sensor circuit 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 EC-377
trol Mass air flow sensor circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-340
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 1 1 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 EC-345
Throttle position sensor circuit 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-141
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 3 2 1 2 2 EC-359
cardiagn.com
Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit*1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-366
Intake valve timing control system 3 3 2 3 3 3 EC-442
Vehicle speed sensor circuit 2 3 3 3 EC-197
Knock sensor circuit 2 2 2 3 EC-373
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 EC-310
Start signal circuit 2 EC-464
Park/Neutral position switch circuit 3 3 3 3 3 EC-216
Variable Induction Air Control (VIAS) sys-
2 EC-456
tem
Electrical load signal circuit 2 3 3 EC-245
Power steering oil pressure switch circuit 2 3 3 EC-473
EC-312
SYMPTOM
GI

MA


EM

SYSTEM
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
— Engine mechanical & other Reference page
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

LC
IDLING VIBRATION
OVERCHARGING
ENGINE STALL
OVERCOOLS
FE
Fuel Fuel tank 5 FE section
Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Vapor lock
CL
5
Valve deposit
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, Low 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
octane) MT
cardiagn.com
—
Air Air duct 5
Air cleaner
Air leakage from air duct AT
(Mass air flow sensor — Electric throttle
control actuator) 5 5 5 5 5 5
Electric throttle control actuator, Throttle 5 5 5 5 5
FE section TF
wire
Air leakage from intake manifold/
—
Collector/Gasket
Cranking Battery
PD
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Alternator circuit EL section
Starter circuit 3
PNP switch 4 AT section
FA
Drive plate 6 EM section
Engine Cylinder head
Cylinder head gasket 4
RA
Cylinder block
6
Piston
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 BR
Connecting rod
EM section
Bearing
Crankshaft 6 ST
Valve Timing chain 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
mechanism Camshaft 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Intake valve RS
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Exhaust valve
Exhaust EM section &
Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/Gasket 5 5 5 5 5
FE section BT
Three way catalyst* 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 FE section
Lubrication Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil filter/Oil
gallery 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 HA
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil
Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap LC section
Thermostat 2 EL
Water pump
5 5 5 5 4 5
Water gallery
Cooling fan 2 EC section
SE
Coolant level (low)/Contaminated coolant MA section
NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System) EC-285 or EL
1 1
section
IDX
EC-313

Mode
Remarks:
I Specification data are reference values.
I Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data
in spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the
ECM according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.
I Tachometer: Connect Almost the same speed as the CON-
ENG SPEED
I Run engine and compare tachometer indication with the CONSULT-II value. SULT-II value.
Idle Approx. 1.3 - 1.7V
MAS A/F SE-B1
I Shift lever: N
2,500 rpm Approx. 1.7 - 2.4V
I No-load
HO2S1 (B1)*
I Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm 0 - 0.3V +, Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S1 (B2)*
LEAN +, RICH
HO2S1 MNTR (B1)*
I Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Changes more than 5 times during 10
cardiagn.com
HO2S1 MNTR (B2)*
seconds.
I Turn drive wheels and compare speedometer indication with the CONSULT-II Almost the same speed as the CON-
VHCL SPEED SE
value. SULT-II value
BATTERY VOLT I Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14V
I Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
ACCEL SEN 1
(engine stopped)
ACCEL SEN 2
I Shift lever: D Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
THRTL SEN 1 I Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
THRTL SEN 2 (engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 2.0V
I Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON
CLSD THL POS
I Shift lever: N Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
engine ON
Shift lever: Neutral ON
Shift lever: Except above OFF
Steering wheel is in neutral position.
I Engine: After warming up, idle the (Forward direction)
OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL
engine
Steering wheel is turned. ON
Rear window defogger switch is ON
ON
and/or lighting switch is in 2nd.
LOAD SIGNAL I Ignition switch: ON
Rear window defogger switch is OFF
OFF
and lighting switch is OFF.
I Ignition switch: ON Below 19°C (66°F) OFF
AMB TEMP SW I Compare ambient air temperature with
the following: Above 25°C (77°F) ON
IGNITION SW I Ignition switch: ON , OFF , ON ON , OFF , ON
A/C pressure is more than 1,422 - 1,618
ON
kPa (14.5 - 16.5 kg/cm2, 206 - 235 psi).
A/C PRESS SW I Engine: Running
A/C pressure is less than 1,128 - 1,422
OFF
kPa (11.5 - 14.5 kg/cm2, 164 - 206 psi).
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW I Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
Idle 3.0 - 4.0 msec
I Shift lever: N
INJ PULSE-B1
2,000 rpm 3.0 - 4.0 msec
I No-load
EC-314
Mode (Cont’d) GI
I Engine: After warming up Idle 3° - 7° BTDC MA
I Shift lever: N
IGN TIMING
I No-load 2,000 rpm 25° - 45° BTDC
EM
A/F ALPHA-B1*
I Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm 75 - 125%
A/F ALPHA-B2*
I Engine: After warming up Idle 10% - 35% LC
I Shift lever: N
CAL/LD VALUE
I No-load 2,500 rpm 10% - 35%
I Engine: After warming up Idle 0.0%

I Shift lever: N
PURG VOL C/V
I No-load 2,000 rpm — FE
Idle OFF
VIAS S/V I Engine: After warming up
More than 5,000 rpm ON
CL
AIR COND RLY Air conditioner switch: ON
engine ON
(Compressor operates) MT
cardiagn.com
I For 5 seconds after turning ignition switch ON
ON
FUEL PUMP RLY I Engine running or cranking
I Except above conditions OFF AT
OFF
(201°F) or less.
Engine coolant temperature is between
TF
COOLING FAN engine. LOW
95°C (203°F) and 104°C (219°F).
(221°F) or more.
HIGH PD
THRTL RELAY I Ignition switch: ON ON
HO2S1 HTR (B1)* I Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm ON FA

HO2S1 HTR (B2)* I Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
CAN COMM
CAN CIRC 1 RA
CAN CIRC 2 I Ignition switch: ON OK
CAN CIRC 3
CAN CIRC 4 BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-315

Mode
The following are the major sensor reference graphs in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
CLSD THL POS, ACCEL SEN 1, THRTL SEN 1

Below is the data for “CLSD THL POS”, “ACCEL SEN 1” and “THRTL SEN 1” when depressing the accelera-
tor pedal with the ignition switch “ON” and with selector lever in “D” position.
The signal of “ACCEL SEN 1” and “THRTL SEN 1” should rise gradually without any intermittent drop or rise
after “CLSD THL POS” is changed from “ON” to “OFF”.
cardiagn.com
PBIB0198E
ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, HO2S1 (B1), INJ PULSE-B1

Below is the data for “ENG SPEED”, “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “HO2S1 (B1)” and “INJ PULSE-B1” when revving
engine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine sufficiently.
Each value is for reference, the exact value may vary.
SEF241Y
EC-316
Mode (Cont’d) GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
SEC189D PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-317
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout
PBIB0075E

PREPARATION
1. ECM is located behind the center console. For this inspection,
remove fuse box cover.
2. Remove ECM harness protector.
cardiagn.com
SEC669CA
3. Perform all voltage measurements with the connector con-

nected. Extend tester probe as shown to perform tests easily.
I Open harness securing clip to make testing easier.
I Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time.
I Data is for comparison and may not be exact.
MEC486B
EC-318
ECM INSPECTION TABLE GI
CAUTION: MA
TERMINAL WIRE EM
NO. COLOR
BATTERY VOLTAGE LC
(11 - 14V)*1
Engine is running.
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
FE
SEC670C CL
14 BR Injector No. 5 (11 - 14V)*1
15 GY Injector No. 6 MT
cardiagn.com
Engine is running.
Warm-up condition
AT
TF
SEC671C
Engine is running. PD
0 - 1.0V
8 G/Y sensor 1 heater FA
Engine is running.
RA
0 - 1.0V
9 L/R sensor 1 heater BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-319
TERMINAL WIRE
NO. COLOR
0 - 0.1V*1
Engine is running.
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
18 Y/R Ignition signal No. 1
19 G Ignition signal No. 2
20 Y Ignition signal No. 3 SEC672C
21 R/B Ignition signal No. 4 0 - 0.2V*1

29 R/G Ignition signal No. 5
30 R Ignition signal No. 6
Engine is running.
Warm-up condition
SEC673C
cardiagn.com
Engine is running.

Rear air conditioner
22 L relay (Rear cooler “ON” (Compressor operates).
cut relay) Engine is running. BATTERY VOLTAGE
Engine is running
24 Y/L Air conditioner relay “ON” (Compressor operates).

BATTERY VOLTAGE
Throttle control Ignition switch “OFF”
26 P/L (11 - 14V)
motor relay
VIAS control sole-
27 LG/R
noid valve Engine is running.
0 - 1.0V
35 Y/G MIL Engine is running. BATTERY VOLTAGE

EC-320
TERMINAL WIRE
GI
NO. COLOR
3 - 6V*1 MA
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
LC
SEC674C
38 Y/B Tachometer signal
3 - 6V*1
FE
Engine is running.
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm. CL
SEC675C MT
cardiagn.com

AT
“ON”
40*4 Engine is running.
R/Y Fuel pump relay
41*3 TF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
More than 5 seconds after turning ignition (11 - 14V)
switch “ON” PD
Engine is running.
Ignition switch “OFF” FA
0 - 1.0V
ECM relay
42 B/Y
(Self shut-off)
“OFF” RA
BATTERY VOLTAGE
5 seconds passed after turning ignition (11 - 14V) BR
switch “OFF”
ST
53 W/G Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-321
TERMINAL WIRE
NO. COLOR
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)*1
Engine is running.
Idle speed
EVAP canister SEC676C

54 W/B purge volume con-
trol solenoid valve BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)*1
Engine is running.
Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm (More

than 100 seconds after starting engine).
cardiagn.com
SEC677C
Engine is running.
0 - 1.0V
Cooling fan relay Cooling fan is operating at high speed.
55 L/B
(High) Engine is running. BATTERY VOLTAGE
Engine is running.
0 - 1.0V
Cooling fan relay Cooling fan is operating.
56 L
(Low) Engine is running. BATTERY VOLTAGE

59 R/W Start signal
Approx. 0V
Snow mode switch is “OFF”
60 W/G Snow mode switch
Snow mode switch is “ON” (11 - 14V)
EC-322
TERMINAL WIRE
GI
NO. COLOR
Approx. 0.3 - 0.6V*1 MA
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
LC
SEC682C
62*4 Camshaft position
L
FE
Engine is running.
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm CL
SEC683C MT
cardiagn.com
2.6 - 2.7V*1
AT
Engine is running.
Warm-up condition TF
Idle speed
PD
63*3
B/W sensor (POS sig-
84*4 2.5 - 2.6V*1
nal) FA
Engine is running. RA
BR
SEC679C
Engine is running. ST
Approx. 0V
Power steering oil Steering wheel is being turned.
79 OR/L
pressure switch Engine is running. RS
Approx. 5V
BT
Approximately 0V
Gear position is Neutral.
80 R/PU PNP switch
HA
Approximately 5V
EL
SE
IDX
EC-323
TERMINAL WIRE
NO. COLOR
Approx. 0.3 - 0.6V*1
Idle speed
SEC682C
Camshaft position
84*3 L
sensor (REF signal) Approx. 0.3 - 0.6V*1
Engine is running.
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
SEC683C
cardiagn.com
Approx. 2.6 - 2.7V*1
Engine is running.
Warm-up condition
Idle speed

nal) Approx. 2.5 - 2.6V*1
Engine is running.
SEC679C

More than 0.36V
Gear position is “D”
Accelerator pedal Accelerator pedal fully released
87 W
position sensor 1 Ignition switch “ON”
Less than 4.75V
Engine is running.
89 B Sensors’ ground Approximately 0V
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Engine is running.
0.75 - 1.2V
Warm-up condition
Mass air flow sen- Idle speed
91 W/G
sor Engine is running.
1.7 - 2.4V
Warm-up condition
EC-324
TERMINAL WIRE
GI
NO. COLOR
Accelerator pedal MA
94 L/G position sensor 2 Ignition switch “ON” Approximately 2.5V
power supply
Power supply for BATTERY VOLTAGE
EM
95 W Ignition switch “OFF”
ECM (Buck-up) (11 - 14V)
Ignition switch “ON” LC
Less than 4.75V
Throttle position Accelerator pedal fully released
98 R/L
sensor 2 Ignition switch “ON”
More than 0.36V
FE
Accelerator pedal
100 R position sensor 2 Ignition switch “ON” Approximately 0V CL
ground
Sensors’ power
103 Y
supply
Ignition switch “ON” Approximately 5V MT
cardiagn.com
Engine is running.
Brake pedal fully released

Approximately 0V AT
106 G/Y Stop lamp switch
(11 - 14V) TF
Brake pedal fully depressed
More than 0.36V PD
Throttle position Accelerator pedal fully released
108 L
sensor 1 Ignition switch “ON” FA
Less than 4.75V
RA
Engine is running.
Mass air flow sen-
109 B/W Approximately 0V
sor ground Warm-up condition
Idle speed
BR
Engine is running.
Heated oxygen 0 - Approximately 1.0V (Peri-
114 R/L
Warm-up condition
ST
sensor 1 (bank 1)*2 odically change)
Heated oxygen
Engine is running.
0 - Approximately 1.0V (Peri-
RS
115 L/W
sensor 1 (bank 2)*2 Warm-up condition odically change)
BT
More than 0.18V
Accelerator pedal Accelerator pedal fully released HA
117 G
position sensor 2 Ignition switch “ON”

Less than 2.37V EL
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Engine coolant tem- SE
121 LG/B Engine is running. Output voltage varies with
perature sensor
engine coolant temperature.
IDX
EC-325
TERMINAL WIRE
NO. COLOR
Knock sensor
125 W (Bank 1) Engine is running.
Approximately 2.5V
126 W Knock sensor Idle speed
(Bank 2)
0 - 14V*1
Throttle control Ignition switch “ON”

151 L/W
motor (Open) Accelerator pedal is depressing
PBIB0058E
Engine is running.
BATTERY VOLTAGE(11 - 14V)
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Intake valve timing
Engine is running.
cardiagn.com
152 R control solenoid
valve Warm-up condition
Transmission in any gear position except Approx. 0.45V
“N”
Accelerator pedal depressed.
153 B
156 B Engine is running.
159 B ECM ground Engine ground
165 B Idle speed
168 B
0 - 14V*1
Throttle control Ignition switch “ON”

154 L/B
motor (Close) Accelerator pedal is releasing
PBIB0061E
Throttle control
BATTERY VOLTAGE
157 G motor relay power Ignition switch “ON”
(11 - 14V)
supply
163 R Power supply for BATTERY VOLTAGE
166 R ECM (11 - 14V)
164 PU Data link connector
CONSULT-II or GST is disconnected. (11 - 14V)
Approximately 1.7 - 2.3V

CAN communica-
171 W/R Ignition switch “ON” Output voltage varies with the
tion line
communication status.
Approximately 2.6 - 3.2V
CAN communica-
174 G/B Ignition switch “ON” Output voltage varies with the
tion line
communication status.
EC-326
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — SPECIFICATION VALUE TB48DE A/T
Description GI
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)”
mode of CONSULT-II during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “DATA MONI- MA
TOR (SPEC)” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value in
“DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one or
more malfunctions. EM
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items: LC
I B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board cor-
rection)
I A/F ALPHA-B1/B2 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
I MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
Testing Condition FE
I Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,100 miles)
I Barometric pressure: 101.3 kPa (1,013 mbar, 760.0 mmHg, 29.92 inHg)±3 kPa (30 mbar, 22.5 mmHg, 0.89 CL
inHg)
I Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
I Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F) MT
cardiagn.com
I Transmission: Warmed-up*1
I Electrical load: Not applied*2
I Engine speed: Idle AT
*1: For A/T or CVT models, after the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until
“FLUID TEMP SE” (A/T or CVT fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates less than 0.9V. For M/T models, drive
vehicle for 5 minutes after the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature. TF
*2: Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are “OFF”. Cooling fans are not oper-
ating. Steering wheel is straight ahead.
PD
FA
RA
Inspection Procedure
NOTE: BR
Perform “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode in maximum scale dis-
play.
1. Perform “Basic Inspection”, EC-304. ST
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met.
3. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1”*, “A/F ALPHA-B2”*
and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode with RS
CONSULT-II.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
SEF601Z 5. If NG, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-328. BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-327
cardiagn.com
SEF613ZA
EC-328
GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
SEF768Z
EC-329
cardiagn.com
SEF615Z
EC-330
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT TB48DE A/T
Description GI
Intermittent incidents (I/I) may occur. In many cases, the problem resolves itself (the part or circuit function
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the custom- MA
er’s complaint often do not recur on DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of I/I occurrences
is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident occurred may not be
clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may not indicate the spe- EM
cific problem area.
COMMON I/I REPORT SITUATIONS LC

STEP in Work Flow Situation
II The CONSULT-II is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than “0” or “1t”.
III The symptom described by the customer does not recur.
IV DTC data does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure. FE
VI The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the problem area.
Diagnostic Procedure CL
1 INSPECTION START
MT
cardiagn.com
Erase DTCs. Refer to “HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION” (EC-283).
E GO TO 2.
AT
2 CHECK GROUND TERMINALS
Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection. Refer to GI section, “GROUND INSPECTION”.
TF
OK or NG
OK E GO TO 3. PD
FA
3 SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
Perform GI section, “Incident Simulation Tests”. RA
OK or NG
OK E INSPECTION END
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-331
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY TB48DE A/T

ECM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE DATA
COLOR (DC voltage)
NO.
Engine is running.
0 - 1.0V
42 B/Y ECM relay (Self-shutoff) “OFF”

BATTERY VOLTAGE
A few seconds passed after turning ignition (11 - 14V)
switch “OFF”
cardiagn.com
53 W/G Ignition switch
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
156
B ECM ground Engine ground
165 Idle speed
168
163 BATTERY VOLTAGE

B/R Power supply for ECM Ignition switch “ON”
166 (11 - 14V)
EC-332
(Cont’d) GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC243M
EC-333
(Cont’d)
cardiagn.com
TEC144M
EC-334
(Cont’d) GI
INSPECTION START
MA
H
No
Start engine.
Is engine running?
E CHECK POWER SUP-
PLY-I.
EM
Yes “ON”.
2. Check voltage between LC
ECM terminal q53 and
ground with CONSULT-II
SEC817C
or tester.
Voltage: Battery volt-
age
If NG, check the following.
I 10A fuse
I Harness connectors FE
M52 , F7
fuse CL
connectors.
OK MT
cardiagn.com
H
SEC819C Go to “CHECK GROUND

CIRCUIT” on next page. AT
H
OK
CHECK POWER SUPPLY-III. E Go to “CHECK GROUND TF
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. CIRCUIT” on next page.
2. Turn ignition switch “ON” and then turn
“OFF”.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals PD
163 , 166 , and ground with CON-
SULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Case-1: Battery voltage does
After turning ignition switch “OFF”, not exist.
Case-2: Battery voltage exists
FA
battery voltage will exist for a few
seconds, then drop to approximately for more than a few
0V. seconds.
RA
NG
Case-2 BR
Case-1 E Go to “CHECK ECM
RELAY” on next page.
H
q
A ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-335
(Cont’d)
q
A
H
NG
CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY E Check the following.
BETWEEN ECM RELAY AND ECM. I Harness connectors
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. M52 , F7
2. Disconnect ECM relay. I Harness for open or
terminals 163 , 166 and terminal q6 . ECM relay
SEC684CA If OK, check harness for short to power in harness or con-
OK
H
NG
CHECK VOLTAGE BETWEEN ECM E Check the following.
RELAY AND GROUND. I Harness connectors
Check voltage between terminals q
2 ,q 7 E127 , M21
and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. I 10A and 15A fuse
Voltage: Battery voltage I Harness for open or
OK and battery
connectors.
cardiagn.com
H
SEC685C NG
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT. E Check the following.
Check harness continuity between ECM I Harness connectors
terminal q
42 and relay terminal q1 . M52 , F7
Refer to wiring diagram. I Harness for open or
Continuity should exist. short between ECM and
If OK, check harness for short to ground ECM relay
and short to power. If NG, repair open circuit,
nectors.
H
NG
CHECK ECM RELAY. E Replace ECM relay.
terminals q
1 and q 2 .
PBIB0077E 2. Check continuity between relay termi-
nals q
6 and q 7 ,q3 and q 5 .
Continuity exists.
No voltage applied:
No continuity
OK
H
NG
CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT. E Check the following.
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. I Joint connector-7
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground I Harness for open or
screws. short between ECM and
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. ground
4. Check harness continuity between ECM Repair open circuit, short
SEC821C terminals 156 , 159 , 165 , 168 and to power in harness or
engine ground. connectors.
OK
H
H
INSPECTION END
EC-336
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE TB48DE A/T
Description GI
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many MA
electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with
other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with
2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wir- EM
ing. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic LC
U1000 A) ECM cannot communicate to other control unit. I Harness or connectors
1000* B) ECM cannot communicate for more than the speci- (CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
fied time. FE
*: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II.
CL
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
MT
cardiagn.com
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-339, “Diagnostic Procedure”.
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-337
Wiring Diagram
cardiagn.com
TEC258M
EC-338
INSPECTION START
MA
H
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. EM
2. Select “CAN COMM SIGNALS” in
“DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II. LC
3. Print out the CONSULT-II screen.
SEC186D
H
Go to EL section, “CAN SYSTEM”.
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
SEC187D
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-339
DTC P0100 MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR TB48DE A/T
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire
intake flow. It consists of a hot film that is supplied with electric
current from the ECM. The temperature of the hot wire is controlled
by the ECM a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire
is reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the
greater the heat loss.
Therefore, the ECM must supply more electric current to the hot
wire as air flow increases. This maintains the temperature of the hot
SEC688C
wire. The ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.

Mode
I Engine: After warming up Idle 0.75 - 1.5V
MAS A/F SE-B1
I Shift lever: Neutral position
I No-load 2,500 rpm 1.7 - 2.4V
cardiagn.com
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE DATA
COLOR (DC voltage)
NO.
0.75 - 1.5V
Idle speed
91 W/G Mass air flow sensor
1.7 - 2.4V
Mass air flow sensor Engine is running. (Warm-up condition)
109 B/W Approximately 0V
ground Idle speed

P0100 A) An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent I Harness or connectors
0100 to ECM when engine is not running. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
C) A voltage from the sensor is constantly approx. 1.0V I Mass air flow sensor
when engine is running.
B) An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent I Harness or connectors
to ECM* when engine is running. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
I Intake air leaks
I Mass air flow sensor
*: When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Fail-Safe Mode
Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel
cut.
EC-340
DTC Confirmation Procedure GI

NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously MA
EM
LC

With CONSULT-II
1) Turn ignition switch “ON”. FE
4) If DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-343. CL
Without CONSULT-II
1) Turn ignition switch “ON”, and wait at least 2 seconds. MT
cardiagn.com
SEF058Y turn “ON”.
AT
ECM.
TF
PD
FA
RA
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AND C
With CONSULT-II BR
3) Start engine and wait 2 seconds at most. ST
4 If DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-343.
Without CONSULT-II RS
SEF058Y 3) Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then BT
turn “ON”.
ECM. HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-341
Wiring Diagram
cardiagn.com
TEC146M
EC-342
INSPECTION START
MA
H
EM
screws.
OK LC
SEC690C H
NG
1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor har- I Harness connectors
ness connector. M52 , F7
2. Turn ignition switch “ON”. I Harness for open or FE
3. Check voltage between terminals q2 , short between mass air
q4 and ground with CONSULT-II or flow sensor and ECM
tester. relay
CL
short between mass air
Terminal Voltage flow sensor and ECM
If NG, repair harness or MT
cardiagn.com
2 Approximately 5V
connectors.
4 BATTERY VOLTAGE
SEC688C
AT
OK
H
NG
TF
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. in harness or connectors. PD
3. Check harness continuity between ter-
minal q3 and ECM terminal 109 .
FA
PBIB0076E
RA
OK
H BR
NG
Check harness continuity between MAF to ground or short to power
sensor terminal q1 and ECM terminal q 91 . in harness or connectors. ST
and short to power.
RS
OK
H BT
CHECK COMPONENT NG Replace mass air flow sen-
E
(Mass air flow sensor). sor.
Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION”, HA
EC-344.
OK
H EL
q
A
SE
IDX
EC-343
q
A
H
E
2. Check the following. I Harness for open or
I Joint connector ground
OK
H
cardiagn.com
H
INSPECTION END
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal q 91 and ground.
Conditions Voltage V
Ignition switch “ON” (Engine stopped.) Approx. 1.0
Idle (Engine is warmed-up sufficiently.) 1.1 - 1.5
PBIB0078E 2,500 rpm 1.7 - 2.4
Idle to about 4,000 rpm* 1.1 - 1.5 to Approx. 4.0
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to increase to about 4,000 rpm in engine
speed.
4. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.

I Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
I Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and recon-
nect it again.
I Perform steps 2 and 3 again.
5. If NG, remove mass air flow sensor from air duct. Check hot film
for damage or dust.
SEC691C 6. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
EC-344
SENSOR (CIRCUIT) TB48DE A/T
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine
coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the MA
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine cool-
ant temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sen-
sitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the EM
thermistor decreases as temperature increases.
LC
SEF594K
<Reference data>
Engine coolant tempera-
Voltage* Resistance
ture
(V) (kΩ)
FE
°C (°F)
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9 CL
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 1.0 0.236 - 0.260
MT
cardiagn.com
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal
121 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
SEF012P
AT
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/
output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM’s TF
transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the
ground.
PD
Mode FA
RA
On Board Diagnosis Logic BR
Diagnostic
Trouble Code Malfunction is detected when ...
Check Items ST
(Possible Cause)
No.
P0115 I An excessively high or low voltage from the sensor is I Harness or connectors RS
0115 sent to ECM.* (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
I Engine coolant temperature sensor
*: When this malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and MIL lights up. BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-345
Fail-Safe Mode
Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning ignition switch
Engine coolant temperature decided (CONSULT-II
Condition
display)
Engine coolant tempera- Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F)
ture sensor circuit More than approx. 4 minutes after turning ignition
80°C (176°F)
switch ON or START
20 - 80°C (68 - 176°F)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates
while the engine is running.
cardiagn.com
NOTE:
With CONSULT-II
SEF013Y 4) If DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-348.
Without CONSULT-II
1) Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 5 seconds.
turn “ON”.
ECM.
EC-346
Wiring Diagram GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC147M
EC-347
INSPECTION START
H
NG
Repair harness or connec-
SEC689C
4. Check voltage between terminal q2 and
Voltage:
Approximately 5V
OK
H
E
2. Check harness continuity between ter- short between ECM and
minal q1 and engine ground. engine coolant tempera-
cardiagn.com
Refer to Wiring Diagram. ture sensor
SEF645R
nectors.
OK
H
NG
CHECK COMPONENT E
Replace engine coolant
(Engine coolant temperature sensor). temperature sensor.
EC-349.
OK
H
H
INSPECTION END
EC-348
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check resistance as shown in the figure. MA
EM
LC
SEF152P
<Reference data>
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ

FE
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
CL
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor. MT
cardiagn.com
SEF012P
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-349
DTC P0120 THROTTLE POSITION (TP) SENSOR TB48DE A/T
Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor,
acceleration pedal position sensor, throttle position sensor, etc. The
throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from
PBIB0145E these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to
make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driv-
ing condition.

Mode
cardiagn.com
THRTL SEN1
(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN2
I Shift lever: D Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V

CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE DATA
COLOR (DC voltage)
NO.
Engine is running.
89 B Sensors’ ground Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
Idle speed
Gear position is “D” Less than 4.75V

Accelerator pedal fully released
98 R/L Throttle position sensor 2
Gear position is “D” More than 0.36V


108 L Throttle position sensor 1
Gear position is “D” Less than 4.75V

EC-350
P0120 A) An excessively low or high voltage from the throttle I Harness or connectors
MA
0120 position sensor 1 is sent to ECM. (The throttle position sensor 1 or 2 circuit is open
B) An excessively low or high voltage from the throttle or shorted.)
I Electric throttle control actuator
EM
position sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
C) A difference between signals from sensor 1 and
sensor 2 is out of the specified range. LC
D) ECM detects a voltage of power source for sensor
is excessively low or high.
E) Closed throttle position learning value is excessively I Electric throttle control actuator
low.
F) Closed throttle position learning is not performed
successfully, repeatedly. FE
G) Throttle valve opening angle, computed by the ECM I Harness or connectors
from the input signals of sensor 1 and sensor 2, is (The throttle position sensor 1 or 2 circuit is open
out of the normal range. or shorted.)
CL
I Electric throttle control actuator
MT
cardiagn.com
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters in fail-safe mode when the malfunction A, B, C,D or G is detected.
AT
Detected items Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
Malfunction A The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle
position to be within +10 degrees. TF
Malfunction B
The ECM regulates an opening speed of approx. 5 seconds to an opening of 10 degrees.
Malfunction C* So, the acceleration will be poor.
PD
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening
(approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
Malfunction D
When the accelerator pedal depressed value reaches a throttle opening of 30 degrees or more, the throttle FA
valve opens to a maximum of 20 degrees by the accelerator wire.
Throttle position will be determined based on the injected fuel amount and the engine speed.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor. The MIL lights up. RA
Malfunction G Condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal BR
*: The ECM enters in the fail-safe mode when the normal signal is entered to the ECM after the malfunction C was detected. ST
NOTE: RS
I Perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A, B, C, D
AND G” first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
“PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION E”. If the DTC cannot BT
be confirmed, perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION
F”.
I If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously HA
conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: EL
I Before performing the following procedure, confirm that
battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
SE
IDX
EC-351
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A, B, C, D AND G
With CONSULT-II
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-355, “MALFUNCTION A, B, C, D
and G” in “Diagnostic Procedure”.
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
2. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then
turn “ON”.
3. Perform “Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)” with
ECM.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-355, “MALFUNCTION A, B, C, D
and G” in “Diagnostic Procedure”.
cardiagn.com
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION E
With CONSULT-II
3. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds.
5. If DTC is detected, go to EC-357, “MALFUNCTION E and F” in
“Diagnostic Procedure”.
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
turn “ON”.
ECM.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-357, “MALFUNCTION E and F” in
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION F
With CONSULT-II
3. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4, 32 times.
6. If DTC is detected, go to EC-357, “MALFUNCTION E and F in
SEF058Y
EC-352
Without CONSULT-II
GI
2. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then MA
turn “ON”.
3. Repeat step 2, 32 times.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-357, “MALFUNCTION E and F” in EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-353
Wiring Diagram
cardiagn.com
TEC250M
EC-354
MALFUNCTION A, B, C, D, AND G
MA
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground EM
screws.
LC
H
SEC690C NG
CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR E
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT. I Harness for open or
1. Disconnect electric throttle control short between ECM and
actuator harness connector F10 . throttle position sensor
2. Turn ignition switch “ON”. I Harness for open or FE
3. Check voltage between electric throttle short between ECM and
control actuator terminal q1 and ground accelerator pedal posi-
with CONSULT-II or tester. tion sensor CL
Voltage: Approximately 5V I Harness for open or
OK mass air flow sensor MT
cardiagn.com
If NG, repair short to
ground or short to power in
SEC182D harness or connectors.
AT
H
CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR NG Check the following.
E
GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND I Harness for open or TF
SHORT. short between ECM and
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. electric throttle control
2. Check harness continuity between elec- actuator. PD
tric throttle control actuator terminal q
5 If NG, repair open circuit or
and engine ground. short to ground or short to
Refer to Wiring Diagram. power in harness or con-
3. Also check harness for short to ground nectors. FA
and short to power.
PBIB0082E
RA
OK
H
CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR NG Repair open circuit or short
INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
E
to ground or short to power
BR
AND SHORT. in harness or connectors.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM ST
terminal q98 and electric throttle control
actuator terminal q2 , ECM terminal
108 and electric throttle control actua- RS
tor terminal q4 .
3. Also check harness for short to ground BT
and short to power.
OK
HA
H
q
A
EL
SE
IDX
EC-355
q
A
H
NG
CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR E Repair open circuit or short
SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND to power in harness or
SHORT. connectors.
2. Disconnect joint connector-7.
I Continuity between joint connector-7
terminals q 1 and q 3
terminal q3 and engine ground
(Refer to “Harness Layout” in EL sec-
tion.)
4. Also check harness for short to power.
5. Then reconnect joint connector-7.
OK
H
NG
CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR. E REPLACE ELECTRIC
Refer to EC-358, “Component Inspection”. THROTTLE CONTROL
ACTUATOR.
OK 1. Replace the electric
throttle control actuator.
H 2. Perform EC-282,
cardiagn.com
CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT. “Throttle Valve Closed
Refer to EC-331, “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS Position Learning”.
FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”. 3. Perform EC-281, “Idle
H H
INSPECTION END INSPECTION END
EC-356
MALFUNCTION E AND F GI
CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CON- NG Remove the foreign matter

E MA
TROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY. and clean the electric
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. throttle control actuator
2. Remove the intake air duct. inside.
3. Check if foreign matter is caught EM
between the throttle valve and the
housing.
LC
OK
SEC183D H
REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CON-
TROL ACTUATOR.
1. Replace the electric throttle control
actuator.
2. Perform EC-280, “Accelerator Pedal FE
Released Position Learning”.
3. Perform EC-282, “Throttle Valve Closed
Position Learning”. CL
4. Perform EC-281, “Idle Air Volume
Learning”.
MT
cardiagn.com
H
INSPECTION END
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-357
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
4. Set selector lever to “D” position.
5. Check voltage between ECM terminals q 98 (TP sensor 2), 108
(TP sensor 1) and engine ground under the following condi-
tions.
PBIB0179E
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage
98 Fully released Less than 4.75V

(Throttle position sensor 2) Fully depressed More than 0.36V
108 Fully released More than 0.36V

(Throttle position sensor 1) Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
6. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the

next step.
8. Perform EC-281, “Idle Air Volume Learning”.
cardiagn.com
EC-358
DTC P0121 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP)
SENSOR TB48DE A/T
Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor,
acceleration pedal position sensor, throttle position sensor, etc. MA
Accelerator pedal position sensor is connected to the accelerator
pedal through the throttle drum and accelerator wire, and detects
the accelerator pedal position by the throttle drum rotation angle. EM
LC
SEC182D
Accelerator pedal position sensor has the two sensors. These sen-
sors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator
pedal position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the
ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing FE
speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the
ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelera-
tor pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor
CL
based on these signals.
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM MT
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The
cardiagn.com
ECM uses this signal for the engine operation such as fuel cut.
PBIB0146E
AT
Mode
TF
PD
ACCEL SEN1
(engine stopped)
ACCEL SEN2
I Shift lever: D Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V FA
Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON
CLSD THL POS Accelerator pedal: Slightly RA
I Shift lever: D OFF
depressed
ECM Terminals and Reference Value BR

CAUTION: ST
TER-
RS
WIRE DATA
COLOR (DC voltage)
NO.
BT

HA
87 W
Gear position is “D” Less than 4.75V EL

Engine is running. SE
89 B Sensors’ ground Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
Idle speed
IDX
EC-359
SENSOR TB48DE A/T
TER-
WIRE DATA
COLOR (DC voltage)
NO.
94 LG Ignition switch “ON” 2.0 - 3.0V
sensor 2 power supply
100 R Ignition switch “ON” Approximately 0V
sensor 2 ground
More than 0.18V
Accelerator pedal position Accelerator pedal fully released
117 G
Less than 2.37V

cardiagn.com
P0121 A) An excessively low or high voltage from the accel- I Harness or connectors
0121 erator pedal position sensor 1 is sent to ECM. (The accelerator pedal position sensor 1 or 2 cir-
B) An excessively low or high voltage from the accel- cuit is open or shorted.)
erator pedal position sensor 2 is sent to ECM. I Electric throttle control actuator
C) A difference between signals from sensor 1 and
sensor 2 is out of the specified range.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters in fail-safe mode when the malfunction A, B or C is detected.
Malfunction A The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle
position to be within +10 degrees.
Malfunction B
The ECM regulates an opening speed of approx. 5 seconds to an opening of 10 degrees.
Malfunction C So, the acceleration will be poor.
EC-360
SENSOR TB48DE A/T
DTC Confirmation Procedure GI

NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously MA
TESTING CONDITION: EM
LC
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
SEF058Y
AT
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. TF
turn “ON”.
3. Perform “Diagnostic Test mode II (Self-diagnostic results)” with PD
ECM.
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-361
SENSOR TB48DE A/T
Wiring Diagram
cardiagn.com
TEC252M
EC-362
SENSOR TB48DE A/T
RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS. MA

screws. EM
H LC
NG
CHECK APP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY E
SEC690C CIRCUIT. I Harness for open or
1. Disconnect electric throttle control short between ECM and
actuator harness connector F4 . electric throttle control
2. Turn ignition switch “ON”. actuator
3. Check voltage between electric throttle If NG, repair open circuit or FE
control actuator terminals q7 ,q10 and short to ground or short to
ground with CONSULT-II or tester. power in harness or con-
nectors.
Electric throttle control
CL
Voltage (V)
actuator terminal
7 Approximately 5
MT
cardiagn.com
10 Approximately 2.5
SEC182D
OK AT
H
CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIR- NG Check the following.
E
CUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT. I Harness for open or TF
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. short between ECM and
2. Check harness continuity between elec- electric throttle control
tric throttle control actuator terminals actuator PD
q9 ,q 12 and engine ground. If NG, repair open circuit or
Refer to Wiring Diagram. short to ground or short to
3. Also check harness for short to ground power in harness or con-
and short to power. nectors. FA
PBIB0084E OK RA
H
CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL NG Check the following.
E
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT. I Harness for open or BR
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. short between ECM and
2. Check harness continuity between ECM electric throttle control
terminal q87 and electric throttle control actuator
actuator terminal q8 , ECM terminal If NG, repair open circuit or ST
117 and electric throttle control actua- short to ground or short to
tor terminal q11 . power in harness or con-
Refer to Wiring Diagram. nectors. RS
and short to power. BT
H
OK
q
A HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-363
SENSOR TB48DE A/T
q
A
H
NG
CHECK APP SENSOR SHIELD CIRCUIT E Repair open circuit or short
FOR OPEN AND SHORT. to power in harness or
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. connectors.
3. Check the following. Refer to Wiring
Diagram.
terminals q 1 and q 3
terminal q3 and engine ground
tion.)
OK
H
NG
CHECK APP SENSOR. E REPLACE ELECTRIC
ACTUATOR.
2. Perform EC-280, “Accel-
H erator Pedal Released
cardiagn.com
Position Learning”.
CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT. 3. Perform EC-282,
Refer to EC-331, “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS “Throttle Valve Closed
FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”. Position Learning”.
4. Perform EC-281, “Idle
H H
INSPECTION END INSPECTION END
EC-364
SENSOR TB48DE A/T
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. MA
4. Set selector lever to “D” position. EM
5. Check voltage between ECM terminals q 87 (APP sensor 1
signal), 117 (APP sensor 2 signal) and engine ground under
the following conditions. LC
PBIB0184E
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage
87 Fully released More than 0.36V

(Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
Fully released More than 0.18V
FE
117
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) Fully depressed Less than 2.37V
6. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the CL

next step.
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-365
(CIRCUIT) TB48DE A/T
The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It
detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the
outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube
made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from
approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions.
The heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM
adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel
ratio. The ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V
to 0V.
SEF463R
cardiagn.com
SEF288D

Mode
HO2S1 (B1)
0 - 0.3V ) 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S1 (B2)
I Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm
LEAN ) RICH
HO2S1 MNTR (B1)
Changes more than 5 times
HO2S1 MNTR (B2)
during 10 seconds.

CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE DATA
COLOR (DC voltage)
NO.
114
W Engine is running.
(B1) 0 - Approximately 1.0V
Heated oxygen sensors 1 After warming up to normal operating tempera-
115 (periodically change)
W ture and engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
(B2)
EC-366

Under the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is
not input, the ECM circuits will read a continuous approximately MA
0.3V. Therefore, for this diagnosis, the time that output voltage is
within 200 to 400 mV range is monitored, and the diagnosis checks
that this time is not inordinately long. EM
LC
SEF237U

Malfunction is detected when ... FE
P0130, 0130 I The voltage from the sensor is constantly approx. 0.3V. I Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) CL
P0150, 0150 I Heated oxygen sensor 1
(Bank 2)
MT
cardiagn.com
Overall Function Check AT
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 circuit. TF
perature.
2) Select “MANU TRIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with PD
CONSULT-II, and select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1
(B2)”.
3) Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load. FA
4) Make sure that the indications do not remain in the
SEF646Y range between 0.2 to 0.4V.
5) If NG, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-370. RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
perature. HA
I The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 - 0.4V.
4) If NG, go to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”, EC-370. SE
SEC184D
IDX
EC-367
Wiring Diagram
BANK 1
cardiagn.com
TEC245M
EC-368
BANK 2 GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC247M
EC-369
INSPECTION START
H
screws.
H
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT. NG Repair harness or connec-
SEC888C E
2. Disconnect corresponding heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 harness connector and
ECM harness connector.
and sensor terminals.
Terminals
DTC
ECM Sensor
P0130 114 2
cardiagn.com
P0150 115 2
SEC690C Refer to wiring diagram.

and sensor or ground.
Terminals
DTC
ECM or sensor Ground

OK
H
E
1. Disconnect joint connector-7. I Joint connector-7
2. Check harness continuity between ter- I Harness for open or
minal q3 and ground. short between joint con-
Refer to wiring diagram. nector and ground
Continuity should exist. Repair open circuit, short
If OK, check harness for short to power. to power in harness or
connectors.
OK
H
CHECK COMPONENT NG Replace HO2S1.
E
(Heated oxygen sensor 1).
next page.
OK
H
H
INSPECTION END
EC-370
1) Start engine and warm it up to normal operating tem- MA
perature.
2) Select “MANU TRIG” and “HI SPEED” in “DATA MONI-
TOR” mode with CONSULT-II, and select “HO2S1 (B1)/ EM
(B2)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)”.
3) Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during
the following steps. LC
4) Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-II screen.
SEF977Z
5) Check the following.
I “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode
changes from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” 5 times in 10
seconds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown below: FE
cycle | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 |
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) R-L-R-L-R-L-R-L-R-L-R CL
R = “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)”, “RICH”

L = “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)”, “LEAN”
MT
cardiagn.com
I “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least
once. AT
I “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage goes below 0.30V at least
once.
I “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V. TF
CAUTION:
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. PD
J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubri- FA
cant.
RA
BR
ST
RS
SEF978Z
BT
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
perature. HA
I Malfunction indicator lamp goes on more than 5 times
within 10 seconds in Diagnostic Test Mode II (HEATED SE
OXYGEN SENSOR 1 MONITOR, EC-286).
I The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time.
SEC184D
I The minimum voltage is below 0.30V at least one time. IDX
I The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
EC-371
CAUTION:
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubri-
cant.
cardiagn.com
EC-372
SENSOR (KS) TB48DE A/T
The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block under the intake
manifold. It senses engine knocking using a piezoelectric element. MA
A knocking vibration from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational
pressure. This pressure is converted into a voltage signal and sent
to the ECM. EM
Freeze frame data will not be stored in the ECM for the knock
sensor. The MIL will not light for knock sensor malfunction.
LC
SEF598K

Diagnostic Trouble
Malfunction is detected when ....
Check Items FE
P0325 (Bank 1) I An excessively low or high voltage from the knock I Harness or connectors
0325 sensor is sent to ECM. (The knock sensor circuit is open or shorted.) CL
P0330 (Bank 2) I Knock sensor
0330
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously TF
TESTING CONDITION: PD
FA
With CONSULT-II
SEF058Y 1) Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-II. RA
BR
Without CONSULT-II
1) Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. ST
turn “ON”.
3) Perform “Diagnostic Test Mode II” (Self-diagnostic results) with RS
ECM.
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-373
Wiring Diagram
cardiagn.com
TEC153M
EC-374
INSPECTION START
MA
H
OK
CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL EGo to q
A.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I. EM
3. Check resistance between ECM termi-
nals 125 , 126 and engine ground. LC
SEC693C NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter
which can measure more than 10 MΩ.
Resistance:
Approximately 530-590 kΩ [at 20°C
(68°F)]
FE
and short to power.
NG CL
H
NG
CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL E
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II. I Harness connect F13 ,
1. Disconnect knock sensor harness con- F108
MT
cardiagn.com
nector. I Harness for open or
SEC690C 2. Check harness continuity between ECM short between ECM and
terminal 125 and knock sensor (bank knock sensor AT
1) terminal q
1 , ECM terminal 126 and Repair open circuit or short
knock sensor (bank) terminal q1 . Refer to ground or short to power
to Wiring Diagram. in harness or connectors.
3. Also check harness for short to ground TF
and short to power.
H
OK PD
NG
CHECK COMPONENT (Knock sensor). E
Replace knock sensor.
FA
OK
H
Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR RA
BR
q
A
H ST
Loose and retighten engine ground screws.
H
RS
NG
CHECK KNOCK SENSOR SHIELD CIR- E
CUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT. to power in harness or con-
1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connectors. BT
nector F109 , F110 .
knock sensor harness connector F109 ,
F110 terminals q2 and engine ground. HA
3. Also check harness for short to power
EL
H
CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT. SE
IDX
EC-375
KNOCK SENSOR
NOTE:
Use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.
1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
2. Check resistance between terminal q
1 and ground.
Resistance: Approximately 530 - 590 kΩ [at 20°C
(68°F)]
CAUTION:
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or
SEF478Y
physically damaged. Use only new ones.
cardiagn.com
EC-376
DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR TB48DE A/T
The camshaft position sensor (CMPS) is a basic component of the
ECM. It monitors engine speed and piston position. It sends signals MA
to the ECM to control fuel injection, ignition timing and other func-
tions.
The camshaft position sensor has a rotor plate and a wave-form- EM
ing circuit. The rotor plate has 360 slits for 1° signal and 6 slits for
120° signal. Light Emitting Diodes (LED) and photo diodes are built
into the wave-forming circuit. LC
When the rotor plate passes between the LED and the photo diode,
SEC695C the following happens:
Slits in the rotor plate continually cut the transmitted light to the
photo diode from the LED. This generates rough-shaped pulses
converted into on-off pulses by the wave forming circuit sent to the
ECM. FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
SEF614B
AT
Specification data are reference values, and are measured between each terminal and ground. TF
CAUTION:
ECM’s transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals such as the body ground. PD
TER-
WIRE DATA
MINAL
COLOR
ITEM CONDITION
(DC voltage)
FA
NO.
Approximately 0.3 -
0.6V*1
RA
BR
Idle speed
ST
62*3 RS
SEC682C
L
63*3 (REF signal) Approximately 0.3 -
84*2 0.6V*1 BT
HA

EL
SEC683C
SE
IDX
EC-377
TER-
WIRE DATA
COLOR (DC voltage)
NO.
1.0 - 4.0V*1
Idle speed
SEC678C
B/W
63*2 (POS signal) 1.0 - 4.0V*1
cardiagn.com
SEC679C

Diagnostic
Check Items
Trouble Code Malfunction is detected when ....
(Possible Cause)
No.
P0340 A) Either 1° or 120° signal is not sent to ECM for the I Harness or connectors
0340 first few seconds during engine cranking. (The camshaft position sensor circuit is open or
........................................................................................... shorted.)
B) Either 1° or 120° signal is not sent to ECM during I Starter motor (Refer to EL section.)
engine running. I Starting system circuit (Refer to EL section.)
........................................................................................... I Dead (Weak) battery
C) Either 1° or 120° signal is not in the normal pattern
during engine running.

Perform “Procedure for malfunction A” first. If DTC cannot be
confirmed, perform “Procedure for malfunction B and C”.
NOTE:
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously
TESTING CONDITION:
tery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.
EC-378
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A GI
With CONSULT-II
1) Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode MA
with CONSULT-II.
2) Crank engine at least 2 seconds.
(If engine does not run, turn ignition switch to “START” for at EM
least 2 seconds.)
LC
Without CONSULT-II
SEF013Y
1) Crank engine for at least 2 seconds.
(If engine does not run, turn ignition switch to “START” for at
least 2 seconds.)
2) Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then FE
turn “ON”.
ECM. CL
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AND C MT
cardiagn.com
With CONSULT-II
1) Turn ignition switch “ON”. AT
4) If DTC is detected, go to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”, TF
EC-381.
Without CONSULT-II PD
turn “ON”. FA
ECM.
4) If DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-381. RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-379
Wiring Diagram
cardiagn.com
TEC145M
EC-380
INSPECTION START
MA
H
CHECK STARTING SYSTEM. No Check starting system.
E EM
Does the engine turn over? (Refer to EL section.)
(Does the starter motor operate?)
Yes
H LC
SEC690C
screws.
OK
H FE
E
1. Disconnect camshaft position sensor I Harness connectors
harness connector. M52 , F7 CL
3. Check voltage between terminal q3 and between camshaft posi-
ground with CONSULT-II or tester. tion sensor and ECM
Voltage: Battery voltage I Harness for open or short MT
cardiagn.com
between camshaft posi-
OK tion sensor and ECM
SEC696C
relay AT
connectors.
H TF
E
2. Check harness continuity between termi- nectors. PD
nal q
If OK, check harness for short to power. FA
OK
SEC697C
H RA
E
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. ground or short to power in
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. harness or connectors. BR
CMPS terminals q 1 ,q2 and ECM termi-
nals.
ST
CMPS ECM ter-
Continuity
terminal minal
120° sig- RS
nal 83 , q
q 84 *1
q
1 Yes
(REF sig- 62 , q
(q 63 )*2
nal) BT
1° signal
q
63 *1
(POS sig- q
2 Yes
q
84 *2
nal) HA
*1: Model with NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft
System)
*2: Model without NATS (Nissan Anti- EL
Theft System)
If OK, check harness for short to ground SE
and short to power.
OK
H
q
A
IDX
EC-381
q
A
H
CHECK COMPONENT. NG Replace camshaft position
E
(Camshaft position sensor). sensor.
EC-382.
OK
H
E
2. Check the following. I Harness for open or short
I Continuity between joint connector ter- between joint connector-7
minal q3 and ground and engine ground
I Joint connector If NG, repair harness or
(Refer to “HARNESS LAYOUT” in EL connectors.
section.)
OK
H
cardiagn.com
H
INSPECTION END
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera-
ture.
2. Check voltage between the following ECM terminals and
ground with DC range.
ECM terminal Reference illustration
1° signal q
63 *1 q
A
(POS signal) q
84 *2
SEC827C
120° signal (q
83 , q
84 )*1 q
B
(REF signal) (q
62 , q
63 )*2

CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring voltage.
Doing so may result in damage to the ECM’s transistor. Use a
ground other than ECM terminals such as the body ground.
EC-382
TER-
GI
WIRE DATA
COLOR (DC voltage)
NO.
MA
Approximately 0.3 -
0.6V*1
EM

LC
Idle speed
62*3
SEC682C
63*3
L
(REF signal)
FE
Approximately 0.3 -
84*2 0.6V*1
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
SEC683C
1.0 - 4.0V*1
TF
PD
Idle speed FA
SEC678C
RA
B/W
63*2 (POS signal) 1.0 - 4.0V*1
BR
Engine is running. (Warmed-up condition) ST

RS
SEC679C
BT
HA
If NG, replace camshaft position sensor.
EL
SE
IDX
EC-383
DTC P0605 ECM TB48DE A/T
The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal
input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the
engine.
SEF093X

P0605 A) ECM calculation function is malfunctioning. I ECM
0605 B) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning.
C) ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
cardiagn.com
ECM enters in fail-safe mode when the malfunction A is detected.
Detected items Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
Malfunction A
When the accelerator pedal depressed value reaches a throttle opening of 30 degrees or more, the throttle

Perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A” first.
If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform “PROCEDURE FOR
MALFUNCTION B”.
If there is no problem on “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION
B”, perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C”.
NOTE:
With CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
EC-384
Without CONSULT-II
GI
2. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then MA
turn “ON”.
3. Perform “Diagnostic Test Mode II (self-diagnostic results)” with
ECM. EM
LC
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
With CONSULT-II FE
1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 1 second.
3. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds, and then CL
turn “ON”.
MT
cardiagn.com
SEF058Y
AT
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 1 second. TF
2. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds, and then
turn “ON”.
3. Perform “Diagnostic Test Mode II (self-diagnostic results)” with PD
ECM.
FA
RA
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
With CONSULT-II BR
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. ST
turn “ON”.
4. Repeat step 3 procedure, 32 times. RS
SEF058Y BT
Without CONSULT-II
HA
turn “ON”. EL
3. Repeat step 2 procedure, 32 times.
4. Perform “Diagnostic Test Mode II (self-diagnostic results)” with
ECM. SE
IDX
EC-385
INSPECTION START
H
No INSPECTION END
E
With CONSULT-II
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode
with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform “DTC Confirmation Proce-
dure”.
See EC-384.
5. Is the DTC P0605 displayed again?
Without CONSULT-II
2. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-
diagnostic results) memory. Refer to
EC-284, “How to Erase DTC (Without
cardiagn.com
CONSULT-II)”.
3. Perform “DTC Confirmation Proce-
dure”.
See EC-384.
4. Is the DTC 0605 displayed again?
Yes
H
REPLACE ECM.
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS (NISSAN
ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM) system and
registration of all NATS ignition key IDs.
Refer to EC-285, “NATS (Nissan Anti-
theft System)”.
3. Perform EC-280, “Accelerator Pedal
Learning”.
H
INSPECTION END
EC-386
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY (BACK UP) TB48DE A/T
Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition
switch is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC MA
memory, the air fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory,
the idle air volume learning value memory, etc.
EM
LC
SEF093X

CAUTION: FE
CL
TER-
WIRE DATA
COLOR (DC voltage) MT
NO.
cardiagn.com
Power supply for ECM BATTERY VOLTAGE
95 W Ignition switch “OFF”
(Buck-up) (11 - 14V)
AT
TF
P1065 ECM back up RAM system does not function properly. I Harness or connectors
1065 [ECM power supply (back up) circuit is open or PD
shorted.]
I ECM
FA
RA

BR
NOTE:
conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least ST
WITH CONSULT-II
RS
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. BT
SEF058Y 4. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds, and then
turn “ON”.
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 four times. HA
WITHOUT CONSULT-II EL
3. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds, and then SE
turn “ON”.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 four times.
5. If DTC is detected, go to EC-389, “Diagnostic Procedure”. IDX
EC-387
Wiring Diagram
cardiagn.com
TEC244M
EC-388
NG
CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY.
E
DETECT MALFUNCTION- MA
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. ING PART.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check the following.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal I Harness connectors EM
q95 and ground with CONSULT-II or E127 , M21
tester. I Harness connectors
Voltage: Battery voltage M52 , F7 LC
I 10A fuse
OK
PBIB0087E I Harness for open or
battery
If NG, repair or replace
harness or connectors. FE
H
CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT. NG If NG, repair or replace
Refer to EC-331, “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
E
harness or connectors. CL
FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”.
OK MT
cardiagn.com
H
PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PRO- Yes REPLACE ECM.
E
CEDURE. 1. Replace ECM. AT
2. Perform initialization of
With CONSULT-II
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. THEFT SYSTEM) sys- TF
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode tem and registration of
with CONSULT-II. all NATS ignition key
3. Touch “ERASE”. IDs. PD
4. Perform “DTC Confirmation Proce- Refer to EC-285, “NATS
dure”. (Nissan Anti-theft Sys-
See EC-387. tem)”. FA
5. Is the DTC P1065 displayed again? 3. Perform EC-280, “Accel-
erator Pedal Released
Without CONSULT-II
Position Learning”. RA
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. 4. Perform EC-282,
2. Erase the Diagnostic Test mode II (Self- “Throttle Valve Closed
diagnostic results) memory. Position Learning”. BR
Refer to EC-284, “How to Erase DTC 5. Perform EC-281, “Idle
(Without CONSULT-II)”. Air Volume Learning”.
3. Perform “DTC Confirmation Proce- ST
dure”.
See EC-387. H
4. Is the DTC 1065 displayed again? INSPECTION END
RS
No
H
BT
INSPECTION END
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-389
DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
ACTUATOR TB48DE A/T
Description
Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor, acceleration pedal position sensor, throttle
position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
Accelerator pedal position sensor detects the accelerator pedal position, the opening and closing speed of the
accelerator pedal and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of
the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals.
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and the opening and closing speed of the throttle
valve and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle
valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening
angle properly in response to driving condition.
P1121 A) Electric throttle control actuator does not function I Electric throttle control actuator
1121 properly due to the return spring malfunction.
B) Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not
in specified range.
C) ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open.
cardiagn.com
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters in fail-safe mode when the malfunction A, B or C is detected
The ECM controls the electric throttle throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle
Malfunction A
position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
Malfunction B ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less.
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls.
The engine can restart in “N” or “P” position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or more.
Malfunction C
When throttle is not movable, negative pressure does not occur because throttle valve is kept open, there-
fore if depressing brake pedal two or three times, braking performance lowers.

NOTE:
I Perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B”
first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform “PROCE-
DURE FOR MALFUNCTION C”.
If there is no problem on “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNC-
TION A AND B”, perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNC-
TION C”.
I If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously
conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition witch “ON” and wait at least 1 second.
3. Shift selector lever to “D” position and wait at least 2 seconds.
turn “ON”.
SEF058Y
EC-390
ACTUATOR TB48DE A/T
Without CONSULT-II
GI
1. Turn ignition witch “ON” and wait at least 1 second.
2. Shift selector lever to “D” position and wait at least 2 seconds. MA
turn “ON”.
4. Perform “Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)” with EM
ECM.
LC
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
With CONSULT-II FE
3. Shift selector lever to “D” position and wait at least 2 seconds. CL
4. Shift selector lever to “N” or “P” position.
5. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds.
6. If DTC is detected, go to EC-392, “Diagnostic Procedure”. MT
cardiagn.com
SEF058Y
AT
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 1 second. TF
2. Shift selector lever to “D” position and wait at least 2 seconds.
3. Shift selector lever to “N” or “P” position.
4. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds. PD
turn “ON”.
6. Perform “Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)” with FA
ECM.
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-391
ACTUATOR TB48DE A/T
CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CON- NG Remove the foreign matter

E
1. Remove the intake air duct. throttle control actuator
2. Check if a foreign matter is caught inside.
housing.
OK
H
SEC183D
TROL ACTUATOR.
1. Replace the electric throttle control
actuator.
Learning”.
cardiagn.com
H
INSPECTION END
EC-392
FUNCTION (CIRCUIT) TB48DE A/T
Description GI
NOTE:
If DTC P1122 is displayed with DTC P1121, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1121. Refer to MA
EC-286, “DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR”.
Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor, acceleration pedal position sensor, throttle
position sensor, etc. EM
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides the
feedback to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in LC
response to driving condition.
CAUTION:
FE
TER- CL
WIRE DATA
COLOR (DC voltage)
NO.
MT
cardiagn.com
0 - 14V★
AT
Throttle control motor Ignition switch “ON”
151 L/W
(Close) Accelerator pedal is depressing
TF
PBIB0058E
PD
0 - 14V★
FA
Throttle control motor Ignition switch “ON”
154 L/B
(Open) Accelerator pedal is releasing RA
PBIB0061E
BR
Engine is running
153 B ECM ground Engine ground ST
Idle speed
On Board Diagnosis Logic RS
DTC No. Malfunction is detected when ... Check Items (Possible Cause) BT
P1122 A) Electric throttle control feedback function does not I Harness or connectors
1122 operate properly. (Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted.)
B) An excessively high ampere of current flows through I Electric throttle control actuator HA
throttle control motor to ECM.
FAIL-SAFE MODE EL
When the malfunction A is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
SE
IDX
EC-393
On Board Diagnosis Logic (Cont’d)
Malfunction A

NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
cardiagn.com
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
turn “ON”.
ECM.
EC-394
Wiring Diagram GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC253M
EC-395
NG
CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR E Repair open circuit or short
OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN to ground or short to power
AND SHORT. in harness or connectors.
2. Disconnect electric throttle control
actuator harness connector F10 .
4. Check harness continuity between the
following terminals.
SEC182D Refer to wiring diagram.
Electric throttle
ECM
control actuator Continuity
terminal
terminal
151 Should exist

6
154 Should not exist
151 Should not exist

3
154 Should exist
cardiagn.com
and short to power.
SEC183D OK
H
NG
CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR E Repair open circuit or short
GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND to power in harness or
SHORT. connectors.
terminal 153 and engine ground.
OK
H
NG
CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CON- E Remove the foreign matter
1. Remove the intake air duct. throttle control actuator
2. Check if foreign matter is caught inside.
housing.
OK
H
NG
CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR E REPLACE ELECTRIC
ACTUATOR.
2. Perform EC-280, “Accel-
erator Pedal Released
3. Perform EC-282,
“Throttle Valve Closed
4. Perform EC-281, “Idle
H
H
q
A
INSPECTION END
EC-396
q
A GI
H
CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
NG
Repair open circuit or short MA
E
SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND to power in harness or
SHORT. connectors.
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. EM
3. Check continuity between joint connec-
tor-7 terminal q
Refer to Wiring Diagram. LC
tion.)
OK FE
H
NG
CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT. E Repair or replace harness
Refer to EC-331, “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS or connectors. CL
OK
H MT
cardiagn.com
TROL ACTUATOR.
1. Replace the electric throttle control AT
actuator.
3. Perform EC-282, “Throttle Valve Closed TF
Learning”. PD
H
INSPECTION END
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-397
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector
F10 .
2. Check resistance between terminals q 3 and q 6 .
Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
3. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next
step.
4. Perform EC-280, “Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learn-
ing”.
PBIB0095E
cardiagn.com
EC-398
DTC P1123 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
Power supply for the Throttle Control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends MA
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition switch
is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not pro-
vided to the ECM. EM
Mode LC
THRTL RELAY I Ignition switch: ON ON
FE
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground. CL
CAUTION:
age to the ECM’s transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. MT
cardiagn.com
TER-
WIRE DATA
COLOR (DC voltage) AT
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
26 P/L
Throttle control motor (11 - 14V) TF
relay
157 G
Throttle control motor
BATTERY VOLTAGE PD
relay power supply (11 - 14V)
On Board Diagnosis Logic FA
DTC No. Malfunction is detected when ... Check Items (Possible Cause) RA
P1123 A) ECM detects the throttle control motor relay is stuck I Harness or connectors
1123 ON. (Throttle control motor relay circuit is open or
B) ECM detects the throttle control motor relay is stuck shorted.) BR
OFF. I Throttle control motor relay
FAIL-SAFE MODE ST
ECM enters fail-safe mode when the malfunction A is detected.
RS
Malfunction A
(approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. BT
HA
NOTE: EL
10 seconds before conducting the next test. SE
TESTING CONDITION:
tery voltage is more than 10V at idle. IDX
EC-399
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
turn “ON”.
ECM.
cardiagn.com
EC-400
Wiring Diagram GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC254M
EC-401
NG
CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR E Check the following.
RELAY POWER SUPPLY. I 15A fuse
2. Disconnect throttle control motor relay short between throttle
harness connector. control motor relay and
3. Check voltage between throttle control battery
motor relay terminals q2 ,q 3 and If NG, repair or replace
ground with CONSULT-II or tester. harness or connectors.
SEC185D
OK
H
NG
CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR E Check the following.
RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR I Harness connectors
OPEN AND SHORT. E127 , M21
2. Check continuity between ECM terminal M50 , F5
157 and throttle control motor relay I Harness for open or
terminal q
5 . short between ECM and
Refer to Wiring Diagram. throttle control motor
3. Also check harness for short to ground relay
cardiagn.com
PBIB0097E OK nectors.
H
NG
CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR E DETECT MALFUNCTION-
RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR ING PART.
OPEN AND SHORT. Check the following.
1. Check continuity between ECM terminal I Harness connectors
q
26 and throttle control motor relay ter- E127 , M21
minal q1 . I Harness connectors
Refer to Wiring Diagram. M50 , F5
Continuity should exist. I Harness for open or
2. Also check harness for short to ground short between ECM and
and short to power. throttle control motor
relay
OK If NG, repair open circuit or
nectors.
H
NG
CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR E If NG, replace throttle con-
RELAY. trol motor relay.
OK
H
H
INSPECTION END
EC-402
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
1. Apply 12V direct current between relay terminals q
1 and q
2 . MA
2. Check continuity between relay terminals q3 and q5 .
Conditions Continuity EM
12V direct current supply between ter- Yes
minals q1 and q 2
LC
PBIB0098E
3. If NG, replace throttle control motor relay.
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-403
(OVERHEAT) TB48DE A/T
System Description
Vehicle speed

Engine coolant temperature sensor E ECM E Cooling fan relays
Air conditioner “ON” signal

The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, and air
conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].
Operation
cardiagn.com
SEC694C

Mode

OFF
I Air conditioner switch “OFF” Engine coolant temperature is 95°C
HIGH
COOLING FAN
LOW
I Air conditioner switch “ON” Engine coolant temperature is 95°C
HIGH
Air conditioner switch: “OFF” OFF

AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: “ON”
engine ON
EC-404
ECM Terminals and Reference Value GI

CAUTION: MA
EM
TER-
WIRE DATA
COLOR (DC voltage)
NO. LC
Cooling fan relay (Low
56 L
speed) Engine is running.
Approximately 0V
Cooling fan is operating. FE
Engine is running.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Cooling fan is not operating. (11 - 14V) CL
Cooling fan relay Cooling fan is operating at low speed.
55 L/B
(High speed)
Engine is running.
Approximately 0V MT
cardiagn.com
Cooling fan is operating at high speed.
On Board Diagnosis Logic AT

This diagnosis continuously monitors the engine coolant temperature.
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, the engine coolant temperature TF
will rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
detected by the ECM and the MIL lights on. PD
Diagnostic trouble Check Items
code No. (Possible Cause)
FA
P1217 I Cooling fan does not operate properly (Overheat). I Harness or connectors
1217 I Cooling fan system does not operate properly (Over- (The cooling fan circuit is open or shorted)
heat). I Cooling fan RA
I Engine coolant was not added to the system using I Thermostat
the proper filling method. I Improper ignition timing
I Engine coolant temperature sensor BR
I Blocked radiator
I Blocked front end (Improper fitting of nose
mask) ST
I Crushed vehicle frontal area (Vehicle frontal
is collided but not repaired)
I Blocked air passage by improper installation RS
of front fog lamp or fog lamps.
I Improper mixture ratio of coolant
I Damaged bumper BT
For more information, refer to “MAIN 12
CAUSES OF OVERHEATING”, EC-413.
HA
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant following the procedure in the MA EL
section (“Changing Engine Coolant”, “ENGINE MAINTENANCE”). Also, replace the engine oil.
a. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute like pour-
ing coolant by kettle. Be sure to use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA section SE
(“Anti-freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio”, “RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND FLUIDS”).
b. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
IDX
EC-405
Overall Function Check

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan.
During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious
burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from
the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by
turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up pressure to escape.
Then turn the cap all the way off.
AEC640
With CONSULT-II
mixture ratio.
I If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
cardiagn.com
SEF646X 2) Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
4) Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
5) If the results are NG, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-408.
Without CONSULT-II
SEC163BA mixture ratio.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
2) Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
3) Start engine.
4) Set temperature control lever to full cold position.
5) Turn air conditioner switch “ON”.
6) Turn blower fan switch “ON”.
7) Run engine at idle for a few minutes with air conditioner oper-
ating.
8) Make sure that cooling fan operates. Refer to “OPERATION”
table of Cooling fan, EC-404.
If NG, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-408.
EC-406
Wiring Diagram GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC151M
EC-407
INSPECTION START
H
Do you have CONSULT-II? No GO TO q A Without CON-
E
SULT-II.
Yes
H
E
SEC698C cuit.
With CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect cooling fan relay-2 and -3.
OK
H
cardiagn.com
E
SEF646X cuit.
With CONSULT-II
2. Reconnect cooling fan relay-2 and -3.
operate at high speed.
OK
H
GO TO q
B.
SEF111X
EC-408
q
A
GI
H MA
E
cuit. EM
Without CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.
2. Start engine and let it idle. LC
3. Set temperature lever at full cold posi-
SEC698C tion.
4. Turn air conditioner switch “ON”.
5. Turn blower fan switch “ON”.
operate at low speed. FE
OK
H
CL
E
Without CONSULT-II
cuit. MT
cardiagn.com
1. Turn ignitions witch “OFF”.
SEC163BA 2. Reconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.
3. Turn air conditioner switch and blower AT
fan switch “OFF”.
TF
5. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant
temperature sensor harness connector.
6. Restart engine and make sure that cool-
PD
ing fans-1 and -2 operate at high speed.
H
OK FA
GO TO q
B.
SEC322D
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-409
q
B
H
CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK. NG Check the following for
E
Apply pressure to the cooling system with leak.
a tester, and check if the pressure drops. I Hose
Testing pressure: I Radiator
157 kPa (1.6 kg/cm2, 23 psi) I Water pump (Refer to LC
CAUTION: section, “Water Pump”.)
Higher than the specified pressure may If NG, repair or replace.
SLC754A cause radiator damage.
OK
H
CHECK RADIATOR CAP. NG Replace radiator cap.
E
Apply pressure to cap with a tester and
check radiator cap relief pressure.
For the Middle East:
78 - 98 kPa (0.78 - 0.98 bar, 0.8 -
cardiagn.com
1.0 kg/cm2, 11 - 14 psi)
SLC755A Except above:
108 - 127 kPa (1.08 - 1.27 bar, 1.1
- 1.3 kg/cm2, 16 - 18 psi)
OK
H
CHECK THERMOSTAT. NG Replace thermostat.
E
2. Check valve seating condition at normal
room temperatures.
3. Check valve opening temperature and
SLC343 valve lift.
76.5°C (170°F) [standard]
Valve lift:
More than 10 mm/90°C (0.39 in/194°F)
4. Check if valve is closed at 5°C (9°F)
below valve opening temperature. For
details, refer to LC section, “Thermo-
stat”.
OK
H
CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERA- NG Replace engine coolant
E
TURE SENSOR. temperature sensor.
EC-349.
OK
H
CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES.
If the cause cannot be isolated, go to
“MAIN 12 CAUSES OF OVERHEATING”,
EC-413.
H
CHECK INSPECTION END
EC-410
q
C GI
H
NG
CHECK COOLING FAN POWER SUPPLY E
CIRCUIT. I 10A fuse
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. I 40A fusible links
2. Disconnect cooling fan relay-1. I Harness for open or
3. Turn ignition switch “ON”. short between cooling EM
4. Check voltage between cooling fan fan relay-1 and fuse
relay-1 terminals q1 ,q3 ,q6 and ground I Harness for open or
with CONSULT-II or tester. short between cooling
Battery voltage fan relay-1 and battery LC
If NG, repair open circuit or
SEC699C OK short to ground to short to
nectors.
H
NG FE
CHECK COOLING FAN GROUND CIR- E
CUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT to ground or short to power
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. in harness or connectors.
2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness
connector and cooling fan motor-2 har- CL
ness connector.
5 and cooling
MT
cardiagn.com
and short to power.
7 and cooling TF
Continuity should exist. PD
and short to power.
OK FA
H
NG
CHECK COOLING FAN OUTPUT SIGNAL E
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT. I Harness connectors
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. E127 , M21
RA
terminal q
56 and cooling fan relay-1 ter- M52 , F7
minal q
2 . Refer to Wiring Diagram. I Harness for open or BR
Continuity should exist. short between cooling
3. Also check harness for short to ground fan relay-1 and ECM
OK
short to ground or short to ST
nectors.
H
NG RS
CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY-1. E
Replace cooling fan relay.
Refer to “Component Inspection”, EC-414
H
OK BT
NG
CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND E
Replace cooling fan motors.
-2.
Refer to “Component Inspection”, EC-414. HA
H
OK
EL
H
OK SE
INSPECTION END
IDX
EC-411
q
D
H
NG
CHECK COOLING FAN POWER SUPPLY CIR- Check the following.
E
CUIT. I Harness for open or short
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. between cooling fan relays-2
2. Disconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3. and -3 and 10A fuse
4. Check voltage between cooling fan relays-2 between cooling fan relays-2
and -3 terminals q 1 ,q6 and ground with and fusible link
CONSULT-II or tester. If NG, repair harness or con-
Battery voltage nectors.
SEC780C OK
H
NG
CHECK COOLING FAN GROUND CIRCUIT Repair open circuit or short to
E
FOR OPEN AND SHORT ground or short to power in
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. harness or connectors.
2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness con-
nector and cooling fan motor-2 harness con-
nector.
terminal q2 , cooling fan relay-2 terminal q3
and cooling fan motor-1 terminal q 3 , cooling
fan relay-2 terminal q5 and body ground.
cardiagn.com
SEC698C 4. Also check harness for short to ground and
short to power.
terminal q2 , cooling fan relay-3 terminal q3 ,
cooling fan relay-2 terminal q5 .
6. Also check harness for short to ground and
short to power.
OK
H
NG
CHECK COOLING FAN OUTPUT SIGNAL CIR- Check the following.
E
CUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT. I Harness connectors E127 ,
2. Check harness continuity between ECM termi- I Harness connectors M52 ,
SEC700C nal q55 and cooling fan relay-2 terminal q
2 , F7
cooling fan relay-3 terminal q2 . I Harness for open or short
Refer to Wiring Diagram. between cooling fan relay-2
Continuity should exist. and -3 and ECM
3. Also check harness for short to ground and If NG, repair open circuit or
short power. short to ground or short to
power in harness or connec-
OK tors.
H
NG
CHECK COOLING FAN RELAYS-2 AND -3. Replace cooling fan relays.
E
OK
H
NG
CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS. Replace cooling fan motors.
E
OK
H
MITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-331.
OK
H
INSPECTION END
EC-412
Main 12 Causes of Overheating GI

MA
I Blocked condenser
I Blocked radiator grille EM
I Blocked bumper
FLUIDS AND LUBRI- LC
4 I Radiator cap I Pressure tester 108 - 127 kPa See “System Check”, FE
59 - 98 kPa (0.59 - 0.98 CL
bar, 0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2,
9 - 14 psi) (Limit)
MT
cardiagn.com
TEM” in LC section. AT
COOLING SYSTEM” in TF
LC section.
ON*1 7 I Cooling fan I Visual (Coupling) Operating See “TROUBLE DIAGNO-
I CONSULT-II SIS FOR DTC P1217”,
PD
EC-404.
OFF 8 I Combustion gas leak I Color checker chemical Negative — FA
gauge when driving
RA
ervoir tank and idling Coolant”, “ENGINE MAIN- BR
ervoir tank to radiator reservoir tank NANCE” in MA section. ST
gauge mum distortion (warping) DER HEAD” in EM sec- RS
tion.
tons walls or piston DER BLOCK” in EM sec- BT
tion.
*1: Engine running at idle for coupling type. Turn ignition switch ON for electrical cooling fan.
HA
For more information, refer to “OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS” in LC section. EL
SE
IDX
EC-413
COOLING FAN RELAYS-1, -2 AND -3
3 and q
5 ,q
6 and q
7 .
12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and Yes
2
SEF745U
COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2

1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors.
2. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and
check operation.
Terminals
Speed (+) (−)
Cooling fan motor Low 1 4
cardiagn.com
High 1, 2 3, 4
SEF734W Cooling fan motor should operate.

If NG, replace cooling fan motor.
EC-414
DTC P1320 IGNITION SIGNAL TB48DE A/T
IGNITION COIL & POWER TRANSISTOR
The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the MA
power transistor. The power transistor turns on and off the ignition
coil primary circuit. This on-off operation induces the proper high
voltage in the coil secondary circuit. EM
LC
SEC781C

Mode
FE

CL
Idle 3° - 7° BTDC
IGN TIMING
2,000 rpm 25° - 45° BTDC
I No-load MT
cardiagn.com
CAUTION: TF
TER-
PD
WIRE DATA
COLOR (DC voltage)
NO.
FA
0 - 0.1V*
RA
Idle speed
BR
18 Y/R Ignition signal (No. 1)

19 G Ignition signal (No. 2)
ST
SEC672C
20 Y Ignition signal (No. 3)
21 R/B Ignition signal (No. 4) 0 - 0.2V*
29 R/G Ignition signal (No. 5)
RS
30 R Ignition signal (No. 6)

BT
HA
SEC673C EL
*: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
SE
IDX
EC-415

P1320 I The ignition signal in the primary circuit is not sent I Harness or connectors
1320 during engine cranking or running. (The ignition primary circuit is open or shorted.)
I Power transistor unit built into ignition coil
I Camshaft position sensor circuit

NOTE:
I If “DTC” has been previously conducted, always turn igni-
tion switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds before con-
ducting the next test.
I If DTC P1320 is displayed with DTC P0340, perform trouble
diagnosis for DTC P0340 first. Refer to EC-377.
With CONSULT-II
cardiagn.com
SEF058Y
3) Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. (If engine does not
run, turn ignition switch to “START” for at least 5 seconds.)
Without CONSULT-II
2) Start engine. (If engine does not run, turn ignition switch to
“START” for at least 5 seconds.)
turn “ON”.
ECM.
EC-416
Wiring Diagram GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC325M
EC-417
cardiagn.com
TEC149M
EC-418
GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC150M
EC-419
INSPECTION START
H
Start engine. Yes Go to “SEARCH FOR
E
Is engine running? MALFUNCTIONING CIR-
CUIT” on next page.
No
SEC684CA H
E
2. Disconnect ECM relay. E127 , M21
2 , I 10A fuse
q5 and ground with CONSULT-II or I 15A fuse
tester. I Harness for open or
Voltage: Battery voltage short between battery
and ECM relay
OK
connectors.
cardiagn.com
SEC782C
H
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-1. NG Check the following.
E
2. Check harness continuity between ECM M52 , F7
42 and ECM relay terminal q
terminal q 1 . I Harness for open or
Refer to Wiring Diagram. and ECM
Continuity should exist. If NG, repair open circuit or
OK
SEC202B
H
CHECK ECM RELAY. NG Replace ECM relay.
E
terminals q
1 and q 2 .
2. Check continuity between relay termi-
3 and q
nals q 5 ,q7 and q 6 .
Continuity exists.
No voltage applied:
No continuity
OK
H
1. Reconnect ECM relay and ECM har-
ness connector.
2. Go to “CHECK POWER SUP-
PLY-2” on next page.
EC-420
GI
SEARCH FOR MALFUNCTIONING CIR-
CUIT.
MA
With CONSULT-II
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in EM
“ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-
II.
3. Search for circuit which does not pro-
duce a momentary engine speed drop.
LC
------------------------------------------------------------------- OR -------------------------------------------------------------------
SEF793X
Without CONSULT-II
2. Check output signal voltage between
ECM terminals q 18 , q
19 , q
20 , q
21 , q
29 , q
30
and ground with oscilloscope. FE
3. Search for circuit that signal voltage
does not match to “DATA” in “ECM Ter-
minal and Reference Value”.
CL
H
NG MT
cardiagn.com
CHECK POWER SUPPLY-2. E
SEC828C 2. Disconnect ignition coil harness con- M50 , F5
nector(s). I Harness connectors
AT
4. Check voltage between each ignition I Harness for open or
coil harness connector terminal q1 and short between ignition TF
ground with CONSULT-II or tester. coil and ECM relay
connectors. PD
OK
H
CHECK CONDENSER CIRCUIT FOR
NG Check the following. FA
E
OPEN AND SHORT. I Harness connectors
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M50 , F5
SEC783C
2. Disconnect condenser harness connec- I Check for open or short RA
tor. between ECM relay and
3. Check harness continuity between ECM condenser
relay terminal q
3 and condenser termi- If NG, repair open circuit or BR
nal q1 , condenser terminal q
2 and short to ground or short to
engine ground. power in harness or con-
Refer to Wiring Diagram. nectors. ST
and short to power.
RS
OK
H
NG Check the following.
SEC784C CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT. E BT
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground F121 , F25
screws. I Check for open or short
3. Check harness continuity between igni- between ignition coil and
HA
tion coil harness connector terminal q
2 engine ground
and engine ground. If NG, repair open circuit or
Refer to Wiring Diagram. short to power in harness EL
Continuity should exist. or connectors.
SE
H
OK
q
A
SEF305T
(Go to next page.) IDX
EC-421
q
A
H
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-2. NG Repair open circuit or short
E
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. to ground or short to power
2. Check harness continuity between each in harness or connectors.
ignition coil harness connector terminal
q3 and each ECM harness connector
terminal.
OK
H
CHECK COMPONENT NG Replace ignition coil
E
(Ignition coil with power transistor). assembly.
EC-422.
cardiagn.com
OK
H
CHECK COMPONENT NG Replace condenser.
E
(Condenser).
EC-423.
OK
H
H
INSPECTION END
IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows.
3 (+) - 2 (-) Except 0 or
1 (+) - 3 (-)
Except 0
SEF371Q 1 (+) - 2 (-)
EC-422
CONDENSER GI
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Check resistance between condenser terminals as q
1 and q
2 . MA
Resistance Above 1 MΩ at 25°C (77°F)
EM
LC
SEF124Y
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-423
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH TB48DE A/T
Description
Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed.
This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving.

Mode
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF

BRAKE SW I Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON

CAUTION:
TER-
cardiagn.com
WIRE DATA
COLOR (DC voltage)
NO.
Engine is running
Approximately 0V
Brake pedal fully released
106 G/Y Stop lamp switch
Engine is running BATTERY VOLTAGE
Brake pedal fully depressed (11 - 14V)
On Board Diagnostic Logic

Check Items
DTC No. Malfunction detected when ...
(Possible Cause)
P1805 A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for an I Harness or connectors
1805 extremely long time while the vehicle is driving. (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.)
I Stop lamp switch

WITH CONSULT-II
2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
3. Erase the DTC with CONSULT-II.
5. If DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-427.
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
3. Erase the “Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)
memory. Refer to EC-287, “How to Erase DTC (Without CON-
SULT-II)”.
turn “ON”.
EC-424
5. Perform “Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)” with GI
ECM.
6. If DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-427.
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-425
Wiring Diagram
cardiagn.com
TEC249M
EC-426
INSPECTION START
MA
H
OK EM
OVERALL FUNCTION CHECK E INSPECTION END
With CONSULT-II.
2. Select “BRAKE SW” in “DATA MONI-
SEC193D TOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Brake pedal: Fully

released
OFF FE
Brake pedal: Slightly
ON
depressed
CL
Without CONSULT-II.
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. MT
cardiagn.com
2. Check voltage ECM terminal 106 and
SEC194D
ground following condition.
CONDITION SPECIFICATION AT
Brake pedal: Fully
0V
released
TF
Brake pedal: Slightly Battery voltage
depressed (11 - 14V)
NG PD
H
NG
CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT. Eq
C
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. FA
2. Check the stop lamp when depressing
and releasing the brake pedal.
Brake pedal Stop lamp RA

Fully released Not illuminated
Depressed Illuminated BR
OK
q
A
ST
H H
NG
CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT E Check the following. RS
SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND I Harness connectors
SHORT. M52 , F7
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. short between ECM and BT
3. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness stop lamp switch
connector. If NG, repair open circuit or
4. Check harness continuity between ECM short to ground or short to
terminal 106 and stop lamp switch ter- power in harness or con- HA
minal q2 . Refer to Wiring Diagram. nectors.
5. Also check harness for short to ground EL
and short to power.
H OK
q
B
SE
IDX
EC-427
q
B
H
CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH. NG Replace stop lamp switch.
E
OK
H
SEC194D
H
INSPECTION END
q
C
H
CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH VOLT- NG Check the following.
E
AGE. I 10A fuse
cardiagn.com
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness I Fuse block (J/B) M3
PBIB0117E connector. I Harness for open and
2. Check voltage between stop lamp short between stop lamp
switch terminal q
1 and ground with switch and battery
CONSULT-II or tester. If NG, repair open circuit or
Voltage: Battery voltage short to ground or short to
OK
nectors.
H
q
A
EC-428
STOP LAMP SWITCH
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. MA
EM
LC
SEC194D
2. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals q

1 and
q
2 under the following conditions.
Conditions Continuity FE
Brake pedal fully released Should not exist.
Brake pedal depressed Should exist. CL
3. If NG, replace stop lamp switch.
MT
cardiagn.com
PBIB0118E
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-429
HO2S1 HEATER TB48DE A/T
System Description
Heated
Engine speed E
oxygen
Camshaft position sensor E ECM
sensor 1
heater
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated OPERATION

oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine
speed. Engine speed rpm
heater
Above 3,600 OFF
Below 3,600 ON

Mode
cardiagn.com
HO2S1 HTR (B1) I Engine speed: Idle ON

HO2S1 HTR (B2) I Engine speed: Above 3,600 OFF

CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE DATA
COLOR (DC voltage)
NO.
G/Y 0 - 0.5V
(B1) Engine speed is below 2,800 rpm.
heater Engine is running.
9 BATTERY VOLTAGE
L/R
(B2) Engine speed is above 2,800 rpm. (11 - 14V)
EC-430
Wiring Diagram GI
BANK 1
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC246M
EC-431
BANK 2
cardiagn.com
TEC248M
EC-432
INSPECTION START
MA
H
OK
OVERALL FUNCTION CHECK INSPECTION END
E
1. Start engine. EM
With CONSULT-II
2. Select “HO2S1 HTR (B1)/(B2)” in “DATA
MONITOR” mode.
LC
SEC888C
Engine speed rpm
1 heater
Above 3,600 OFF
Below 3,600 ON
FE
Without CONSULT-II
2. Check voltage between ECM terminals CL

q9 (B1)/q8 (B2) and ground with CONSULT-II
or tester under the following conditions.
Engine speed rpm

Heated oxygen sensor MT
cardiagn.com
1 heater
Engine speed is below
SEC320D Approximately 0V
3,600 rpm.
Engine speed is
AT
Battery voltage
above 3,600 rpm.
NG TF
H
NG
CHECK POWER SUPPLY. Check the following.
E
2. Disconnect corresponding heated oxygen sen- F7 , M52
PD
sor 1 harness connector. I 10A fuse
3 and between heated oxygen sen-
ground. sor 1 and fuse
FA
Voltage: Battery voltage If NG, repair harness or con-
nectors.
OK
SEC321D H
NG
RA
CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT. Repair harness or connectors.
E
3. Check harness continuity between terminal BR
and sensor.
Heated oxy- Terminals

gen sensor ST
1 heater ECM Sensor
P0135 B1 9 1
P0155 B2 8 1 RS
SEC180D If OK, check harness for short to ground and BT
short to power.
OK
H
CHECK COMPONENT
NG
REPLACE HO2S1.
HA
E
(Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater).
Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION” on next
page. EL
OK
H
MITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-331. SE
H
INSPECTION END IDX
EC-433
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER
Check resistance between terminals q 3 and q 1 .
Check continuity between terminals q2 and q 1 ,q 3 and q
2 .
If NG, replace the heated oxygen sensor 1.
CAUTION:
I Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard sur-
SEC181D
face such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
I Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system
threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool
J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
cardiagn.com
EC-434
SOLENOID VALVE TB48DE A/T
Description GI
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
MA
ECM func-
tion
EM
EVAP canis-
Power steering oil pressure switch Power steering signal EVAP canister purge volume
ter purge
Throttle position sensor Throttle position control solenoid valve
control

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas FE
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner signal
CL
This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canis- MT
cardiagn.com
ter. The opening of the vapor by-pass passage in the EVAP canis-
ter purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow
rate. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve AT
repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control.
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by consider- TF
ing various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the
flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister is regulated as the
air flow changes. PD
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION FA
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a
ON/OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP
canister. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is RA
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
BR
ST
SEF337U
RS
Mode
BT
Idle 0%
I Engine: After warming up HA
I No-load More than 30 seconds after starting
PURG VOL C/V engine
I Lift up drive wheels and suitable 30 - 100%
gear position Rev engine up from 2,000 to 4,000 EL
rpm.
SE
IDX
EC-435

CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)*1
Engine is running.
Idle speed
SEC676C
EVAP canister purge vol-
54 W/B
ume control solenoid valve BATTERY VOLTAGE
cardiagn.com
(11 - 14V)*1
Engine is running.
Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm (More than

100 seconds after starting engine).
SEC677C
EC-436
Wiring Diagram GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC155M
EC-437
INSPECTION START
H
OK
CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION. E CHECK EVAP CANISTER.
With CONSULT-II “OFF”.
2. Remove EVAP canister.
1. Start engine and let it idle. 3. Blow air into each of
2. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in three ports to check that
SEC891C “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT- air flows freely.
II. If NG, replace EVAP canis-
3. Remove the purge vacuum hose ter.
canister purge volume control solenoid OK
4. Touch “UP/DOWN” on CONSULT-II
screen. Check to see if vacuum exists
under the following conditions.
H
Condition
Vacuum
INSPECTION END
PURGE VOL CONT/V
cardiagn.com
0% No
SEC892C 100% Yes
Without CONSULT-II
1. Lift up vehicle, start engine and warm it
2. Remove the purge vacuum hose
canister purge volume control solenoid
3. Check to see if vacuum exists when
revving engine from 2,000 to 4,000 rpm
in a suitable gear position other than
“P” or “N”.
SEC785C
Condition Vacuum
When depressing
Yes
accelerator pedal
When releasing accel-

erator pedal com- No
pletely
NG
H
NG
CHECK POWER SUPPLY. E Check the following.
SEF083Y 2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge vol- M52 , F7
ume control solenoid valve harness I 10A fuse
connector. I Harness for open or
3. Turn ignition switch “ON”. short between EVAP
4. Check voltage between terminal q1 and canister purge volume
engine ground with CONSULT-II or control solenoid valve
tester. and 10A fuse
connectors.
H OK
GO TO q
A.
SEC815C
EC-438
q
A GI
H
NG
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT. E Repair open circuit or short MA
ECM terminal q 54 and terminal q2 .
EM
If OK, check harness for short to LC
OK
H
NG
CHECK COMPONENT E Replace EVAP canister
(EVAP canister purge volume control sole- purge volume control sole-
noid valve). noid valve. FE
EC-440.
OK CL
H
Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR MT
cardiagn.com
H AT
INSPECTION END
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-439
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the
valve opening.
If OK, inspection end. If NG, go to following step.
3. Check air passage continuity.
SEC816C
Condition Air passage continuity

PURG VOL CONT/V value between q A and qB
100.0% Yes
0.0% No
If NG, replace the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid

valve.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
cardiagn.com
Without CONSULT-II
SEF660U
Check air passage continuity.
Air passage continuity

Condition
between q A and qB
12V direct current supply between ter-

Yes
minals
No supply No
If NG or operation takes more than 1 second, replace solenoid

valve.
SEF661U
EC-440
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS) TB48DE A/T
Description GI
The vehicle speed sensor is installed in the transmission. It con-
tains a pulse generator which provides a vehicle speed signal to the MA
combination meter. The combination meter then sends a signal to
the ECM through CAN communication line.
EM
OK
OVERALL FUNCTION CHECK E
INSPECTION END LC
With CONSULT-II
1. Lift up drive wheels.
2. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA
The vehicle speed on CONSULT-II
should exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when FE
rotating wheels with suitable gear posi-
tion.
CL
Without CONSULT-II
1. Lift up drive wheels.
2. Start engine. MT
cardiagn.com
3. Read vehicle speed with combination
meter. The vehicle speed indication
should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 AT
MPH) when rotating wheels with suit-
able gear position.
NG TF
H
CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR CIR- NG Repair or replace.
E
CUIT. PD
Refer to EL section.
OK
H FA
CHECK COMBINATION METER.
Check combination meter function.
Refer to EL section. RA
H
INSPECTION END
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-441
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL TB48DE A/T
System Description
Engine speed
E

E
Intake valve
timing con-
Engine coolant temperature sensor E trol
E ECM
solenoid
valve
Throttle position
E
Vehicle speed
Vehicle speed sensor
E
The intake valve timing control system is utilized to When ECM sends ON signal to intake valve timing
control intake valve opening and closing timing. control solenoid valve, oil pressure is transmitted to
Engine coolant temperature signals, engine speed, camshaft sprocket. Then, intake side camshaft is
amount of intake air, vehicle speed and throttle posi- advanced.
cardiagn.com
tion are used to determine intake valve timing.
The intake camshaft sprocket position is regulated
by oil pressure controlled by the intake valve timing
control.
SEF587TA
EC-442
Operation GI
Intake valve timing con-
Engine operating condition trol
Intake valve opening
and closing time
Valve overlap Engine valve timing MA
solenoid valve
I Engine coolant temperature is
between 70°C (158°F) to 118°C EM
(244°F) and engine speed is
between 800 rpm and 4,200 rpm. ON Advance Increased q
II
I During high load condition
I Vehicle speed is more than 8 km/h LC
(5 MPH).
Those other than above OFF Normal Normal q

I

Mode FE
I Engine is in warm up condition.
OFF , ON (Using “NIT/V TIM-B1” in “DATA MONITOR”, the
I Engine speed is more than 800 rpm.
INT/V SOL-B1
I Suitable gear position
difference of degree between “OFF” and “ON” is approxi- MT
cardiagn.com
mately 20 deg.
I Vehicle speed is more than 8 km/h (5 MPH).
AT
TF
CAUTION:
ECM’s transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals such as the body ground. PD
TER-
WIRE DATA
COLOR (DC voltage)
NO. FA
Engine is running.
Approximately 0V
152 R
Intake valve timing control Intake valve timing control solenoid is operating. RA
solenoid valves Engine is running.
Intake valve timing control solenoid is not operating.
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-443
Wiring Diagram
cardiagn.com
TEC158M
EC-444
INSPECTION START
MA
H
Yes
INSPECTION END EM
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select
“VALVE TIMING SOL” in “ACTIVE
LC
SEC923C 2. Select “ON/OFF” then check valve tim-
ing solenoid valve click sound.
Do you hear the operation sound?
1) Lift up vehicle, start engine and warm it
up to normal operation temperature.
2) Shift to a suitable gear position other
than “P” or “N” and rev engine up from
FE
2,000 to 3,000 rpm.
3) Check voltage between ECM terminal
152 (Intake valve timing control sole- CL
noid valve signal) and ground under the
Conditions Voltage MT
cardiagn.com
Not revving engine. Approximately 0V
SEC323D
Battery voltage
Revving engine.
(Momentary)
AT
No
TF
H
NG
1. Stop engine. I Harness connectors PD
2. Disconnect intake valve timing control M52 , F7
solenoid valve harness connector. I 10A fuse
4. Check voltage between terminal q 2 and between the intake valve FA
ground. timing control solenoid
Voltage: Battery voltage valve and fuse
SEC793C OK connectors. RA
H
NG
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT. E
Repair harness or connec- BR
terminal 152 and solenoid valve termi- ST
nal q
1 .
If OK, check harness for short to ground RS
and short to power.
OK
SEC794C H
NG
BT
CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE. E
Repair lubrication system.
Refer to LC section (“Oil Pressure Check”,
“ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM”).
HA
OK
H
CHECK INTAKE AIR SYSTEM.
NG
Repair intake air system.
EL
E
Check intake air system for leaks.
H OK SE
GO TO q
A.
IDX
EC-445
q
A
H
CHECK COMPONENT NG Replace intake valve timing
E
(Intake valve timing control solenoid valve). control solenoid valve.
EC-446.
OK
H
Replace intake valve timing control
sprocket with camshaft.
H
H
INSPECTION END
cardiagn.com
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
1. Check oil passage visually for any metal debris.
2. Supply intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals with
battery voltage.
3. Make sure that inside plunger protrudes.
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
SEC795C
EC-446
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH TB48DE A/T
When the gear position is “P” or “N”, park/neutral position (PNP)
switch is “ON”. MA
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the
“ON” signal) exists.
The park/neutral position (PNP) switch assembly also includes a EM
transmission range switch to detect selector lever position.
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
SEC199D
AT
Mode
TF
PD
Shift lever: Neutral position ON
Except above OFF
FA
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. RA
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam- BR
TER-
WIRE DATA ST
COLOR (DC voltage)
NO.
Ignition switch “ON” RS
Approximately 0V
Park/neutral position sig- Gear position is “P” or “N” position.
80 R/PU
nal Ignition switch “ON”
Approximately 5V
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-447
Wiring Diagram
cardiagn.com
TEC256M
EC-448
GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC320M
EC-449
INSPECTION START
H
OK
CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION. E INSPECTION END
With CONSULT-II

2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONI-
SEF212Y TOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Check the “P/N POSI SW” signal under
Position (Selector lever) Known-good signal

“N” and “P” position ON
Except the above position OFF
Without CONSULT-II
q80 (PNP signal) and ground under the
cardiagn.com
PBIB0169E
Condition Voltage
Gear position is “N” or “P”. 0V
Except the above gear
Battery voltage
position
NG
H
NG
CHECK PNP SWITCH SIGNAL. E CHECK PNP SWITCH
CIRCUIT.
With CONSULT-II Check the PNP switch cir-
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. cuit.
2. Select “A/T”, then “DATA MONITOR” Refer to AT section,
mode with CONSULT-II. “PARK/NEUTRAL POSI-
PBIB0102E 3. Select “P/N POSI SW” signal and check TION SWITCH”.
its indication under the following condi-
tions.
Condition
P/N POSI SW
(Gear position)
“P” or “N” position ON
Other positions OFF
H
Without CONSULT-II INSPECTION END
Confirm that the PNP switch signal is sent
to TCM correctly.
Refer to AT section, “PARK/NEUTRAL
POSITION SWITCH”.
H OK
GO TO q
A.
EC-450
GI
q
A
H MA
CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL NG If NG, repair open circuit or
E
CIRCUIT-I FOR OPEN AND SHORT. short to ground or short to
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. power in harness or con- EM
2. Disconnect TCM harness connector. nectors.
3. Disconnect park/neutral position relay-3
harness connector. LC
4. Check harness continuity between TCM
SEC185D terminal q48 and park/neutral position
relay-3 terminal q2 .
and short to power.
FE
OK
H
CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
NG Repair open circuit or short
CL
E
CIRCUIT-II FOR OPEN AND SHORT. to power in harness or
1. Check harness continuity between park/ connectors.
neutral position relay-3 terminals q
1 ,
MT
cardiagn.com
q6 and ground.
SEC298D Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK TF
H
CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL NG Check the following.
E
CIRCUIT-III FOR OPEN AND SHORT. I Harness connectors
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. F7 , M52
PD
terminal q80 and park/neutral position M21 , E127
relay-3 terminal q
7 . I Harness for open or FA
Refer to Wiring Diagram. short between ECM and
Continuity should exist. Park/Neutral position
relay-3 RA
OK If NG, repair open circuit or
power in harness or con- BR
nectors.
H
CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION NG If NG, replace park/neutral
ST
E
RELAY-3. position relay-3.
Refer to AT section.
RS
OK
H
BT
H
HA
INSPECTION END
EL
SE
IDX
EC-451
SNOW MODE SWITCH TB48DE A/T
To turn on the switch, push the lower side of it. The indicator light
of the switch will illuminate and the transmission shifts into the
snow driving mode.
I This mode is used for standing starts on slippery (snowy,
sandy) roads.
I When the selector lever is in the D position, the transmission
shifts from 1st to 5th gear automatically from standing starts or
when accelerating from low speed.
SEC222D

CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE DATA
COLOR (DC voltage)
NO.
cardiagn.com
Snow mode switch is snow position.
60 Y/G Snow mode switch Snow switch is “ON”.
Approximately 0V
Except above switch position
EC-452
Wiring Diagram GI
WITH SNOW MODE SWITCH
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC263M
EC-453
INSPECTION START
H
CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION. OK CHECK SNOW INDICA-
E
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. TOR LAMP.
2. Check voltage as follows. 1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Check snow indicator
Snow mode switch ECM terminal q
60 voltage
lamp as follows.
AUTO 0V
Snow mode Snow indica-
SEC188D
SNOW 11 - 14 V (Battery voltage) switch tor lamp
AUTO OFF
NG SNOW ON
A F NG
q
OK
H
INSPECTION END
H
CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR SNOW NG Check the following.
E
MODE SWITCH. I 7.5A fuse
1. Disconnect snow mode switch harness I Harness connectors
connector. M20 , B19
cardiagn.com
3. Check voltage between snow mode between snow mode
switch terminal q2 and ground. switch and fuse.
Battery voltage If NG, repair open circuit,
nectors.
H
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I. NG Check the following.
E
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. I Harness connector B19 ,
3. Check harness continuity between snow I Harness connector M51 ,
mode switch terminal q 1 and ECM ter- F6
minal q60 . I Harness for open or short
Refer to Wiring Diagram. between snow mode
Continuity should exist. switch and ECM
4. Check harness continuity between ECM If NG, repair open circuit,
terminal q 60 and snow mode switch ter- short to ground or short to
minal q6 . Refer to wiring diagram. power in harness or con-
Continuity should exist. nectors.
and short to power.
If OK, reconnect ECM harness connector.
OK
H
E
1. Check harness continuity between snow I Harness connector B19 ,
mode switch harness connector terminal M20
q7 and ground. I Harness for open or short
Refer to Wiring Diagram. between snow mode
Continuity should exist. switch and ground.
If OK, check harness for short to power. If NG, repair open circuit,
OK or connectors.
H
H
INSPECTION END
EC-454
q
A GI
H
CHECK SNOW INDICATOR LAMP INPUT NG Repair open circuit, short MA
E
SIGNAL CIRCUIT. to ground or short to power
1. Check continuity between snow mode in harness or connectors.
switch terminal q
1 and q 6 . Refer to EM
wiring diagram.
2. Also check harness for short to ground LC
and short to power.
OK
H
CHECK SNOW INDICATOR LAMP NG Check the following.
E
GROUND. I Harness connectors FE
1. Check harness continuity between B19 , M20
snow mode switch terminal q 7 and I Harness for open or
ground. Refer to wiring diagram. short between snow CL
Continuity should exist. mode switch and ground
OK
MT
cardiagn.com
or connectors.
H
CHECK SNOW INDICATOR LAMP. NG Replace snow indicator AT
E
Refer to EL or AT section. lamp or snow mode switch
assembly.
OK TF
H
INSPECTION END
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-455
VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR CONTROL SYSTEM (VIAS) TB48DE A/T
Description
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM func-
tion
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position VIAS con-
Ignition switch Start signal trol

cardiagn.com
SEC802C
When the engine is running at low or medium speed, the ECM

sends the signal to the VIAS control solenoid valve then power
valve is fully closed. Under this condition, the effective suction port
length is equivalent to the total length of the intake manifold collec-
tor’s suction port including the intake valve. This long suction port
provides increased air intake which results in improved suction
efficiency and higher torque generation.
The surge tank and one-way valve are provided. When engine is
running at high speed, the ECM does not send the signal to the
VIAS control solenoid valve, thus enabling power valve to be fully
opened. This signal introduces the intake manifold vacuum into the
power valve actuator and therefore opens the power valve to two
suction passages together in the collector.
Under this condition, the effective port length is equivalent to the
EC-456
Description (Cont’d)
length of the suction port provided independently for each cylinder. GI
This shortened port length results in enhanced engine output with
reduced suction resistance under high speeds.
MA
EM
LC
Power valve
The power valve is installed in intake manifold collector and used FE
to control the suction passage of the variable induction air control
system. It is set in the fully closed or fully opened position by the
power valve actuator operated by the vacuum stored in the surge CL
tank. The vacuum in the surge tank is controlled by the VIAS con-
trol solenoid valve.
MT
cardiagn.com
SEC803C
AT
The VIAS control solenoid valve cuts the intake manifold vacuum
signal for power valve control. It responds to ON/OFF signals from TF
the ECM. When the solenoid is off, the vacuum signal from the
intake manifold is for high speed. When the ECM sends an ON
signal the coil pulls the plunger downward and feeds the vacuum PD
signal to the power valve actuator.
FA
SEC804C
RA
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. BR
CAUTION:
age to the ECM’s transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. ST
TER-
WIRE
MINAL
COLOR
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) RS
NO.
Engine is running. BATTERY VOLTAGE BT
VIAS control solenoid
27 LG/R
valve Engine is running.
0 - 1.0V HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-457
Wiring Diagram
cardiagn.com
TEC161M
EC-458
INSPECTION START
MA
H
E EM
With CONSULT-II
operating temperature. LC
2. Perform “VIAS SOL VALVE” in “ACTIVE
SEC805C TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Turn VIAS control solenoid valve “ON”
and “OFF”, and make sure that power
valve actuator rod moves.
Without CONSULT-II
FE
2. Rev engine quickly up to above 5,000
rpm and make sure that power valve CL
actuator rod moves.
NG
H
MT
cardiagn.com
CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID NG Check the following.
E
SEC806C VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT. I Harness connectors
1. Stop engine. M52 , F7 AT
2. Disconnect VIAS control solenoid valve I 10A fuse
harness connector. I Harness continuity
3. Turn ignition switch “ON”. between fuse and VIAS TF
4. Check voltage between terminal q1 and control solenoid valve
Voltage: Battery voltage connectors.
PD
OK
H
CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID NG Repair open circuit or short
E
VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR to ground or short to power FA
OPEN AND SHORT. in harness or connectors.
SEC804C
RA
2 . Refer to
Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist. BR
and short to power.
H
OK ST
RETEST OVERALL FUNCTION. OK INSPECTION END
E
1. Reconnect harness connectors discon-
nected. RS
2. Perform CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
again.
SEC807C NG BT
H
CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT. NG Repair or replace harness
E
Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR or connectors. HA
OK
H
Replace VIAS control solenoid valve as
EL
intake manifold collector assembly.
SE
IDX
EC-459
INJECTOR TB48DE A/T
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the injector circuit, the coil in the injector is
energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and allows
fuel to flow through the injector into the intake manifold. The
amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration.
Pulse duration is the length of time the injector remains open. The
ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel
needs.
SEF375Z

Mode
Idle 2.4 - 3.2 msec
INJ PULSE-B1/B2
2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.8 msec
I
cardiagn.com
No-load
Idle 2.0 - 3.2 msec
B/FUEL SCHDL ditto
2,000 rpm 1.4 - 2.6 msec

CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE DATA
COLOR (DC voltage)
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)★

Idle speed

SEC670C
14 BR Injector No. 5 (11 - 14V)★
15 GY Injector No. 6
Engine is running.
SEC671C
EC-460
INJECTOR TB48DE A/T
Wiring Diagram GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC162M
EC-461
INJECTOR TB48DE A/T
INSPECTION START
H
E
1. Start engine.
With CONSULT-II
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in
SEF190Y
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a
momentary engine speed drop.
------------------------------------------------------------------- OR -------------------------------------------------------------------
Without CONSULT-II
2. Listen to each injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard.
NG
H
E
cardiagn.com
2. Disconnect each injector harness con- M52 , F7
SEF730L nector. I Harness connectors
4. Check voltage between each terminal I 10A fuse
q2 and ground with CONSULT-II or I Harness for open or short
tester. between injector and fuse
Voltage: Battery voltage block
OK connectors.
H
E
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. F101 , F12
3. Check harness continuity between each I Harness for open or short
terminal q 1 and ECM terminals q 5 ,q6 , between ECM and injec-
SEC793C
q7 ,q13 , q
14 , q
15 . tor
Refer to Wiring Diagram. If NG, repair open circuit or
OK
H
CHECK COMPONENT NG Replace injector.
E
(Injector).
EC-463.
OK
H
SEC808C CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT.
H
INSPECTION END
EC-462
INJECTOR TB48DE A/T
INJECTOR
1. Disconnect injector harness connector. MA
2. Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure.
Resistance: 13.5 - 17.5Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
If NG, replace injector. EM
LC
SEC809C
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-463
START SIGNAL TB48DE A/T

Mode

CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
59 R/W Start signal
cardiagn.com
EC-464
Wiring Diagram GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC163M
EC-465
INSPECTION START
H
E
With CONSULT-II
2. Check “START SIGNAL” in “DATA
PBIB0182E
IGN “ON” OFF

IGN “START” ON
------------------------------------------------------------------- OR -------------------------------------------------------------------
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to “START”.
q
59 and ground.
Voltage:
Ignition switch “START”
cardiagn.com
SEC824C Except above
Approximately 0V
NG
H
Check if 7.5A fuse is OK. NG Replace 7.5A fuse.
E
OK
H
E
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and M52 , F7
7.5A fuse. I Harness for open or short
3. Check harness continuity between ECM between ECM and fuse
terminal q59 and fuse block. block
OK
H
H
INSPECTION END
EC-466
FUEL PUMP TB48DE A/T

E Fuel MA
ECM E pump
Ignition switch Start signal relay
E
EM
The ECM activates the fuel pump for several sec-
Condition Fuel pump operation
onds after the ignition switch is turned on to improve LC
engine storability. If the ECM receives a 120° signal Ignition switch is turned to ON.
Operates for
from the camshaft position sensor, it knows that the 5 seconds.
engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. Engine running and cranking Operates.
If the 120° signal is not received when the ignition
switch is on, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump When engine is stopped Stops in 1 second.
operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby Except as shown above Stops. FE
improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive
the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump
relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump. CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
The fuel pump with a fuel damper is an in-tank type (the pump and
damper are located in the fuel tank). TF
PD
FA
SEF609V
RA
Mode BR
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION ST
I Ignition switch is turned to ON (Operates for 5 seconds).
I Engine running and cranking ON
FUEL PUMP RLY I When engine is stopped (Stops in 1 second) RS
Except as shown above OFF
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-467

CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE DATA
COLOR (DC voltage)
NO.

“ON”
40*2
R/Y Fuel pump relay Engine is running.
(41)*1

5 seconds after turning ignition switch “ON” (11 - 14V)
*1: With NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System)

*2: Without NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System)
cardiagn.com
EC-468
Wiring Diagram GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC164M
EC-469
INSPECTION START
H
E
2. Pinch fuel feed hose with fingers.
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt
on the fuel feed hose for 5 seconds
after ignition switch is turned “ON”.
SEC810C
NG
H
E
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. I 15A fuse
2. Disconnect fuel pump relay. I Harness for open or short
3. Turn ignition switch “ON”. between fuse and fuel
1 , pump relay
q3 and ground with CONSULT-II or If NG, repair harness or
tester. connectors.
cardiagn.com
OK
SEC684C
H
CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT-I. NG Check the following.
E
2. Disconnect fuel tank gauge unit (fuel C2 , B37 (LHD models)
pump) harness connector. I Harness connectors
3. Check harness continuity between termi- C2 , B125 (RHD mod-
nal q
6 and body ground. els)
Refer to Wiring Diagram. I Harness for open or short
Continuity should exist. between fuel pump and
If OK, check harness for short to body ground
power. If NG, repair open circuit,
OK or connectors.
SEF479P
H
CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT-II. NG Check the following.
E
2. Check harness continuity between relay M20 , B19 (LHD models)
terminal q5 and fuel pump terminal q
4 . I Harness connectors
Refer to Wiring Diagram. M97 , B103 (RHD mod-
Continuity should exist. els)
If OK, check harness for short to I Harness connectors
ground and short to power. B137 , C2 (LHD models)
OK B125 , C2 (RHD mod-
els)
SEF608V I Harness for open or short
between fuel pump and
fuel pump relay
nectors.
H
q
A
(Go to next page.)
EC-470
q
A
GI
H MA
E
2. Check harness continuity between ECM M52 , F7 EM
40 (Without NATS) or q
terminal q 41 (With I Harness for open or short
NATS) and fuel pump relay terminal q
2 . between ECM and fuel
Refer to Wiring Diagram. pump relay
LC
SEF073Y
nectors.
OK
H
CHECK COMPONENT NG Replace fuel pump relay. FE
E
(Fuel pump relay).
With CONSULT-II
CL
1. Reconnect fuel pump relay, fuel pump
harness connector and ECM harness
connector. MT
cardiagn.com
3. Turn fuel pump relay “ON” and “OFF” in
“ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II
and check operating sound. AT
------------------------------------------------------------------- OR -------------------------------------------------------------------
Without CONSULT-II TF
EC-472.
OK PD
H
CHECK COMPONENT NG Replace fuel pump.
E
(Fuel pump). FA
EC-472.
OK RA
H
Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR BR
H ST
INSPECTION END
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-471
FUEL PUMP RELAY
3 and q
5 .
12V direct current supply
Yes
between terminals q 1 and q
2

SEF511P
FUEL PUMP
1. Disconnect fuel pump harness connector.
2. Check resistance between terminals q 4 and q
6 .
If NG, replace fuel pump.
cardiagn.com
SEF607V
EC-472
POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH TB48DE A/T
The power steering oil pressure switch is attached to the power
steering high-pressure tube and detects a power steering load. MA
When a power steering load is detected, it signals the ECM. The
ECM adjusts the IACV-AAC valve to increase the idle speed and
adjust for the increased load. EM
LC
SEC811C

Mode FE
Steering wheel in neutral position
PW/ST SIGNAL (forward direction)
engine
The steering wheel is turned. ON
MT
cardiagn.com
CAUTION: TF
PD
TER-
WIRE DATA
COLOR (DC voltage)
NO.
FA
Engine is running.
0V
Steering wheel is being turned.
79 OR/L
Power steering oil pres- RA
sure switch Engine is running.
Approximately 5V
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-473
Wiring Diagram
cardiagn.com
TEC165M
EC-474
INSPECTION START
MA
H
OK
EM
CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION. INSPECTION END
E
With CONSULT-II
LC
1. Start engine.
SEF757X 2. Check “PW/ST SIGNAL” in “DATA
Steering is neutral position: OFF
Steering is turned: ON
------------------------------------------------------------------- OR ------------------------------------------------------------------- FE
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
CL
q
79 and ground.
Voltage:
MT
cardiagn.com
When steering wheel is turned
quickly, or fully turned
SEC825C
Approximately 0V
AT
Except above
Approximately 5V
NG TF
H
PD
E
2. Disconnect power steering oil pressure nectors.
switch harness connector.
FA
3. Check harness continuity between termi-
nal q
SEC811C
RA
BR
OK
H
ST
E
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. ground or short to power in
2. Check harness continuity between ECM harness or connectors.
RS
79 and terminal q
terminal q 1 .
BT
and short to power.
HA
OK
H
q
A EL
(Go to next page.)
SE
IDX
EC-475
q
A
H
CHECK COMPONENT NG Replace power steering oil
E
(Power steering oil pressure switch). pressure switch.
EC-476.
OK
H
H
INSPECTION END
cardiagn.com
POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
1. Disconnect power steering oil pressure switch harness connec-
tor then start engine.
2. Check continuity between terminals q 1 and q 2 .
Steering wheel is being turned or fully turned Yes
Steering wheel is not being turned No
SEC812C If NG, replace power steering oil pressure switch.
EC-476
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL TB48DE A/T
Description GI
The electrical load signal (Headlamp switch signal, rear window defogger switch signal, etc) is transferred
through the CAN communication line from combination meter to ECM. MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-477
NG
CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVER- Eq
A
ALL FUNCTION-I
2. Connect CONSULT-II and select “DATA
MONITOR” mode.
3. Select “LOAD SIGNAL” and check indi-
cation under the following conditions.
Condition Indication
Rear window defogger

PBIB0103E ON
switch “ON”.
Rear window defogger

OFF
switch “OFF”.
OK
H
NG
CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVER- Eq
B
ALL FUNCTION-II
Check “LOAD SIGNAL” indication under
Condition Indication
cardiagn.com
Lighting switch “ON”
ON
at 2nd position
Lighting switch “OFF” OFF
OK
H
INSPECTION END
q
A
H
No
CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER E Check rear window defog-
FUNCTION. ger circuit. Refer to EL
1. Start engine. section, “REAR WINDOW
2. Turn “ON” the rear window defogger DEFOGGER”.
switch.
3. Check the rear windshield. Is the rear
windshield heated up?
Yes
H
NG
CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER E Repair open circuit or short
INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR to ground or short to power
SHORT. in harness connectors.
1. Stop engine.
2. Check the circuit for open and short
between combination meter and rear
window defogger.
Refer to EL section, “Wiring Diagram —
LOAD/S”.
OK
H
NG
CHECK COMBINATION METER E Replace combination
Refer to EL section, “COMBINATION meter.
METERS”.
OK
H
CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
H
INSPECTION END
EC-478
q
B GI
H
NG
CHECK HEADLAMP FUNCTION E
Check headlamp circuit. MA
1. Start engine. Refer to EL section,
2. Turn “ON” the lighting switch at 2nd “HEADLAMP”.
position. EM
3. Check that headlamp high beams are
illuminated.
OK LC
H
NG
CHECK HEADLAMP INPUT SIGNAL CIR- E
CUIT to ground or short to power
1. Stop engine. in harness connectors.
2. Check the circuit for open and short
between combination meter and head-
lamp. FE
Refer to EL section, “Wiring Diagram —
LOAD/S —”.
3. Also check harness for short to ground CL
and short to power.
OK
H MT
cardiagn.com
NG
CHECK COMBINATION METER E
Replace combination
Refer to EL section, “COMBINATION meter.
METERS”. AT
OK
H
CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT TF
PD
H
INSPECTION END
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-479
MIL & DATA LINK CONNECTORS TB48DE A/T
Wiring Diagram
cardiagn.com
TEC318M
EC-480
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) TB48DE A/T
Fuel Pressure Regulator GI

Fuel pressure
kPa (bar, kg/cm2, psi) MA
Approximately
At idle
245 (2.45, 2.5, 36)
EM
A few seconds after ignition Approximately
switch is turned OFF to ON 294 (2.94, 3.0, 43)
LC
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing
Idle speed rpm
Target idle speed 675±50
No-load*1 FE
With three way

850 rpm or more
Air conditioner: ON catalyst CL
(in “N” position) Without three way
950 rpm or more
catalyst
Ignition timing 5°±5° BTDC MT
cardiagn.com
*1: Under the following conditions:
I Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position AT
I Electrical load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defog-
ger)
Mass Air Flow Sensor TF
Supply voltage V Battery voltage (11 - 14)

PD
0.75 - 1.5 at idle*
Output voltage at idle V
1.7 - 2.4 at 2,500 rpm*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running FA
under no-load.
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor RA
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance

BR
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9 kΩ
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 kΩ

90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 kΩ ST
Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 RS

Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] 2.3 - 4.3Ω
BT
Fuel Pump
HA
EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid EL

Valve
SE
Resistance [at 20°C (68°F)] Ω 31 - 35
IDX
EC-481
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) TB48DE A/T
Injector
Ignition Coil with Power Transistor

3 (+) - 2 (−) Except 0 or
1 (+) - 3 (−)
Except 0
1 (+) - 2 (−)
Condenser
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] MΩ Above 1
Throttle Control Motor

Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Approximately 1 - 15 Ω
cardiagn.com
EC-482
QUICK-GLOW SYSTEM TD
Circuit Diagram GI
EXCEPT FOR COLD AREAS AND WAGON MODELS FOR AUSTRALIA
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC205M
EC-483
FOR COLD AREAS AND WAGON MODELS FOR AUSTRALIA
cardiagn.com
TEC286M
EC-484
PICKUP MODELS FOR AUSTRALIA GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC081M
EC-485
PICKUP MODELS EXCEPT FOR AUSTRALIA
cardiagn.com
TEC009M
EC-486
Wiring Diagram GI
EXCEPT FOR COLD AREAS AND WAGON MODELS FOR AUSTRALIA
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC451
EC-487
cardiagn.com
TEC206M
EC-488
FOR COLD AREAS AND WAGON MODELS FOR AUSTRALIA GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC287M
EC-489
cardiagn.com
TEC288M
EC-490
GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC289M
EC-491
cardiagn.com
TEC290M
EC-492
PICKUP MODELS GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC291M
EC-493
cardiagn.com
TEC292M
EC-494
FAST IDLE CONTROL CIRCUIT TD
Wiring Diagram GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC229M
EC-495
ENGINE ROOM FAN MOTOR ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT TD
Wiring Diagram
cardiagn.com
TEC230M
EC-496
ENGINE ROOM FAN MOTOR ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT TD
Electrical Components Inspection GI

3 and q
5 .
Conditions Continuity MA
12V direct current supply between
Yes
1 and q
terminals q 2
EM

LC
SEF145X
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-497
FUEL CUT SYSTEM TD
Wiring Diagram
WAGON MODELS
cardiagn.com
TEC133M
EC-498
FUEL CUT SYSTEM TD
PICKUP MODELS GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC293M
EC-499
ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL OVERALL SYSTEM ZD30DDTi
Circuit Diagram
FOR EUROPE
cardiagn.com
TEC095M
EC-500
ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL OVERALL SYSTEM ZD30DDTi
EXCEPT FOR EUROPE GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC277M
EC-501
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY ZD30DDTi
cardiagn.com
TEC181M
EC-502
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY ZD30DDTi
(Cont’d) GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC097M
EC-503
DTC 0102 MASS AIR FLOW SEN ZD30DDTi
Wiring Diagram
cardiagn.com
TEC182M
EC-504
DTC 0103 COOLANT TEMP SEN ZD30DDTi
Wiring Diagram GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC183M
EC-505
DTC 0104 VEHICLE SPEED SEN ZD30DDTi
Wiring Diagram
FOR EUROPE
cardiagn.com
TEC184M
EC-506
EXCEPT FOR EUROPE GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC278M
EC-507
1 CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and combination meter harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 26 and combination meter terminal 26 (For Europe), 65 (Except for Europe).
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK E GO TO 3.
NG E GO TO 2.
2 DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

I Harness connectors M52, F7
I Joint connector-1
I Harness for open or short between ECM and combination meter
E Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
cardiagn.com
3 CHECK SPEEDOMETER FUNCTION
Make sure that speedometer functions properly.
OK or NG
OK E GO TO 5.
NG E GO TO 4.
4 CHECK SPEEDOMETER CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

I Harness connectors E70, E201
I Harness connectors M86, E104 or M21, E127
I Harness for open or short between combination meter and vehicle speed sensor
OK or NG
OK E Check vehicle speed sensor and combination meter. Refer to EL section.
NG E Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5 CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”.
E INSPECTION END
EC-508
DTC 0203 ACCEL POS SW (F/C) ZD30DDTi
Wiring Diagram GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC185M
EC-509
DTC 0208 OVER HEAT ZD30DDTi
Wiring Diagram
cardiagn.com
TEC186M
EC-510
1 INSPECTION START
MA
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes E GO TO 2.
EM
No E GO TO 3.
LC
2 CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION
With CONSULT-II
2. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
SEF646X
3. Make sure that cooling fan-1 operates.

PD
OK or NG
OK E GO TO 12.
NG E GO TO 4.
FA
3 CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION RA

Without CONSULT-II
2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. BR
3. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
4. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates.
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
MEC475B
OK or NG
SE
OK E GO TO 12.
NG E GO TO 4.
IDX
EC-511
4 CHECK COOLING FAN POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect cooling fan relay-1.
SEF690V

4. Check voltage between cooling fan relay-1 terminals 1, 5 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
cardiagn.com
SEF607X
OK or NG
OK E GO TO 6.
NG E GO TO 5.

I Fuse block (J/B) connector E112
I 10A fuse or 20A fuse
I 30A fusible links
I Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and fuse
I Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and battery
EC-512
6 CHECK COOLING FAN GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
GI
2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector. MA
EM
LC
FE
SEF691V
3. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-1 terminal 3 and cooling fan motor-1 terminals 1, 3, cooling fan motor-1 ter- CL
minals 2, 4 and body ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. MT
cardiagn.com
OK or NG
OK E GO TO 7. AT
TF
7 CHECK COOLING FAN OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 14 and cooling fan relay-1 terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. PD
OK or NG
FA
OK E GO TO 9.
NG E GO TO 8. RA
8 DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BR

I Harness connectors E127, M21
I Harness connectors M52, F7 ST
I Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and ECM
RS
9 CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY-1
BT
OK or NG
OK E GO TO 10.
HA
NG E Replace cooling fan relay.
EL
SE
IDX
EC-513
10 CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR-1
Supply battery voltage between the following terminals and check operation.
SEF645V
cardiagn.com
MTBL1304
OK or NG
OK E GO TO 11.
NG E Replace cooling fan motor.

Perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”.
E INSPECTION END
12 CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK

Apply pressure to the cooling system with a tester, and check if the pressure drops.
Testing pressure: 157 kPa (1.57 bar, 1.6 kg/cm2, 23 psi)
CAUTION:
Higher than the specified pressure may cause radiator damage.
SLC754A

OK or NG
OK E GO TO 14.
NG E GO TO 13.
EC-514
GI
Check the following for leak.
I Hose MA
I Radiator
I Water pump (Refer to LC section, “Water Pump”.)
E Repair or replace. EM
14 CHECK RADIATOR CAP LC

Apply pressure to cap with a tester and check radiator cap relief pressure.
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
SLC755A AT
79 - 98 kPa (0.78 - 0.98 bar, 0.8 - 1.0 kg/cm2, 11 - 14 psi)
TF
OK or NG
OK E GO TO 15.
PD
NG E Replace radiator cap.
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-515
15 CHECK THERMOSTAT
2. Check valve seating condition at normal room temperatures.
3. Check valve opening temperature and valve lift.
SLC343

82°C (180°F) [standard] (Models for cold areas)
cardiagn.com
76.5°C (170°F) [standard] (Models for except cold areas)
Valve lift:
More than 10 mm/95°C (0.394 in/203°F)
4. Check if valve is closed at 5°C (9°F) below valve opening temperature. For details, refer to LC section, “Thermostat”.
OK or NG
OK E GO TO 16.
NG E Replace thermostat.
16 CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor.
2. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.
SEF304X
OK or NG
OK E GO TO 17.
NG E Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
EC-516
17 CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES
GI
If the cause cannot be isolated, go to “MAIN 12 CAUSES OF OVERHEATING”, EC-518.
E INSPECTION END MA
EM
FUEL PUMP RELAY LC
3 and q
5 .
12V direct current supply between
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
No current supply No FE
SEF145X
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-517
Main 12 Causes of Overheating

I Blocked condenser
I Blocked radiator grille
I Blocked bumper
FLUIDS AND LUBRI-
4 I Radiator cap I Pressure tester 78 - 98 kPa See “System Check”,
59 - 98 kPa (0.59 - 0.98
bar, 0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2,
9 - 14 psi) (Limit)
cardiagn.com
TEM” in LC section.
COOLING SYSTEM” in
LC section.
ON*1 7 I Cooling fan I Visual Operating See “DTC 0208 OVER
HEAT”.
OFF 8 I Combustion gas leak I Color checker chemical Negative —
gauge when driving
ervoir tank and idling Coolant”, “ENGINE MAIN-
ervoir tank to radiator reservoir tank NANCE” in MA section.
gauge mum distortion (warping) DER HEAD” in EM sec-
tion.
tons walls or piston DER BLOCK” in EM sec-
tion.
*1: Engine running at idle.
For more information, refer to “OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS” in LC section.
EC-518
DTC 0402 P9⋅FUEL TEMP SEN ZD30DDTi
Wiring Diagram GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC187M
EC-519
DTC 0403 ACCEL POS SENSOR ZD30DDTi
Wiring Diagram
cardiagn.com
TEC188M
EC-520
DTC 0403 ACCEL POS SENSOR ZD30DDTi
GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC189M
EC-521
DTC 0504 A/T COMM LINE ZD30DDTi
Wiring Diagram
cardiagn.com
TEC190M
EC-522
DTC 0701 P1⋅CAM POS SEN ZD30DDTi
Wiring Diagram GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC187M
EC-523
DTC 0702 P2⋅TDC PULSE SIG ZD30DDTi
Wiring Diagram
cardiagn.com
TEC187M
EC-524
DTC 0703 P3⋅PUMP COMM LINE ZD30DDTi
Wiring Diagram GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC187M
EC-525
DTC 0704 P4⋅SPILL/V CIRC, DTC 0706 P6⋅SPILL VALVE ZD30DDTi
Wiring Diagram
cardiagn.com
TEC187M
EC-526
DTC 0707 P7⋅F/INJ TIMG FB ZD30DDTi
Wiring Diagram GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC187M
EC-527
DTC 0807 ECM 14 ZD30DDTi
Wiring Diagram
cardiagn.com
TEC191M
EC-528
DTC 0902 ECM RLY ZD30DDTi
Wiring Diagram GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC192M
EC-529
DTC 0905 TURBO PRESSURE ZD30DDTi
Wiring Diagram
cardiagn.com
TEC193M
EC-530
DTC 1003 EGR VOLUME CONT/V ZD30DDTi
Wiring Diagram GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC194M
EC-531
DTC 1004 FUEL CUT SYSTEM1 ZD30DDTi
Wiring Diagram
cardiagn.com
TEC187M
EC-532
GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM ZD30DDTi
Wiring Diagram GI
FOR EUROPE
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC195M
EC-533
EXCEPT FOR EUROPE
cardiagn.com
TEC279M
EC-534
EXCEPT FOR EUROPE
1 INSPECTION START
MA
Check fuel level, fuel supplying system, starter motor, etc.
OK or NG EM
OK E GO TO 2.
NG E Correct. LC
2 CHECK INSTALLATION
Check that all glow plug connecting plate nuts are installed properly.
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
SEF233Z TF
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II) E GO TO 3.
PD
OK (Without CONSULT-II) E GO TO 4.
NG E Install properly.
FA
3 CHECK GLOW INDICATOR LAMP OPERATION
With CONSULT-II RA
2. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Confirm that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates below 75°C (167°F). If it indicates above 75°C (167°F), cool down engine. BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SEF013Y
4. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 5 seconds and then turn “ON”.
EL
5. Make sure that glow indicator lamp is turned “ON” for 1.5 seconds or more after turning ignition switch “ON”, and then turned
“OFF”.
SE
OK or NG
OK E GO TO 5.
NG E GO TO 6.
IDX
EC-535
4 CHECK GLOW INDICATOR LAMP OPERATION
Without CONSULT-II
2. Confirm that the voltage between ECM terminal 19 and ground is above 1.36V. If it is below 1.36V, cool down engine.
SEF430Y
3. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 5 seconds and then turn “ON”.
4. Make sure that glow indicator lamp is turned “ON” for 1.5 seconds or more after turning ignition switch “ON”, and then turned
“OFF”.
cardiagn.com
OK or NG
OK E GO TO 5.
NG E GO TO 6.
5 CHECK GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM OVERALL FUNCTION

2. Set voltmeter probe between glow plug and engine body.
4. Check the voltage between glow plug and engine body under the following conditions.
SEF234Z
OK or NG
OK E INSPECTION END
NG E GO TO 11.
EC-536
6 CHECK GLOW INDICATOR LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
GI
2. Disconnect combination meter harness connector M143. MA
4. Check voltage between combination meter terminal 46 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
EM
LC
FE
SEC265D
CL
OK or NG
OK E GO TO 8. MT
cardiagn.com
NG E GO TO 7.
AT
1. Fuse block (J/B) connector M3
TF
2. 10A fuse
3. Harness for open or short between combination meter and fuse
PD
8 CHECK GLOW INDICATOR LAMP OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT FA
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. RA
3. Disconnect combination meter harness connector M141.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 16 and combination meter terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. BR
OK or NG
OK E GO TO 10. ST
NG E GO TO 9.
RS
Check the following. BT
1. Harness connectors M51, F6
2. Harness for open or short between combination meter and ECM
E Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. HA
10 CHECK COMBINATION METER

EL
Check combination meter and glow indicator lamp. Refer to EL section (“METER AND GAUGES”).
OK or NG
SE
OK E GO TO 18.
NG E Repair or replace combination meter.
IDX
EC-537
11 CHECK GLOW RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect glow relay.
SEF235Z
3. Check voltage between glow relay terminals 1, 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
cardiagn.com
SEF451Z
OK or NG
OK E GO TO 13.
NG E GO TO 12.

I 100A fusible link
I Harness for open or short between glow relay and battery
E Repair harness or connectors.
13 CHECK GLOW RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 111 and glow relay terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK E GO TO 15.
NG E GO TO 14.
EC-538
GI
I Harness connectors E127, M21 MA
I Harness connectors M51, F6
I Harness for open or short between glow relay and ECM
E Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. EM
15 CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY BETWEEN GLOW RELAY AND GLOW PLUG FOR OPEN AND SHORT LC
1. Disconnect glow plug harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between glow relay terminal 5 and glow plug harness connector. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
FE
OK E GO TO 16.
CL
Check the following. MT
cardiagn.com
I Harness for open or short between glow relay and glow plug AT
TF
17 CHECK GLOW RELAY
Check continuity between glow relay terminals 3 and 5 under the following conditions.
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
SEF433Y
OK or NG
RS
OK E GO TO 18.
NG E Replace glow relay.
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
EC-539
18 CHECK GLOW PLUG
1. Remove glow plug connecting plate.
2. Check glow plug resistance.
SEF236Z
NOTE:
I Do not bump glow plug heating element. If it is bumped, replace glow plug with a new one.
I If glow plug is dropped from a height of 10 cm (3.94 in) or higher, replace with a new one.
I If glow plug installation hole is contaminated with carbon, remove it with a reamer or suitable tool.
cardiagn.com
I Hand-tighten glow plug by turning it two or three times, then tighten using a tool to specified torque.
: 15 - 20 N⋅m (1.5 - 2.1 kg-m, 11 - 15 ft-lb)
OK or NG
OK E GO TO 19.
NG E Replace glow plug.

Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”.
E INSPECTION END
EC-540
START SIGNAL ZD30DDTi
Wiring Diagram GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC196M
EC-541
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH ZD30DDTi
Wiring Diagram
cardiagn.com
TEC197M
EC-542
HEAT UP SWITCH ZD30DDTi
Wiring Diagram GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC198M
EC-543
SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ZD30DDTi
Wiring Diagram
cardiagn.com
TEC199M
EC-544
INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE ZD30DDTi
Wiring Diagram GI
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC200M
EC-545
AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL ZD30DDTi
Wiring Diagram
cardiagn.com
TEC201M
EC-546
MI (MIL) & DATA LINK CONNECTORS ZD30DDTi
Wiring Diagram GI
FOR EUROPE
MA
EM
LC
FE
CL
MT
cardiagn.com
AT
TF
PD
FA
RA
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
EL
SE
IDX
TEC202M
EC-547
MI (MIL) & DATA LINK CONNECTORS ZD30DDTi
EXCEPT FOR EUROPE
cardiagn.com
TEC280M
EC-548

Engine Control System: GI MA

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Engine Control System: GI MA

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

GI

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

When you read wiring diagrams:

Main Power Supply and Ground Circuit

Camshaft Position Sensor (CMPS)

Mass Air Flow Sensor (MAFS) GI

Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (ECTS)

Cooling Fan Control (Overheat)

Throttle Position Sensor GI

Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS)

Idle Air Control Valve (IACV) — Auxiliary Air GI

Park/Neutral Position Switch

IACV-FICD Solenoid Valve

MIL & Data Link Connectors GI

Fuel Cut Control System GI

Wiring Diagram — IGN — GI

Wiring Diagram — COOL/F — GI

Wiring Diagram — FPCM —

Wiring Diagram —FPCM—

Boost Controlled Deceleration Device (BCDD) GI

Alphabetical & P No. Index for DTC GI

P NO. INDEX FOR DTC PD

*1: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).

Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR

Precautions for On Board Diagnostic (OBD)

Engine Fuel & Emission Control System GI

I After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform

Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis

Special Service Tool GI

Commercial Service Tools FE

Tool name Description

Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool

Engine Control Component Parts Location GI

Vacuum Hose Drawing

Refer to “System Diagram”, EC-52, for vacuum control system.

Camshaft position sensor E

Mass air flow sensor E

Electronic ignition system E Power transistor

Heater oxygen sensor 1* E Idle air control system E IACV-AAC valve

Throttle position sensor E

MIL (On the instrument

Park/neutral position (PNP) switch E

Vehicle speed sensor E ECM

Intake valve timing control

Air conditioner switch E

Ambient air temperature switch E Heated oxygen sensor 1

EVAP canister purge flow EVAP canister purge volume

Air conditioner cut control E Air conditioner relay

NATS** E Cooling fan control E Cooling fan relays

*: Model with three way catalyst

Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System GI

Amount of intake air

Engine coolant temperature

Heated oxygen sensor 1* Density of oxygen in exhaust gas

Vehicle speed sensor Vehicle speed AT

Ignition switch Start signal TF

Battery voltage Battery voltage PD

*: Model with three way catalyst FA

BASIC MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION RA

MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL [MODEL WITH THREE WAY CATALYST]

Simultaneous multiport fuel injection system MA

Sequential multiport fuel injection system

Electronic Ignition (EI) System